Structured Bibliography |
[Abelson, 1973]![]() |
R. P. Abelson (1973). The Structure of Belief Systems. In: Roger C. Schank and K. Colby (eds.), Computer Models of Thought and Language. W. H. Freeman Co., San Francisco. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). ``Abstract'' Understanding: The Relation Between Language and Memory. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Hardman et al., 1995]![]() |
L. Hardman and J. van Ossenbruggen and D. C. A. Bulterman (1995). A HyTime-Compliant Interchange Format for CMIF Hypermedia Documents. VU/CWI. |
[Barr et al., 1982]![]() |
A. Barr and P. R. Cohen and E. A. Feigenbaum (eds.) (1982). The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence, Volumes 1 - 3. William Kaufmann, Inc., Los Altos, California. |
[Simpkins, 1992]![]() |
N. K. Simpkins (1992). ALEP-0 Version 2.2 Prototype Virtual Machine. User Guide.. P-E International plc, Surrey, England. |
[Allen and Perrault, 1980]![]() |
J. F. Allen and C. R. Perrault (1980). Analyzing Intention in Utterances. In: Artificial Intelligence, 15(1):143--178. |
[Appelt, 1982]![]() |
Doug E. Appelt (1982). Planning Natural Language Utterances. In: Proceedings of the Second National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Pittsburgh, PA, pp. 59--62. |
[Aarseth, 1994]![]() |
Espen J. Aarseth (1994). Nonlinearity and literary theory. In: George P. Landow (ed.), Hyper / Text / Theory. 2, pp. 51--86. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London. |
[Abb et al., 1993]![]() |
B. Abb and M. Herweg and K. Lebeth (1993). The incremental generation of passive sentences. In: European Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Utrecht. |
[Abb and Maienborn, 1994]![]() |
Bernd Abb and Claudia Maienborn (1994). Adjuncts in HPSG. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 13--22. |
[Abeille et al., 1989]![]() |
Anne Abeille and K. Bishop and S. Cote and Yves Schabes (1989). A lexicalized tree adjoining grammar for English. Technical Report. University of Pennsylvania. |
[Abelen et al., 1993]![]() |
Eric Abelen and Gisela Redeker and Sandra A. Thompson (1993). The rhetorical structure of US-American and Dutch fund-raising letters. In: Text, 13(3):323--350. |
[Abelson, 1983]![]() |
R. P. Abelson (1983). Whatever became a consistency theory. In: Pesonality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 9:37--54. |
[Abernathy, 1967]![]() |
Robert Abernathy (1967). To Honor Roman Jakobson. Volume 1 of Series Maior XXXI. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
A. Ferrara (1980). An extended theory of speech acts: Appropriateness conditions for subordinate acts in sequences. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4:233--252. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
A. Ferrara (1980). Appropriateness conditions for entire sequences of speech acts. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4:321--340. |
[Adejare, 1992]![]() |
Oluwole Adejare (1992). Language and style in Soyinka: a systemic text-linguistic study of a literary idiolect. Heinemann Educational, Ibadan. |
[Adorni, 1987]![]() |
G. Adorni (1987). English Sentences Generation System User Manual. Technical Report. university of Genua. EUREKA project PROMETHEUS. |
[Agre, 1988]![]() |
Philip E. Agre (1988). Dynamic structure of everyday life. Technical Report Nr. AI-TR 1085. MIT. |
[Aijmer and Altenberg, 1991]![]() |
Karin Aijmer and Bengt Altenberg (eds.) (1991). English Corpus Linguistics: Studies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. Longman, London. |
[Aitchison, 1987]![]() |
J. Aitchison (1987). Words in the mind: An introduction to the mental lexicon. Blackwell, London. |
[Akmajian, 1979]![]() |
A. Akmajian (1979). Aspects of the grammar of focus in English. Garland Pub. Inc., New York and London. |
[Albrow, 1968]![]() |
K. H. Albrow (1968). The Rhythm and Intonation of Spoken English. Longman, London. |
[Alexandersson, 1999]![]() |
J. Alexandersson (ed.) (1999). Proceedings of the IJCAI'99 workshop on knowledge and reasoning in practical dialogue systems. Stockholm, Sweden. IJCAI. |
[Allen et al., 1987]![]() |
J. Allen and M. S. Hunnicutt and D. Klatt (1987). From text to speech: the MITalk system. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Studies in Speech Science and Communication. |
[Allen et al., 1991]![]() |
James Allen and H. Kautz and R. Pellavin and J. Tenenberg (1991). Reasoning about plans. Morgan Kaufman Publishers, Inc.. |
[Allen, 1973]![]() |
J. Allen (1973). Reading machine for the blind: the technical problems and the methods adopted for their solution. In: IEEE Trans, AU-21(3). |
[Allen, 1978]![]() |
J. Allen (1978). Recognizing Intention in Dialogue. PhD thesis, University of Toronto. |
[Allen, 1979]![]() |
J. F. Allen (1979). A Plan-Based Approach to Speech Act Recognition. Technical Report Nr. 131. University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science. Also a Ph.D. thesis, 1979. |
[Allen, 1979]![]() |
J. Allen (1979). A plan-based approach to speech act recognition. PhD thesis, University of Toronto. |
[Allen, 1982]![]() |
James Allen (1982). Recognizing Intentions from Natural Language Utterances. In: M. Brady (ed.), Computational Models of Discourse. M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Allèn, 1982]![]() |
S. Allèn (ed.) (1982). Text Processing. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm. |
[Allen, 1984]![]() |
James F. Allen (1984). Towards a General Theory of Action and Time. In: Artificial Intelligence, 23:123--154. |
[Allen, 1992]![]() |
J. Allen (1992). Overview of Text-to-Speech Systems. In: S. Furui and M. Sondhi (eds.), Advances in Speech Signal Processing. pp. 741--790. Delcker, New York. |
[Allen and Perrault, 1980]![]() |
J. F. Allen and R Perrault (1980). Analyzing intention in utterances. In: Artificial Intelligence, 15(3):143--178. |
[Allerton, 1978]![]() |
D. J. Allerton (1978). The Notion of `Givenness' and its Relations to Presupposition and to Theme. In: Lingua, 44(2/3):133--168. |
[Almeida, 1992]![]() |
Eugenie P. Almeida (1992). A category system for the analysis of factuality in newspaper discourse. In: Text, 12(2):233--262. |
[Alsagoff, 1985]![]() |
Shariffa Lubna Alsagoff (1985). A critical account of recent systemic theory. M.A. thesis, Department of English Language and Literature, National University of Singapore. |
[Alschuler, 1995]![]() |
Liora Alschuler (1995). ABCD ... SGML: A user's guide to structured information. International Thomson Computer Press (ITCP), London/Boston. |
[Alshawi, 1992]![]() |
Hiyan Alshawi (ed.) (1992). The Core Language Engine. MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Alshawi and Carter, 1992]![]() |
Hiyan Alshawi and David Carter (1992). Sortal restrictions. In: Hiyan Alshawi (ed.), The Core language engine. 9. The MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts and London, England. |
[Alston, 1964]![]() |
William P. Alston (1964). Linguistic acts. In: American Philosophical Quarterly, 1(2):138--146. |
[Alston, 1964]![]() |
William P. Alston (1964). Philosophy of Language. Prentice-Hall. (in the \em Prentice-Hall Foundations of Philosophy series, Elisabeth and Monroe Beardsley (eds.)).. |
[Altmann, 1988]![]() |
H. Altmann (1988). Intonationsforschung. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Altmann, 1989]![]() |
H. Altmann (1989). Zur Intonation von Modus und Fokus im Deutschen. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Ames, 1989]![]() |
S. Ames (1989). Elements of Newspaper Design. Praeger, New York. |
[Anderson, 1982]![]() |
Stephen R. Anderson (1982). Where's morphology? In: Linguistic Inquiry, 13:571--612. |
[Anderson, 1971]![]() |
John M. Anderson (1971). Dependency and grammatical functions. In: Foundations of Language, 7:30--37. |
[Anderson, 1971]![]() |
S. R. Anderson (1971). On the role of deep structure in semantic interpretation. In: Foundations of Language, 7:387--396. |
[Anderson, 1971]![]() |
John M. Anderson (1971). The grammar of case. Towards a localistic theory. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Anderson, 1976]![]() |
J. R. Anderson (1976). Language, Memory and Thought. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J.. |
[Li, 1976]![]() |
C. Li (ed.) (1976). On the notion of subjects in Ergative languages. |
[Anderson, 1983]![]() |
John Anderson (1983). The Architecture of Cognition. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Anderson, 1984]![]() |
A. Anderson (1984). Semantic and Social Pragmatic Aspects of Meaning in Task-Oriented Dialogue. PhD thesis, University of Glasgow. |
[Anderson, 1989]![]() |
Jacqueline Anderson (1989). Deafness and the social meaning of language. In: Word, 40(1-2):81--99. |
[Anderson and Bower, 1973]![]() |
J. Anderson and G. Bower (1973). Human Associative Memory. Winston, Washington D.C.. |
[Anderson and Chung, 1977]![]() |
S. R. Anderson and S. Chung (1977). On grammatical relations and clause structure in verb initial languages. In: Syntax and Semantics 8. |
[Anderson and McGraw, 1973]![]() |
R. C. Anderson and B. McGraw (1973). On the representation of the meaning of general terms. In: Journal of Experimental Psychology, 101:301--306. |
[Anderson and Ortony, 1975]![]() |
R. C. Anderson and A. Ortony (1975). On putting apples into bottles: a problem of polysemy. In: Cognitive Psychology, ?. |
[André, 1995]![]() |
Elisabeth André (1995). Ein planbasierter Ansatz zur Generierung multimedialer Präsentationen. Volume 108. Infix, St. Augustin. |
[Androutsopoulos et al., 1995]![]() |
I. Androutsopoulos and G. D. Ritchie and P. Thanisch (1995). Natural Language Interfaces to Databases--an introduction. In: Journal of Language Engineering, 1(1):29--81. |
[Antos, 1989]![]() |
G. Antos (1989). Textproduktion: Ein einleitender Überblick. In: G. Antos and H. Krings (eds.), Textproduktion: ein Interdisziplinärer Forschungsüberblick. pp. 5--57. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Antos and Krings, 1989]![]() |
G. Antos and H. Krings (eds.) (1989). Textproduktion: ein Interdisziplinärer Forschungsüberblick. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Appelt, 1980]![]() |
Douglas E. Appelt (1980). Problem-Solving Applied to Language Generation. In: Proceedings of the 18th Annual Meeting of the ACL. Philadelphia. Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Appelt, 1982]![]() |
D. Appelt (1982). TELEGRAM: A grammar formalism for language planning. In: Proceedings of the 20th Annual Meeting of the ACL. pp. 108--112. |
[Appelt, 1983]![]() |
Douglas E. Appelt (1983). Telegram: a grammar formalism for language planning. Proceedings of the 21st. Annual Meeting of the ACL. Cambridge, MA. |
[Appelt, 1984]![]() |
Douglas E. Appelt (1984). First International Generation Workshop; Stanford University. Stanford University. (Informal Collection of Papers/Presentations). |
[Appelt, 1985]![]() |
Douglas E. Appelt (1985). Planning Natural Language Utterances. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Appelt, 1985]![]() |
Douglas Appelt (1985). Planning English referring expressions. In: Artificial Intelligence, 26:1--33. |
[Appelt, 1988]![]() |
D. Appelt (1988). Planning Natural Language Referring Expressions. In: D. McDonald and L. Bolc (eds.), Natural Language Generation Systems. pp. 69--97. Springer, Berlin. |
[Appelt, 1980]![]() |
D. E. Appelt (1980). A planner for reasoning about knowledge and action. In: Proceedings of the First Annual National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Stanford University. |
[Appelt, 1980]![]() |
D. E. Appelt (1980). Problem solving applied to language generation. In: Proceedings of the Eighteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Apresjan, 1974]![]() |
Jurij D. Apresjan (1974). Leksiɩeskaja semantika (Lexical Semantics). Nauka, Moscow. |
[Arbib, 1972]![]() |
M. Arbib (1972). The Metaphorical Brain. Wiley. |
[Arbib et al., 1987]![]() |
M. Arbib and E. Conklin and J. Hill (1987). From Schema Theory to Langague. Oxford University Press. |
[Arens and Hovy, 1995]![]() |
Yigal Arens and Eduard H. Hovy (1995). The design of a model-based multimedia interaction manager. In: AI review, 8(3):??--??. (Special issue on natural language and vision). |
[Eemeren and Grootendorst, 1982]![]() |
F. H. Van Eemeren and R. Grootendorst (1982). The speech acts of arguing and convincing in externalized discussions. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 6:1--24. |
[Hudson, 1972]![]() |
R. A. Hudson (1972). Arguments for a non-transformational grammar. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Arnheim, 1969]![]() |
Rudolf Arnheim (1969). Visual Thinking. University of California Press, Berkeley, CA. |
[Arnheim, 1974]![]() |
Rudolf Arnheim (1974). Art and visual perception: a psychology of the creative eye. University of California Press. |
[Arnold et al., 1993]![]() |
Doug Arnold and Dave Moffat and Louisa Sadler and Andrew Way (1993). Automatic test suite generation. In: Machine Translation, 8(1-2):29--38. |
[Arnold et al., 1994]![]() |
D. Arnold and L. Balkan and L. Humphreys and S. Meijer and L. Sadler (1994). Machine Translation; an introductory guide. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Arnold and Sadler, 1992]![]() |
Doug Arnold and Louise Sadler (1992). Empiricism, Rationalism, and Anaphoric Dependencies. In: Proceedings of TMI-4. Montreal. |
[Simon, 1969]![]() |
Herbert A. Simon (1969). The Sciences of the Artificial. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Arutjunova, 1988]![]() |
N. D. Arutjunova (1988). Tipy jazykovyh znachenij: otsenka, sobytie, fakt. Nauka, Moskva. |
[Asher, 1993]![]() |
Nicholas Asher (1993). Reference to abstract objects in discourse. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht. |
[Asher and Lascarides, 2003]![]() |
Nicholas Asher and Alex Lascarides (2003). Logics of conversation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Mark, 1979]![]() |
William Mark (1979). The `Askit' English Database Query Facility. Technical Report Nr. GMR-2977. General Motors Research Laboratories. |
[Mark, 1980]![]() |
William Mark (1980). A Rule-Based Inference System for Natural Language Database Query. Technical Report Nr. GMR-3290. General Motors Research Laboratories. |
[Asp, 2000]![]() |
Elissa Asp (2000). Legal victims. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics. Language in Performance 21. pp. 29--46. Gunter Narr, Tübingen. |
[Aston and Burnard, 1998]![]() |
Guy Aston and Lou Burnard (1998). The BNC Handbook: exploring the British National Corpus with SARA. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh. |
[Atkins et al., 1992]![]() |
Sue Atkins and Jeremy Clear and Nicholas Ostler (1992). Corpus design criteria. In: Literary and Linguistics Computing, 7:1--16. |
[Atkinson, 1982]![]() |
J. M. Atkinson (1982). Understanding formality: the categorization and production of `formal' interaction. In: British Journal of Sociology, 33(1):86--117. |
[Aubergé and Bailly, 1995]![]() |
V. Aubergé and G. Bailly (1995). Generation of intonation: a global approach. In: Proceedings of EUROSPEECH `95, 18--21 September, 1995. Madrid, Spain, pp. 2065--2068. |
[Lehtinen, 1988]![]() |
K. Lyytinen Auramäki E, E. Lehtinen (1988). A Speech Act Based Office Modeling Approach. In: ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems, 6(2):126--152. |
[Aust et al., 1995]![]() |
H. Aust and M. Oerder and F. Seide and V. Steinbiss (1995). The Philips automatic train timetable information system. In: Speech Communication, 17:249--262. |
[Austin, 1962]![]() |
J. L. Austin (1962). How to Do Things with Words. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.. |
[Austin, 1962]![]() |
J. Austin (1962). How to Do Things with Words. Oxford University Press, England. J. O. Urmson (ed.). |
[Baker and Danyluk, 1986]![]() |
Michelle Baker and Aandrea P. Danyluk (1986). Representing Physical Devices. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Benson et al., 1986]![]() |
Morton Benson and Evelyn Benson and Robert Ilson (1986). The BBI Combinatory Dictionary of English. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam. |
[Weiner, 1980]![]() |
J. L. Weiner (1980). BLAH, a system which explains its reasoning. In: Artificial Intelligence, 15:19--48. |
[Phillips, 1979]![]() |
B. Phillips (1979). A Model for Knowledge and its Application to Discourse Analysis. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Microfiche 82. |
[Baart, 1989]![]() |
J. Baart (1989). Focus and Accent in a Dutch Text to Speech System. In: European Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Manchester. |
[Bach, 1981]![]() |
E. Bach (1981). On time, tense, and aspect: An essay in English metaphysics. In: P. Cole (ed.), Syntax and semantics 14: Radical Pragmatics. pp. 63--82. Academic Press, New York. |
[Bäcklund, 1988]![]() |
Ingegerd Bäcklund (1988). Grounds for prominence: on hierarchies and grounding in English expository text. In: Studia Neophilologica, 60:37--61. |
[Bäcklund, 1989]![]() |
Ingegerd Bäcklund (1989). Cues to the audience: on some structural markers in English monologue. In: UmeåStudies in the Humanities, 90:29--39. |
[Bäcklund, 1992]![]() |
Ingegerd Bäcklund (1992). Theme in English telephone conversation. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):545--565. |
[Badler et al., 1990]![]() |
N. Badler and Steedman M. and B. L. Webber (1990). Narrated Animation: A case for Generation. In: 5th. Natural Language Generation Workshop, June 1990.. Pittsburgh, PA.. |
[Bailly and Benoit, 1992]![]() |
G. Bailly and C. Benoit (1992). Talking machines: Theory, Models, and Design. North Holland, Tübingen. |
[Baka, 1989]![]() |
Farida Baka (1989). The discourse of biology lectures: aspects of its mode and text structure. PhD thesis, Aston University, Birmingham. |
[Baka and Al-Shabab, 1996]![]() |
Farida Baka and Omar Sheikh Al-Shabab (1996). Discourse structuring and text analysis of three varieties of English. Janus, London. |
[Baker et al., 1993]![]() |
M. Baker and G. Francis and E. Toginini-Bognelli (eds.) (1993). Text and technology: In honour of John Sinclair. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Baker, 1995]![]() |
M. Baker (1995). Corpora in translation studies: an overview and some suggestions for future research. In: Target, 7(2). |
[Bakhtin, 1986]![]() |
M. M. Bakhtin (1986). The problem of speech genres. In: Bakhtin: Speech genres and other late essays. pp. 60--102. University of Texas Press, Austin, Texas. (Translated by V. McGee). |
[Baldry, 2000]![]() |
Anthony P. Baldry (ed.) (2000). Multimodality and multimediality in the distance learning age. Palladino, Campobasso, Italy. |
[Banfield, 1973]![]() |
A. Banfield (1973). Narrative Style and the Grammar of Direct and Indirect Speech. In: Foundations of Language, 10:1--39. |
[Bangalore et al., 2000]![]() |
S. Bangalore and H. Alshawi and S. Douglas (2000). Learning dependency translation models as collections of finite state head transducers. In: Computational Linguistics, 26(1). |
[Banks, 2001]![]() |
David Banks (2001). Writing the Sounds of English, A précis of English phonetics, with exercises in phonemic transcription. ERLA, Brest. |
[Barker, 1981]![]() |
M. Barker (1981). The new racism. Junction, London. |
[Barnwell, 1969]![]() |
Katherine G. Barnwell (1969). A grammatical description of Mbembe (Adun Dialect): a Cross River Language. PhD thesis, University of London. |
[Barr and Feigenbaum, 1981]![]() |
A. Barr and E. Feigenbaum (1981). The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence. Addison-Wesley, Menlo Park. |
[Barthes, 1966]![]() |
Roland Barthes (1966). Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives. In: Communication, 8. |
[Barthes, 1970]![]() |
R Barthes (1970). L'ancienne rhetorique. In: Communications, 16. |
[Barthes, 1977]![]() |
Roland Barthes (1977). Image -- Music -- Text. Hill and Wang, New York. |
[Barthes, 1977]![]() |
Roland Barthes (1977). The rhetoric of the image. In: Image--Music--Text. Fontana, London. |
[Bartlett and Carr, 1984]![]() |
Brendan Bartlett and John Carr (eds.) (1984). Proceedings of Language in Education Conference. Brisbane C A E, Mt Gravatt Campus. |
[Bartolucci and Fine, 1987]![]() |
G. Bartolucci and Jonathan Fine (1987). The frequency of cohesive weakness in psychiatric syndromes. In: Applied Psycholinguistics, 8:67--74. |
[Bartsch, 1980]![]() |
Werner Bartsch (1980). Tempus, Modus, Aspekt. Die systembildenden Ausdruckskategorien beim deutschen Verbalkomplex. Frankfurt am Main. |
[Barwise, 1981]![]() |
J. Barwise (1981). Scenes and other situations. In: Journal of Philosophy, 78:369--397. |
[Barwise, 1989]![]() |
Jon Barwise (1989). The Situation in Logic. CSLI Lecture Notes, Stanford, CA. |
[Barwise and Perry, 1981]![]() |
J. Barwise and J. Perry (1981). Situations and Attitudes. In: Journal of Philosophy, 78:668--691. |
[Barwise and Perry, 1981]![]() |
J. Barwise and J. Perry (1981). Semantic innocence and uncompromising situations. In: Midwest Studies in Philosophy, 6:387--403. |
[Barwise and Perry, 1983]![]() |
Jon Barwise and J. Perry (1983). Situations and Attitudes. Bradford Books. |
[Basili, 1993]![]() |
Basili (1993). Acquisition of selection restrictions in sublanguages. In: Machine Translation, 8(3):175--202. |
[Basturkmen, 1995]![]() |
Helen Basturkmen (1995). The discourse of academic seminars: structures and strategies of interaction. PhD thesis, Aston University, Birmingham. |
[Bateman and Paris, forthcoming]![]() |
John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris (forthcoming). Tailoring text to the hearer's level of expertise by register choice. Work in progress. |
[Bateman, 2001]![]() |
John A. Bateman (2001). Between the leaves of rhetorical structure: static and dynamic aspects of discourse organisation. In: Verbum, 23(1):31--58. |
[Bateman, 2000]![]() |
John A. Bateman (2000). Review of: Halliday and Matthiessen: `Construing Experience through Meaning'. In: Cognitive Systems Research, 1(3):193--199. |
[Bateman, 1985]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1985). An initial fragment of a computational systemic grammar for Japanese. Technical Report. Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan. |
[Bateman, 1986]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1986). Some new discourse analysis: a detailed example for discussion. Technical Report. Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan. |
[Bateman, 1986]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1986). Text planning for a systemic-functional grammar of Japanese. Technical Report. Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan. |
[Bateman, 1989]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1989). Dynamic systemic-functional grammar: a new frontier. In: Word, 40(1-2):263--286. |
[Bateman, 1990]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1990). Upper Modeling: current states of theory and practise. Marina del Rey, CA. PENMAN Development Note, USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Bateman, 1992]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1992). Grammar, Systemic. In: Stuart Shapiro (ed.), Encyclopedia of Artificial Intelligence, Second Edition. pp. 583--592. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. |
[Bateman, 1992]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1992). Nigel: textual semantics documentation. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany. |
[Bateman, 1993]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1993). Review Article: Ontologie und Axiomatik der Wissensbasis von LILOG (Klose, Lang, Pirlein eds.). In: Computational Linguistics, 19(3):539--543. |
[Bateman, 1995]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1995). On the relationship between ontology construction and natural language: a socio-semiotic view. In: International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 43:929--944. |
[Bateman, 1997]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1997). Enabling technology for multilingual natural language generation: the KPML development environment. In: Journal of Natural Language Engineering, 3(1):15--55. |
[Bateman, 1998]![]() |
John A. Bateman (1998). Using corpora for uncovering text organization: goals, requirements and methodologies. In: Jornades de corpus lingü\'istics: 1996--1997, IV--V:141--158. |
[Bateman and Delin, 1998]![]() |
John A. Bateman and Judy Delin (1998). The role of genre in multimodal document layout. Paper presented at the 2nd. Swedish Symposium on Multimodal Communication, Lund. |
[Bateman and Paris, in preparation]![]() |
John A. Bateman and Cécile L. Paris (in preparation). Register theory: the generic basis for contextualized natural language generation. Technical Report. USC/ISI. |
[Bateman and Rondhuis, 1997]![]() |
John A. Bateman and Klaas Jan Rondhuis (1997). `Coherence relations': towards a general specification. In: Discourse Processes, 24:3--49. |
[Bateman and Wildgen, 2002]![]() |
John A. Bateman and Wolfgang Wildgen (eds.) (2002). Sprachbewusstheit im schulischen und sozialen Kontext. Volume 39 of forum Angewandte Linguistik. Peter Lang, Frankfurt. |
[Bates, 1976]![]() |
E. Bates (1976). Language and Context: the acquisition of pragmatics. Academic Press, New York. |
[Bates et al., 1978]![]() |
M. Bates and G. Brown and A. Collins (1978). Socratic Teaching of Causal Knowledge and Reasoning. Technical Report Nr. 3995. Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc.. |
[Bates, 1980]![]() |
M. Bates (1980). Language instruction without pre-stored examples. In: Proceedings of the Third Canadian Symposium on Instructional Technology. |
[al., 1981]![]() |
M. Bates \em et al. (1981). Generative tutorial systems. In: Proceedings of the 1981 ADCIS Conference. |
[al., 1981]![]() |
M. Bates \em et al. (1981). ILIAD Final Report. Technical Report Nr. 4771. Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc.. |
[Bates and MacWhinney, 1980]![]() |
E. Bates and B. MacWhinney (1980). Functional approaches to grammar. In: Gleitman and Wanner (eds.), Language Acquisition : the state of the art. |
[Batliner et al., 2003]![]() |
A. Batliner and K. Fischer and R. Huber and J. Spilker and E. Nöth (2003). How to find trouble in communication. In: Speech Communication, 40:117--143. |
[Batliner et al., 2003]![]() |
A. Batliner and Kerstin Fischer and R. Huber and J. Spilker and E. Nöth (2003). How to Find Trouble in Communication. In: Speech Communication, . |
[Bauman, 1978]![]() |
Z. Bauman (1978). Hermeneutics and social science: approaches to understanding. Hutchinson, London. |
[Bazell et al., 1966]![]() |
C. E. Bazell and J. C. Catford and M. A. K. Halliday and R. H. Robins (1966). In memory of J.R.Firth. Longman, London. |
[Beale and Nirenburg, 1996]![]() |
S. Beale and S. Nirenburg (1996). PICARD: The Next Generator. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 21--24. Poster. |
[Beale and Nirenburg, 1997]![]() |
S. Beale and S. Nirenburg (1997). Breaking down the barriers: The Mikrokosmos Generator. In: Natural Language Processing Pacific Rim Symposium (NLPRS). Phuket, pp. 141--148. |
[Beattie, 1981]![]() |
G. W. Beattie (1981). The regulation of speaker turns in face-to-face conversation: Some implications for conversation in sound-only communications channels. In: Semiotica, 34:55--70. |
[Becker, 1975]![]() |
Joseph D. Becker (1975). The phrasal lexicon. In: Roger C. Schank and Bonnie L. Webber (eds.), Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing (TINLAP): 1. pp. 70--73. Cambridge, MA. |
[Becker and Yengoyan, 1979]![]() |
A. L. Becker and A. A. Yengoyan (eds.) (1979). The Imagination of Reality. Ablex Pub. Inc., Norwood, N.J.. |
[Beekman et al., 1981]![]() |
John Beekman and John Callow and Michael Kopesec (1981). The Semantic Structure of Written Communication. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Dallas, Texas, 5th edition edition. |
[Beekman and Callow, 1974]![]() |
John Beekman and John Callow (1974). Translating the word of God. Zondervan Publishing House, Grand Rapids, Mich.. |
[Bell, 2001]![]() |
Philip Bell (2001). Content analysis of visual images. In: Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (eds.), Handbook of visual analysis. 2, pp. 10--24. Sage, London. |
[Bell, 1974]![]() |
S. Bell (1974). Two consequences of advancement rules in Cebuano. In: New England Linguistic Society, 5. |
[Bell, 1976]![]() |
R. T. Bell (1976). Sociolinguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Bell, 1991]![]() |
Allan Bell (1991). The language of the news media. Blackwell Publishers, Oxford U.K. and Cambridge MA. |
[Bell, 1991]![]() |
Roger T. Bell (1991). Translation and translating: theory and practise. Longman, London. |
[Bell, 1998]![]() |
Allan Bell (1998). The discourse structure of news stories. In: Allan Bell and Peter Garrett (eds.), Approaches to Media Discourse. pp. 64--104. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Bell and Garrett, 1998]![]() |
Allan Bell and Peter Garrett (eds.) (1998). Approaches to Media Discourse. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Bellack et al., 1966]![]() |
A. A. Bellack and H. M. Kliebard and R. T. Hyman and F. L. Smith (1966). The language of the classroom. Teachers College Press, New York. |
[Bellos, 1992]![]() |
I. Bellos (1992). Towards a multilingual IDAS. Technical Report. University of Edinburgh, Department of Artificial Intelligence, Edinburgh, Scotland. |
[Bell and van Leeuwen, 1994]![]() |
Philip Bell and Theo van Leeuwen (1994). The media interview - confession, contest, conversation. University of New South Wales Press, Sydney. |
[Belnap and Steel, 1976]![]() |
N. Belnap and T. Steel (1976). The Logic of Questions and Answers.. Yale University Press., New Haven. |
[Bémová et al., 1988]![]() |
S. Bémová and K. Oliva and J. Panevovà (1988). Some problems of machine translation between closely related languages. In: Procesings of COLING '88. Budapest. |
[Bemova and Kubon, 1990]![]() |
Alla Bemova and Vladislav Kubon (1990). Czech-to-Russian transducing dictionary. In: Proceedings of COLING90. Volume 3. Helsinki, Finland, pp. 314--316. |
[Bennett, 1975]![]() |
W. Bennett (1975). Spatial and Temporal Uses of English Prepositions. An Essay in Stratificational Semantics. Longman, London. |
[Bennett and Slocum, 1985]![]() |
Winfield S. Bennett and Jonathan Slocum (1985). The LRC Machine Translation System. In: Computational Linguistics, 11(2-3):111--121. |
[Benson et al., 1988]![]() |
James D. Benson and Michael Cummings and William S. Greaves (eds.) (1988). Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[, 1989]![]() |
(1989). System structures and discourse: selected papers from the Fifteenth International Systemic Congress. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Benson et al., 1995]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves and Glenn Stillar (1995). Transitivity and ergativity in 'The Lotus-Eaters'. In: Language and Literature, 4(1):31--48. |
[Benson and Brainerd, 1988]![]() |
James D. Benson and Barron Brainerd (1988). Chesterton's Parodies of Swinburne and Yeats: a lexical approach. In: Literary and Linguistic Computing, 3(4):226--231. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1973]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1973). The language people really use. The Book Society of Canada, Agincourt, Ontario. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1973]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1973). The Language People Really Use.. Book Society of Canada, Toronto. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1981]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1981). Field of discourse: theory and application. In: Applied Linguistics, 2:45--55. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1984]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1984). Ideational, interpersonal and textual meaning in Melville's Moby Dick. In: Forum Linguisticum, 8(2):157--167. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1984]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1984). You and your language: meaning is choice. Volume 2. Pergamon Press, Oxford. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1984]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1984). You and your language: styles and dialects. Volume 1. Pergamon Press, Oxford. |
[Benson and Greaves, 1992]![]() |
James D. Benson and William S. Greaves (1992). Semiosis in bridge: doing and happening, having and being, saying and thinking. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):565--579. |
[Bechert et al., 1990]![]() |
Johannes Bechert and Guiliano Bernini and Claude Buridant (1990). Towards a typology of European languages. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. |
[Berelson, 1952]![]() |
Bernard Berelson (1952). Content analysis in communication research. Free Press, Glencoe, Illinois. |
[Luckmann, 1967]![]() |
T Berger, PL, Luckmann (1967). The social construction of reality: a treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Allen Lane (Penguin), London. |
[Bernardo, 19801980]![]() |
R. Bernardo (19801980). Subjecthood and consciousness. In: Wallace L. Chafe (ed.), The Pear Stories. pp. 275--300. Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey. |
[Bernsen et al., 1996]![]() |
N. O. Bernsen and J. Dybkjaer and L. Dybkjaer (1996). Cooperativity in human-machine and human-human spoken dialogue. In: Discourse Processes, 21(2):213--236. |
[Bernstein, 1971]![]() |
Basil Bernstein (1971). Class, Codes, and Control 1: theoretical studies towards a sociology of language. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Bernstein, 1973]![]() |
Basil Bernstein (ed.) (1973). Class, Codes and Control 2: applied studies towards a sociology of language. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Berry, 1975]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1975). An introduction to systemic linguistics 1: structures and systems. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London. |
[Berry, 1977]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1977). An introduction to systemic linguistics 2: levels and links. B.T. Batsford Ltd., London. |
[Berry, 1979]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1979). A note on Sinclair and Coulthard's classes of acts including a comment on comments. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 8:49--59. |
[Berry, 1981]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1981). Towards layers of exchange structure for directive exchanges. In: Network, 2. |
[Berry, 1981]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1981). Towards layers of exchange structure for directive exchanges. In: Network: news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics and related areas, 2. |
[Berry, 1981]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1981). Polarity, ellipticity and propositional development, their relevance to the well-formedness of an exchange. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 10. |
[Berry, 1982]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1982). Review article: Michael A.K. Halliday (1978) Language as Social Semiotic: The Social Interpretation of Language and Meaning. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, . |
[Berry, 1984]![]() |
Margaret Berry (ed.) (1984). Nottingham Linguistic Circular: special issue on systemic linguistics. University of Nottingham, England. |
[Berry, 1987]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1987). Is teacher an unanalysed concept? In: M. A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett (eds.), New development in systemic linguistics. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Berry, 1995]![]() |
Margaret Berry (1995). Thematic options and success in writing. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Thematic development in English texts. pp. 55--84. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Bertin, 1983]![]() |
J. Bertin (1983). Semiology of graphics. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin. |
[Bhabha, 1994]![]() |
Homi K. Bhabha (1994). The location of culture. Routledge, London. |
[Bhatia, 1993]![]() |
Vijay K. Bhatia (1993). Analysing genre: language use in professional settings. Longman, Harlow, U.K.. |
[Biber et al., 1998]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Susan Conrad and Randi Reppen (1998). Corpus Linguistics: investigating language structure and use. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Biber et al., 1999]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Stig Johansson and Geoffrey Leech and Susan Conrad and Ed Finegan (eds.) (1999). The Longman Grammar of Spoken and Written English. Longmans, London. |
[Biber, 1986]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1986). Spoken and written textual dimensions in English: resolving the contradictory findings. In: Language, 62(2):384--414. |
[Biber, 1988]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1988). Variation Across Speech and Writing. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Biber, 1989]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1989). A typology of English texts. In: Linguistics, 27:3--43. |
[Biber, 1992]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1992). On the complexity of discourse complexity: a multidimensional analysis. In: Discourse Processes, 15:133--163. |
[Biber, 1993]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1993). Using register-diversified corpora for general language studies. In: Computational Linguistics, 19(2):219--242. |
[Biber, 1993]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1993). Dimensions of register variation: a cross-linguistic comparison. Cambridge University Press. |
[Biber, 1995]![]() |
Douglas Biber (1995). Dimensions of register variation: a cross-linguistic comparison. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Biber and Finnegan, 1988]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Ed Finnegan (1988). Adverbial stance types in English. In: Discourse Processes, 11:1--34. |
[Biber and Finnegan, 1989]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Ed Finnegan (1989). Styles of stance in English: lexical and grammatical marking of evidentiality and affect. In: Text, 9:93--124. |
[Biber and Finegan, 1993]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Edward Finegan (eds.) (1993). Perspectives on register: situating register variation within sociolinguistics. Oxford University Press. |
[Biber and Hared, 1992]![]() |
Douglas Biber and Mohamed Hared (1992). Dimensions of register variation in Somali. In: Language variation and change, 4:41--75. |
[Bierwisch, 1967]![]() |
Manfred Bierwisch (1967). Some semantic universals of German adjectivals. In: Foundations of Language, 3:1--36. |
[Bierwisch and Lang, 1989]![]() |
Manfred Bierwisch and Ewald Lang (eds.) (1989). Dimensional adjectives. Grammatical structure and conceptual interpretation. Springer, Berlin. |
[Bierwisch and Schreuder, 1992]![]() |
Manfred Bierwisch and Robert Schreuder (1992). From concepts to lexical items. In: Cognition, 42:23--60. |
[Bilange, 1991]![]() |
E. Bilange (1991). A Task Independent Oral Dialogue Model. In: Proceedings of the 5th. Meeting of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics. pp. 83--87. |
[Billig, 1985]![]() |
Michael Billig (1985). Prejudice, categorization and particularization: from a perceptual to a rhetorical approach. In: European Journal of Social Psychology, 15:79--103. |
[Billig, 1987]![]() |
Michael Billig (1987). Arguing and thinking: a rhetorical approach to social psychology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Billig, 1988]![]() |
Michael Billig (1988). The notion of 'prejudice': some rhetorical and ideological aspects. In: Text, 8(1-2):91--110. |
[Billig, 1989]![]() |
Michael Billig (1989). The argumentative nature of holding strong views: a case study. In: European Journal of Social Psychology, 19:203--223. |
[Billig, 1995]![]() |
Michael Billig (1995). Banal nationalism. Sage, London. |
[Bing, 1980]![]() |
J. Bing (1980). Aspects of English prosody. University Linguistics Club, Indiana. |
[Binsted and Ritchie, 1996]![]() |
K. Binsted and Graeme Ritchie (1996). Speculations on story puns. In: Proceedings of the International Workshop on Computational Humour. Enschede, Netherlands, pp. 151--159. |
[Binsted and Takizawa, 1997]![]() |
K. Binsted and O. Takizawa (1997). Computer generation of puns. In: Natural Language Processing Pacific Rim Symposium (NLPRS). Phuket, pp. 129--134. |
[Birch and O'Toole, 1988]![]() |
David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.) (1988). Functions of Style. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Bird and Harrington, 2001]![]() |
S. Bird and J. Harrington (2001). Special issue on Speech annotation and corpus tools. In: Speech Communication, 33(1-2). |
[Bird and Liberman, 2001]![]() |
S. Bird and M. Liberman (2001). A formal framework for linguistic annotation. In: Speech communication, 33(1-2):23--60. |
[Bittner, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner (forthcoming). Indeterminacy and Rough Approximation. In: 16th International FLAIRS Conference. Published by AAAI Press. |
[Bittner, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner (2002). Approximate qualitative temporal reasoning. 35(1-2). |
[Bittner, 2002]![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner (2002). Granularity in Reference to Spatio-Temporal Location and Relations. In: 15th International FLAIRS Conference 2002. |
[Bittner, 2002]![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner (2002). Judgments about Spatio-Temporal Relations. In: KR 2002 -- 8th International Conference on Principles of Knowledge Representation and Reasoning. |
[Bittner and Smith, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith (forthcoming). Vague Reference and Approximating Judgements. In: Spatial Cognition and Computation. |
[Bittner and Smith, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner and Barry Smith (2003). Granular Spatio-Temporal Ontologies. In: 2003 AAAI Symposium: Foundations and Applications of Spatio-Temporal Reasoning (FASTR). |
[Bittner and Stell, 2002]![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell (2002). Approximate qualitative spatial reasoning. In: Spatial Cognition and Computation, 2(4):435--466. |
[Bittner and Stell, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell (2002). Vagueness and Rough Location. In: Geoinformatica, 6:99--121. |
[Bittner and Stell, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thomas Bittner and John G. Stell (forthcoming). Stratified Rough Sets and Vagueness. In: Proceedings of COSIT 2003. |
[Black, 1968]![]() |
M. Black (1968). The Labyrinth of Language. Encyclopedia Britannica Inc.. |
[Bliss et al., 1983]![]() |
Joan Bliss and Martin Monk and Jon Ogborn (1983). Qualitative data analysis for educational research. Croom Helm, London. |
[Block, 1986]![]() |
R. Block (1986). Lexical Functional Grammar and Natural Language Generation. Wisber Report Nr. 10. University of Hamburg. |
[Block, 1989]![]() |
R. Block (1989). Generating Referential Expressions. Wisber Report Nr. 46. Universität Hamburg. |
[Block, 1989]![]() |
R. Block (1989). Relational Grammar and Natural Language Generation. Wisber Report Nr. 45. Universität Hamburg. |
[Block, 1991]![]() |
H. U. Block (1991). Compiling trace and unification grammar for parsing and generation. In: Proceedings of the ACL Reversible Grammar Workshop. Berkeley, California. |
[Block, 1991]![]() |
H. U. Block (1991). Two optimizations for semantic-head-driven generators.. In: Third European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Judenstein, Austria. |
[Block and Schachtl, 1992]![]() |
R. Block and S. Schachtl (1992). Trace and Unification Grammar. In: COLING-92. Nantes. |
[Bloembergen and Gardent, 1994]![]() |
Siebe Bloembergen and Claire Gardent (1994). Parsing Discouse. Technical Report. Amsterdam. [DRAFT]. |
[Bloom et al., 1996]![]() |
P. Bloom and M. A. Peterson and L. Nadel and M. F. Garrett (eds.) (1996). Language and Space. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Bloomfield, 1933]![]() |
Leonard Bloomfield (1933). Language. Henry Holt and Co. and Allen and Unwin Ltd., New York and London. |
[Bloor and Bloor, 1995]![]() |
Thomas Bloor and Meriel Bloor (1995). The functional analysis of English: a Hallidayan approach. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Bobrow et al., 1977]![]() |
D. G. Bobrow and R. M. Kaplan and M. Kay and D. A. Norman and H. Thompson and T. Winograd (1977). GUS: a Frame-Driven Dialog System. In: Artificial Intelligence, 8:155--173. |
[Bobrow and Collins, 1975]![]() |
D. G. Bobrow and A. M. Collins (eds.) (1975). Representation and Understanding. Academic Press, New York. |
[Bobrow and Winograd, 1977]![]() |
D. G. Bobrow and T. Winograd (1977). An overview of KRL, a Knowledge Representation Language. Volume 1. |
[Wheeldon, 2000]![]() |
L. R. Wheeldon (ed.) (2000). Producing words: how mind meets mouth. Psychology Press, London. |
[Bock, 1999]![]() |
Kathryn Bock (1999). Language Production. In: Robert Wilson and Frank Keil (eds.), The MIT Encyclopedia of the Cognitive Sciences. pp. 453--456. A Bradford Book, MIT Press, London. |
[Bogart, 1956]![]() |
Leo Bogart (1956). Magazines since the rise of television. In: Journalism Quarterly, 33(2):153--166. |
[Boguraev, 1979]![]() |
B. K. Boguraev (1979). Automatic Resolution of Linguistic Ambiguities. Technical Report Nr. 11. Computational Laboratory, Cambridge University, England. |
[Bohm, 1979]![]() |
David Bohm (1979). Wholeness and the Implicate Order. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Bohm and Peat, 1987]![]() |
D. Bohm and D. Peat (1987). Science, Order, and Creativity. A Dramatic New Look at the Creative Roots of Science and Life. Bantam Books, New York. |
[Boitet, 1991]![]() |
C. Boitet (1991). Twelve Problems for Machine Translation. In: Conference on Current Issues in Computational Linguistics. Penang, Malaysia. |
[Bolinger, 1951]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1951). Intonation: levels versus configurations. In: Word, 7:199--210. |
[Bolinger, 1957]![]() |
D. Bolinger (1957). Interrogative Structures of American English (The Direct Question). Alabama University Press, Alabama. The American Dialect Society, 28. |
[Bolinger, 1961]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1961). Contrastive accent and contrastive stress. In: Language, 37:83--96. |
[Bolinger, 1965]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1965). The Atomization of Meaning. In: Language, 41:555--573. |
[Bolinger, 1972]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1972). Accent is predictable, if you're a mind-reader. In: Language, 48. |
[Bolinger, 1973]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1973). Truth is a linguistic question. In: Language, 49:539--550. |
[Bolinger, 1979]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1979). Pronouns in discourse. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 289--309. Academic Press, New York. |
[Bolinger, 1982]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1982). Intonation and its parts. In: Language, 58(3):505--533. |
[Bolinger, 1986]![]() |
Dwight Bolinger (1986). Intonation and its Parts: Melody in spoken English. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Ca. |
[Bondarko, 1988]![]() |
A. V. Bondarko (1988). \em Printsipy funktsional'noj grammatiki i voprosy aspektologii. Nauka, Leningrad. |
[Bondarko, 1984]![]() |
A. V. Bondarko (1984). \em Teorija grammtaicheskogo znachenija i aspektologicheskie issledovanija. Nauka, Leningrad. |
[Bondarko, 1987]![]() |
A. V. Bondarko (1987). \em Teorija funktsional'noj grammatiki. Vvedenie: aspektual'nost', vremennaja lokalizovannost', taksis. Nauka, Leningrad. |
[Bondarko, 1990]![]() |
A. V. Bondarko (1990). O znaɩenijach vidov russkogo glagola (Zu den Bedeutungen des russischen Verbalaspekts). In: Voprosy jazykoznanija, 4. |
[Bontcheva, 2002]![]() |
Kalina Bontcheva (2002). Generating Adaptive Hypertext Explanations with a Nested Agent Model. PhD thesis, University of Sheffield. |
[, 1967]![]() |
(1967). The New Book of Knowledge - The Children's Encyclopedia. Grolier Inc., New York. |
[Borer, 1984]![]() |
Hagit Borer (1984). Parametric Syntax: case studies in Semitic and Romance Languages. Foris Publications, Dordrecht, Holland. |
[Boscolo, 1995]![]() |
P. Boscolo (1995). The cognitive approach to writing and writing instruction: a contribution to a critical appraisal. In: Cah. Psychol. Cogn., 14(4):343--366. |
[Bossie, 1982]![]() |
S. Bossie (1982). A tactical component for text generation: sentence generation using a functional grammar. Technical Report Nr. MS-CIS-81-5. University of Pennsylvania. Uncompleted. |
[Botley and McEnery, 2000]![]() |
Simon Botley and Anthony Mark McEnery (eds.) (2000). Corpus-based and computational approaches to discourse analysis. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Bowcher, 2001]![]() |
Wendy L. Bowcher (2001). Play-by-Play Talk on Radio: An Enquiry into some Relations Between Language and Context. PhD thesis, University of Liverpool, Liverpool, England. |
[Bowcher, 1997]![]() |
W. L. Bowcher (1997). Review of 'The Functional Analysis of English: A Hallidayan Approach', by Thomas Bloor and Meriel Bloor. In: JALT Journal, 19(2):324--327. |
[Bowcher, 1998]![]() |
W. L. Bowcher (1998). Intonation in English: Workshop. In: JASFL Occasional Papers Volume, 1:51--68. |
[Bowers, 1993]![]() |
J. Bowers (1993). The syntax of predication. In: Linguistics Inquiry, 24:591--656. |
[Boyer and Lapalme, 1985]![]() |
M. Boyer and G. Lapalme (1985). Generating paraphrases from meaning-text semantic networks. In: Computational Intelligence, 1(1):103--117. |
[Brachman et al., 1983]![]() |
Ronald J. Brachman and R. Fikes and Hector J. Levesque (1983). KRYPTON: A Functional Approach to Knowledge Representation. In: IEEE Computer, 16(10). |
[Brachman, 1977]![]() |
Ronald J. Brachman (1977). What's in a concept: Structural Foundations for Semantic Networks. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 9:127--152. |
[Brachman, 1978]![]() |
Ronald J. Brachman (1978). A structural paradigm for representing knowledge. Technical Report Nr. BBN Report 3605. Bolt, Beraneck and Newman, Inc., Cambridge, MA. |
[Brachman and Levesque, 1985]![]() |
Ronald J. Brachman and Hector J. Levesque (eds.) (1985). Readings in Knowledge Representation. Morgan Kaufman, Los Altos. |
[Brachman and Schmolze, 1985]![]() |
Ronald J. Brachman and J. Schmolze (1985). An Overview of the KL-ONE Knowledge Representation System. In: Cognitive Science, 9(2):171--216. |
[Bradley, 1990]![]() |
John Bradley (1990). TACT: User's Guide. Technical Report. University of Toronto. version 1.2. |
[Braine and Wells, 1978]![]() |
M. D. S. Braine and R. S. Wells (1978). Case-like categories in children: The actor and some related categories. In: Cognitive Psychology, 10:100--122. |
[Bransford et al., 1972]![]() |
J. D. Bransford and J. R. Barclay and J. J. Franks (1972). Sentence memory : A constructive versus interpretive approach. In: Cognitive Psychology, 3:193--209. |
[Bransford and Franks, 1971]![]() |
J. Bransford and J. J. Franks (1971). The abstraction of linguistic ideas: A review. In: Cognition, ???. |
[Brazil, 1978]![]() |
David Brazil (1978). Discourse Intonation II. English Language Research, University of Birmingham. Discourse Analysis Monographs 2. |
[Bree and Smit, 1986]![]() |
D. S. Bree and R. A. Smit (1986). Linking Propositions. In: Proceedings of the 11th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. pp. 177--179. Coling. |
[Brennenstuhl, 1976]![]() |
W. Brennenstuhl (1976). What we can't do. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 12. pp. 59--71. |
[Brennenstuhl and Wachowicz, 1976]![]() |
W. Brennenstuhl and K. Wachowicz (1976). On the pragmatics of control. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 2. |
[Brentano, 1973]![]() |
F. Brentano (1973). Psychology from an Empirical Standpoint (1874). Humanities Press, New York. |
[Bresnan, 1982]![]() |
Joan Bresnan (ed.) (1982). The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Bresnan, 1982]![]() |
Joan Bresnan (1982). The passive in lexical theory. In: Joan Bresnan (ed.), The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. pp. 3--86. M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Bresnan, 1982]![]() |
Joan Bresnan (1982). Polyadicity. In: Joan Bresnan (ed.), The Mental Representation of Grammatical Relations. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Breu, 1984]![]() |
W. Breu (1984). Zur Rolle der Lexik in der Aspektologie. In: Die Welt der Slaven, XXXIX(1). |
[Breuer, 1983]![]() |
Horst Breuer (1983). Titel und Anrede bei Shakespeare und in der Shakespearezeit. In: Anglia, 10(1-2):49--77. |
[Breva-Claramonte, 1983]![]() |
Manuel Breva-Claramonte (1983). Sanctius' theory of language. A contribution to the history of Renaissance linguistics. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Brew, 1990]![]() |
Christopher Brew (1990). Partial descriptions and systemic grammar. In: 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90). Helsinki, Finland, pp. 36--41. Volume 1. |
[Brew, 1991]![]() |
Chris Brew (1991). Systemic Classification and its Efficiency. In: Computational Linguistics, 17(4):375--408. |
[Brewer and Harris, 1974]![]() |
W. Brewer and R. Harris (1974). Memory for deictic elements in sentences. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13:321--327. |
[Bridges et al., ]![]() |
S. Bridges and M. E. Prince and J. D. Johannes (). Explanation Production by Expert Planners. University of Alabama in Hunstville. |
[Brinker, 1997]![]() |
Klaus Brinker (1997). Linguistische Textanalyse: Eine Einführung in Grundbegriffe und Methoden. Erich Schmidt Verlag, Berlin, 4th edition. |
[, 1964]![]() |
(ed.) (1964). The New Encyclopedia Britannica. Published by Encyclopedia Britannica Inc. |
[, 1963]![]() |
(ed.) (1963). Britannica Junior Encyclopedia. Chicago, Ill.. Published by Encyclopaedia Britannica, Inc. Encyclopedia Britannica Inc.; William Benton Publisher. |
[Broe, 1988]![]() |
Michael Broe (1988). Prosodic analysis and unification-based representation. |
[Brook, 1976]![]() |
G. Brook (1976). The Language of Shakespeare. Deutsch, London. |
[Brown, 1974]![]() |
G. P. Brown (1974). Some Problems in German to English Machine Translation. Technical Report Nr. 142. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Project MAC.. |
[Brown and Burton, 1978]![]() |
J. S. Brown and R. R. Burton (1978). Diagnostics Models for Procedural Bugs in Basic Mathematical Skills. In: Cognitive Science, 2 2:pages 155--192. |
[Brown et al., 1980]![]() |
Gillian Brown and K. L. Currie and J. Kenworthy (1980). Questions of Intonation. Croom Helm Ltd., London. |
[Brown, 1959]![]() |
R. W. Brown (1959). How shall a thing be called? In: Psychology Review, 65:14--21. |
[Brown, 1973]![]() |
Roger Brown (1973). A First Language. Harvard University Press, Harvard. |
[Brown, 1977]![]() |
Gillian Brown (1977). Listening to spoken English. Longman, London. |
[Brown, 19801980]![]() |
E. K. Brown (19801980). Grammatical inchoherence. In: H. W. Dechert and M. Raupach (eds.), Temporal Variables in Speech. pp. 27--38. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Brown, 1983]![]() |
Gillian Brown (1983). Prosodic structure and the given/new distinction. In: A. Cutler and R. Ladd (eds.), Prosody: models and measurements. Springer, Berlin, New York. |
[Brown and Ford, 1964]![]() |
Roger W. Brown and Marguerite Ford (1964). Address in American English. In: Dell Hymes (ed.), Language in culture and society. pp. 234--244. Harper and Row, New York. |
[Brown and Gilman, 1960]![]() |
Roger Brown and A. Gilman (1960). The pronouns of power and solidarity. In: T. Sebeok (ed.), Style in Language. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Brown and Gilman, 1989]![]() |
Roger W. Brown and Albert Gilman (1989). Politeness theory and Shakespeare's four major tragedies. In: Language in Society, 18:159--212. |
[Brown and Yule, 1983]![]() |
Gillian Brown and Geoff Yule (1983). Discourse Analysis. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Bruce, 1975]![]() |
B. C. Bruce (1975). Generation as a social action. In: Proceedings of Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing-I (TINLAP). Cambridge, Mass., pp. 64--67. |
[Bruce, 1975]![]() |
B. Bruce (1975). Case Systems for Natural Language. In: Artificial Intelligence, 6(4):327--360. Winter. |
[Bruce, 1975]![]() |
B. C. Bruce (1975). Belief Systems and Language Understanding. Technical Report Nr. 2973. Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc.. |
[Bruce et al., 1978]![]() |
B. C. Bruce and A. Collins and A. D. Rubin and D. Gentner (1978). A Cognitive Science Approach to Writing. Technical Report Nr. 89. Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc.. |
[Bruce, 1980]![]() |
B. Bruce (1980). Analysis of interacting plans as a guide to the understanding of story structure. In: Poetics, 9:295--311. |
[Bruce and Green, 1985]![]() |
V. Bruce and P. Green (1985). Visual Perception: physiology, psychology, and ecology. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, London. |
[Bruce and Newman, 1978]![]() |
B. Bruce and D. Newman (1978). Interacting Plans. In: Cognitive Science, 2:195--233. |
[Bruce, 1972]![]() |
Bertram C. Bruce (1972). A Model for Temporal References and Its Application in a Question Answering Program. In: Artificial Intelligence, (3):1--25. |
[Bublitz, 1988]![]() |
W. Bublitz (1988). Supportive Fellow Speakers and Cooperative Conversations. Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia. |
[Buchanan and H., 1984]![]() |
Bruce G. Buchanan and Shortliffe Edward H. (1984). Rule-based expert systems: The MYCIN experiments of the Stanford Heuristic Programming Project. Addison-Wesley. |
[Budd et al., 1967]![]() |
Richard W. Budd and Robert K. Thorp and Lewis Donohew (1967). Content analysis of communications. Macmillan, London and New York. |
[Bühler, 1934]![]() |
Karl Bühler (1934). Sprachtheorie. Gustav Fischer, Dordrecht. repr. 1965. |
[Bühler, 1934]![]() |
Karl Bühler (1934). Sprachtheorie: die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache. Fischer, Jena. |
[Bull, 1963]![]() |
William E. Bull (1963). Time, Tense and the Verb. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. |
[Bullock, 1993]![]() |
Jeremy C. Bullock (1993). Text generation from semantic network based medical records. MSc, Department of Computer Science, University of Manchester, Manchester, England. |
[Bungarten, 1994]![]() |
Th. Bungarten (ed.) (1994). Beiträge zur Fachsprachenforschung. Sprache in Wissenschaft und Technik, Wirtschaft und Rechtswesen. Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen/Wiesbaden. |
[Burners-Lee et al., 2001]![]() |
T. Burners-Lee and J. Hendler and O. Lassila (2001). The semantic web. In: Scientific American, 284(5). |
[Burns and Coffin, 2001]![]() |
A. Burns and C. Coffin (2001). Analysing English in a Global Context. Routledge, London. |
[Burns and de Silva Joyce, 2001]![]() |
Anne Burns and Helen de Silva Joyce (2001). Focus on speaking. NCELTR, Macquarie University. |
[Burstein, 1983]![]() |
Mark H. Burstein (1983). Learning New Concepts from Multiple Analogical Models. PhD thesis, Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Burton, 1973]![]() |
Dolores Burton (1973). Shakespeare's grammatical style: a computer-assisted analysis of Richard II and Anthony and Cleopatra. University of Texas Press. |
[Burton, 1978]![]() |
Dierdre Burton (1978). Towards an analysis of casual conversation. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 7:151--164. |
[Burton, 1980]![]() |
Dierdre Burton (1980). Dialogue and Discourse. Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd., London. |
[Burton, 1981]![]() |
D. Burton (1981). Analysing spoken discourse. In: Malcolm Coulthard and Michael Montgomery (eds.), Studies in Discourse Analysis. pp. 61--81. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Busemann, 1995]![]() |
S. Busemann (1995). The SeReal System: putting semantic head driven generation to the limits. Technical Report. DFKI. |
[Busemann, 1987]![]() |
S. Busemann (1987). Generierung mit GPSG. In: K. Morik (ed.), GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin. |
[Bush, 1945]![]() |
Vannevar Bush (1945). As we may think. In: Atlantic Monthly, 176:101--108. (Also available from http://www.isg.sfu.ca/$~$ducher/misc/vbush). |
[Bush, 1960]![]() |
Chilton R. Bush (1960). A system of categories for general news content. In: Journalism Quarterly, 37(2):206--210. |
[Busse, 1998]![]() |
Ulrich Busse (1998). Forms of address in Shakespeare's plays. In: Rainer Schulz (ed.), Meaningful choices in English. pp. 33--60. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Butler, 1979]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1979). Recent developments in systemic linguistics. In: Language Teaching and Linguistics Abstracts, 12:71--89. |
[Butler, 1982]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1982). The Directive Function of the English Modals. PhD thesis, University of Nottingham. |
[Butler, 1982]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1982). The directive function of the English modals. PhD thesis, University of Nottingham, Department of English Studies, Nottingham. |
[Butler, 1985]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1985). Systemic linguistics: theory and applications. Batsford, London. |
[Butler, 1988]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1988). Pragmatics and systemic linguistics. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 12:83--102. |
[Butler, 1989]![]() |
Christopher S. Butler (1989). Systemic linguistics: unity, diversity and change. In: Word, 40(1-2):1--35. |
[Butt, 1983]![]() |
David G. Butt (1983). Semantic 'drift' in verbal art. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 6(1):38--48. |
[Butt, 1984]![]() |
David G. Butt (1984). Perceiving as making in the poetry of Wallace Stevens. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 13:124--146. |
[Butt, 1984]![]() |
David G. Butt (1984). The Relationship between theme and lexicogrammar in the poetry of Wallace Stevens. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[Butt, 1985]![]() |
David G. Butt (1985). Talking and thinking: the patterns of behaviour. Sociocultural Aspects of Language and Education. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic.. |
[Butt, 1985]![]() |
David G. Butt (1985). The problem of solipsism and the semiotician's reply. In: Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48. |
[Butt, 1985]![]() |
David G. Butt (1985). Wallace Stevens and 'wilful nonsense'. In: Southern Review, 18.73. |
[Butt, 1988]![]() |
David G. Butt (1988). Randomness, order and the latent patterning of text. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of style. Pinter, London. |
[Butterworth et al., 1977]![]() |
B. Butterworth and R. Hine and K. Brady (1977). Speech and Interaction in Sound-Only Communication. In: Semiotica, 20. |
[Butterworth, 1980]![]() |
B. Butterworth (ed.) (1980). Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech and Talk. Academic Press, New York. |
[Butterworth, 1980]![]() |
B. Butterworth (1980). Evidences from pauses in speech. In: B. Butterworth (ed.), Language Production. Volume 1 : Speech and Talk. pp. 155--176. Academic Press, New York. |
[Bybee and Fleischman, 1995]![]() |
J. Bybee and S. Fleischman (1995). Modality in Grammar and Discourse. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Paris, 1984]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1984). Determining the Level of Expertise. In: Proceedings of the First Annual Workshop on Theoretical Issues in Conceptual Information Processing. Atlanta, Georgia. |
[Standard, 2000]![]() ![]() |
Corpus Encoding Standard (2000). Corpus Encoding Standard. Version 1.5. Available at: http://www.cs.vassar.edu/CES. |
[Chomsky, 1977]![]() |
N. Chomsky (1977). Essays on Form and Interpretation. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam, The Netherlands. |
[, 1988]![]() |
(1988). Computational Linguistics: Special Issue on User Modelling. |
[Francis et al., 1998]![]() |
G. Francis and S. Hunston and E. Manning (1998). Collins COBUILD Grammar Patterns 2: Nouns and Adjectives. HarperCollins, London. |
[Francis et al., 1996]![]() |
G. Francis and S. Hunston and E. Manning (1996). Collins COBUILD Grammar Patterns 1: Verbs. HarperCollins, London. |
[COBUILD, 1990]![]() |
COBUILD (1990). English Grammar. Collins, London and Glasgow. |
[, 2000]![]() |
(ed.) (2000). Proceedings of the 18th Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING'2000), July 31 - August 4 2000. Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, Germany. |
[Carroll and Freedle, 1972]![]() |
J. Carroll and R. Freedle (eds.) (1972). Language Comprehension and the Acquisition of Knowledge. Wiley and Sons, New York. |
[Matthiessen, 1982]![]() |
C. M. I. M. Matthiessen (1982). The Syntactic Coverage of a Text Production Grammar. Technical Report. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[McDonald, 1980]![]() |
D. D. McDonald (1980). The role of discourse structure in language production. In: The Proceedings of the Third Biannual Meeting of the SCSIO/SCEIO. |
[Dorna and Dörre, 1993]![]() |
Michael Dorna and Jochen Dörre (1993). CUF -- Version 2.28d. Institut für maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung (IMS), Universität Stuttgart. |
[Dörre et al., 1996]![]() |
Jochen Dörre and Michael Dorna and Jörg Junger (1996). The CUF User's Manual. Institut für maschinelle Sprachverarbeitung (IMS), Universität Stuttgart, Germany. |
[Caccamise, 1986]![]() |
D. Caccamise (1986). Idea Generation in Writing. In: A. Matsuhashi (ed.), Writing in Real Time. Ablex, NJ. |
[Cadwallader, 1974]![]() |
S. Cadwallader (1974). Cooking adventures for kids. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. |
[Caenepeel, 1995]![]() |
Mimo Caenepeel (1995). Aspect and text structure. In: Linguistics, 33. |
[Caffarel, 1992]![]() |
Alice Caffarel (1992). Context projected onto semantics and its consequences for grammatical selection. In: Language Sciences, 92(4). |
[Cahill, 1998]![]() ![]() |
Lynne Cahill (1998). Lexicalisation in applied NLG systems. Technical Report Nr. ITRI-99-04. ITRI, University of Brighton. obtainable at http://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/. |
[Caldas-Coulthard and Coulthard, 1996]![]() |
Carmen Rosa Caldas-Coulthard and Malcolm Coulthard (eds.) (1996). Texts and practices: readings in critical discourse analysis. Routledge, London. |
[Callaway, 2000]![]() |
Charles Callaway (2000). Narrative Prose Generation. PhD thesis, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC. |
[Callmeier, 2000]![]() |
Ulrich Callmeier (2000). PET - a platform for experimentation with efficient HPSG processing techniques. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):99--107. |
[Campbell, 1995]![]() |
K. S. Campbell (1995). Coherence, continuity and cohesion --- theoretical foundations for document design. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Caramazza et al., 1977]![]() |
A. Caramazza and E. Grober and C. Garvey and J. Yates (1977). Comprehension of anaphoric pronouns. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 16:601--609. |
[Carberry, 1983]![]() |
Sandra Carberry (1983). Tracking User Goals in an Information-Seeking Environment. In: Proceedings of AAAI-83. American Association of Artificial Intelligence. |
[Carberry, 1988]![]() |
Sandra Carberry (1988). Plan Recognition and User Modelling. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3). |
[Carbonell et al., 1981]![]() |
Jaime G. Carbonell and R. E. Cullingford and A. G. Gershman (1981). Steps towards knowledge-based machine translation. In: IEEE transactions: PAMI, 3(4). |
[Carbonell, 1981]![]() |
J. G. Carbonell (1981). Subjective Understanding: Computer Models of Belief Systems. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan. |
[Carenini et al., 1993]![]() |
G. Carenini and F. Pianesi and M. Ponzi and O. Stock (1993). Natural Language Generation and Hypertext Access. In: Applied Artificial Intelligence, 7:135--164. |
[Carletta, 1996]![]() |
Jean C. Carletta (1996). Assessing the reliability of subjective codings. In: Computational Linguistics, 22(2):249--254. |
[Carlson-Radvansky and Irwin, 1993]![]() |
L. A. Carlson-Radvansky and D. E. Irwin (1993). Frames of reference in vision and language: where is above? In: Cognition, 46:223--244. |
[Carlson, 1983]![]() |
Lauri Carlson (1983). Dialogue Games: An Approach to Discourse Analysis. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland. |
[Caro and Bisseret, 1997]![]() |
S. Caro and A. Bisseret (1997). Using weakening paralinguistic organizers in electronic documents: an experimental approach. In: Travails Humaine, 60(4):409--437. |
[Carpenter, 1991]![]() |
Bob Carpenter (1991). The generative power of categorial grammars and head-driven phrase structure grammars with lexical rules. In: Computational Linguistics, 17(3):301--314. |
[Carpenter, 1992]![]() |
Bob Carpenter (1992). The Logic of Typed Feature Structures. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Carpenter, 1992]![]() |
Bob Carpenter (1992). The Attribute Logic Engine. Laboratory for Computational Linguistics, CMU Pittsburgh. Version $\beta$. |
[Carpenter and Penn, 1994]![]() |
Bob Carpenter and Gerald Penn (1994). The Attribute Logic Engine: User's guide. Computational Linguistics Program, CMU Pittsburgh. Version 2.0. |
[Carrier and Randall, 1992]![]() |
Jill Carrier and Janet H. Randall (1992). The argument structure and syntactic structure of Resultatives. In: Linguistics Inquiry, 23:173--234. |
[Carroll, 1980]![]() |
J. Carroll (1980). A Performance Grammar Approach to Language Teaching. In: R. Schiefelbusch (ed.), Non-Speech Language Communication. Un. Park Press, Baltimore. |
[Carroll and Delin, 1998]![]() |
T. Carroll and J. Delin (1998). Written Instructions in Japanese and English. In: Pragmatics, 8(3):339--385. |
[Casati and Varzi, 1999]![]() |
R. Casati and A. Varzi (1999). Parts and places: the structures of spatial representation. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA and London. |
[Carter and McCarthy, 1988]![]() |
R. Carter and M. McCarthy (eds.) (1988). Vocabulary and Language Teaching. Longman, London. |
[Casner, 1991]![]() |
S. Casner (1991). A task-analytic approach to the automated design of graphic presentations. In: ACM Transactions on Graphics, 10(2):111--151. |
[Cassidy and Harrington, 2001]![]() |
S. Cassidy and J. Harrington (2001). Multilevel annotation in the EMU speech database management system. In: Speech communication, 33(1-2):61--78. |
[Catford, 1965]![]() |
Catford (1965). A linguistic theory of translation. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Cawsey et al., 1998]![]() |
Alison Cawsey and Bonnie L. Webber and Ray B. Jones (1998). Natural Language Generation in Healthcare. In: Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, . |
[Cawsey, 1995]![]() |
A. Cawsey (1995). Review of: Participating in Explanatory Dialogues-interpreting and responding to questions in context (J.D. Moore). In: Computational Linguistics, 21(3):422--424. |
[Cawsey, 2000]![]() |
Alison Cawsey (2000). Presenting tailored resource descriptions: will XSLT do the job? In: Proceedings of the ninth World-Wide Web conference (WWW9). |
[Cawsey, 1989]![]() |
A. Cawsey (1989). Generating Explanatory Discourse: a plan based, interactive approach. PhD dissertation, University of Edinburgh. |
[Cawsey, 1993]![]() |
A. Cawsey (1993). Explanation and interaction: the computer generation of explanatory dialogues. MIT Press, Cambridge. |
[Paris, 1988]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1988). Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User's Level of Expertise. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3):64--78. Special Issue on User Modelling. |
[Paris, 1988]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1988). Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User's Level of Expertise. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3). |
[Paris, 1986]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1986). Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User's Level of Expertise. Paper presented at the International Workshop on User Modelling, Maria Laach, West Germany. |
[Walker et al., 1998]![]() |
Marilyn A. Walker and Aravind K. Joshi and Ellen F. Prince (1998). Centering Theory in Discourse. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Cha, ]![]() |
Jin Soon Cha (ed.) (). Before and towards communication linguistics: essays by Michael Gregory and associates. Daehan Publications Limited, Seoul. |
[Cha, 1985]![]() |
Jin Soon Cha (1985). Linguistic cohesion in texts: theory and description. Daehan Texbook Printing Co, Seoul. |
[Chafe, 1967]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1967). Language as symbolization. In: Language, 43:57--91. |
[Chafe, 1970]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1970). Meaning and the Structure of Language. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Chafe, 1971]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1971). Directionality and paraphrase. In: Language, 47:1--26. |
[Chafe, 1973]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1973). Language and Memory. In: Language, 49:261--281. |
[Chafe, 1974]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1974). Language and consciousness. In: Language, 50:111--133. |
[Chafe, 1976]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1976). Giveness, Contrastiveness, Definiteness, Subjects, Topics, and Points of View. In: C. N. Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. pp. 25--56. Academic Press. |
[Chafe, 1979]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1979). The Flow of Thought and the Flow of Language. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 159--181. Academic Press, New York. |
[Dechert and Raupach, 19801980]![]() |
H. W. Dechert and M. Raupach (eds.) (19801980). Some reasons for hesitating. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Chafe, 1980]![]() |
Wallace L Chafe (ed.) (1980). The Pear Stories. Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey. |
[Chafe, 1984]![]() |
Wallace L. Chafe (1984). How People Use Adverbial Clauses. In: Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society. Berkeley. Berkeley Linguistics Society. |
[Chafe and Nichols, 1968]![]() |
W. L. Chafe and J. Nichols (eds.) (1968). Evidentiality: the linguistic coding of epistemology. Ablex, Norwood, NJ. |
[Chaffin and Herrmann, 1988]![]() |
R. Chaffin and D. J. Herrmann (1988). The Nature of Semantic Relations. In: Martha Evens (ed.), Relational Models of the Lexicon. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Chambers, 2003]![]() |
J. K. Chambers (2003). Sociolinguistic theory: linguistic variation and its social significance. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Chambers and Trudgill, 1998]![]() |
J. K. Chambers and Peter Trudgill (1998). Dialectology. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 2nd edition edition. |
[Chapman, 1983]![]() |
L. John Chapman (1983). Reading development and cohesion. Heinemann Educational, London and Exeter, NH. |
[Charniak et al., 1980]![]() |
E. Charniak and C. K. Riesbeck and D. V. and McDermott (1980). Artificial Intelligence Programming. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Charniak, 1977]![]() |
Eugene Charniak (1977). A Framed Painting: The Representation of a Common Sense Knowledge Fragment. In: Cognitive Science, 1:355--394. |
[Charniak, 1978]![]() |
Eugene Charniak (1978). With Spoon in Hand This Must be the Eating Frame. In: Waltz (ed.), ??. pp. 187--193. ??. |
[Charniak and Wilks, 1976]![]() |
Eugene Charniak and Yorick Wilks (eds.) (1976). Semantic Nets as Memory Models. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Chester, 1976]![]() |
D. Chester (1976). The Translation of Formal Proofs into English. In: Artificial Intelligence, 7(3). |
[Chin, 1986]![]() |
David N. Chin (1986). User Modelling in UC, the Unix Consultant. In: Proceedings of the 1986 Conference on Computer-Human Interaction (CHI'86). |
[Chiu, 1973]![]() |
R. Chiu (1973). Measuring register characteristics. In: International Review of Applied Linguistics, 11:56--68. |
[Chomsky, 1957]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1957). Syntactic structures. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Chomsky, 1964]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1964). Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Chomsky, 1965]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Chomsky, 1966]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1966). Cartesian Linguistics: a chapter in the history of rationalist thought. Harper and Row Pub. Inc.. |
[Chomsky, 1970]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1970). Remarks on Nominalization. In: R. Jacobs and P. S. Rosenbaum (eds.), Readings in English Transformational Grammar. Ginn and Co., Waltham, Massachusetts. |
[Chomsky, 1980]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1980). On Binding. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 11(1):1--46. |
[Chomsky, 1980]![]() |
N. Chomsky (1980). Rules and Representations. Columbia Univeristy Press, New York. |
[Chomsky, 1981]![]() |
Noam Chomsky (1981). Lectures on Government and Binding. Foris, Dordrecht. |
[Chomsky, 1993]![]() |
N. Chomsky (1993). A Minimalist Program for Linguistic Theory. In: K. Hale and S. J. Keyser (eds.), The View from Building 20. MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass. |
[Christie et al., 1990]![]() |
Frances Christie and James R. Martin and Joan Rothery (1990). Genres make meaning: another reply to Sawyer and Watson. In: English in Australia, 43-59. |
[Christie, 1992]![]() |
Frances et al. Christie (1992). Language: a resource for meaning; exploring explanations, Levels 1-4; teachers' book. Harcourt Brace Jovanovitch, Orlando, Florida. |
[Christie, 2002]![]() |
Frances Christie (ed.) (2002). Classroom Discourse Analysis. A Functional Perspective. Continuum Press, London. |
[Christie, 1976]![]() |
F. Christie (1976). The Teaching of English in Elementary School in N.S.W.. Technical Report. Sydney University, Australia. M.A. Thesis, Dept of Education. |
[Christie, 1983]![]() |
Frances Christie (1983). Learning to write: a process of learning how to mean. In: English in Australia: Journal of the Australian Association for the Teaching of English, 66:4--17. |
[Christie, 1984]![]() |
Frances Christie (1984). Writing in schools. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 7(1):86--102. |
[Christie, 1985]![]() |
Frances Christie (1985). Language education. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic.. 2nd. edition: Oxford University Press, 1989. |
[Christie, 1986]![]() |
Frances Christie (1986). Learning to mean in writing. N. Stewart-Dore. In: Writing and reading to learn. pp. 21--34. Primary English Teaching Association, Sydney. |
[Christie, 1987]![]() |
Frances Christie (1987). The morning news genre: using a functional grammar to illuminate educational issues. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 10(2):182--198. |
[Christie, 1987]![]() |
Frances Christie (1987). Young children's writing: from spoken to written genre. In: Language and Education, 1(1):3--13. |
[Christie, 1989]![]() |
Frances Christie (ed.) (1989). Writing in schools: study guide and reader. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic.. |
[Christie, 1990]![]() |
Frances Christie (ed.) (1990). Fresh look at the basics: literacy for a changing world. Australian Council for Educational Research, Melbourne. |
[Christie, 1990]![]() |
Frances Christie (ed.) (1990). Literacy for a changing world. Australian Council for Educational Research, Hawthorn, Vic.. |
[Christie, 1990]![]() |
Frances Christie (1990). Curriculum genres in early childhood education: a case study in writing development. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Christie, 1995]![]() |
F. Christie (1995). Pedagogic discourse in the primary school. In: Linguistics and Education, 3(7):212--242. |
[Christie, 1998]![]() |
F. Christie (1998). Literacy and schooling. Routledge, London. |
[Christie, 1999]![]() |
F. Christie (ed.) (1999). Pedagogy and the shaping of consciousness: Linguistic and social processes. Cassell, London. |
[Christie and Martin, 1997]![]() |
Frances Christie and J. R. Martin (1997). Genre and institutions: social processes in the workplace and school. Cassell, London. |
[Christie and Rothery, 1980]![]() |
Frances Christie and Joan Rothery (1980). Varieties of language and language teaching. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia. |
[Chung, 1976]![]() |
Sandra Chung (1976). An object creating rule in Bahasa Indonesian. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 7:41--88. |
[Chung, 19761976]![]() |
Sandra Chung (19761976). On the subject of two passives in Indonesian. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Churchward, 1953]![]() |
C. M. Churchward (1953). Tongan Grammar. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Cicourel, 1973]![]() |
A. V. Cicourel (1973). Cognitive Sociology. Penguin, Harmondsworth. |
[Cicourel, 1975]![]() |
A. V. Cicourel (1975). Discourse and Text. In: Versus, 12:33--84. |
[Cimino, 1995]![]() |
James J. Cimino (1995). Vocabulary and Health Care Information Technology: state of the art. In: Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 46(10):777--782. |
[Claassen, 1997]![]() |
W. Claassen (1997). A natural language generator in ROIS. In: Links: The ROIS newsletter, 2. (ed. E.J. van der Haring) Catholic University of Nijmegen. |
[Clancey, 1978]![]() |
W. J. Clancey (1978). An Antibiotic Therapy Selector Which Provides for Explanation. Technical Report Nr. HPP-78-26. Stanford University. |
[Clancey, 1979]![]() |
W. J. Clancey (1979). Dialogue management for rule-based tutorials. In: Proceedings of the Sixth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Tokyo, pp. 155--161. |
[Clancey, 1981]![]() |
William Clancey (1981). NEOMYCIN: Reconfiguring a Rule-Based Expert System for Application to Teaching. Technical Report. IJCAI, Vancouver, BC. |
[Clark and Marshall, 1977]![]() |
H. H. Clark and C. Marshall (1977). Reference Diaries. In: IJCAI, . CHECK YEAR AND PLACE. |
[Clark, 1977]![]() |
H. H. Clark (1977). Inferences in Comprehension. In: D. Laberge and S. J. Samuels (eds.), Basic Processes in Reading: Perception and Comprehension.. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J.. |
[Clark, 1993]![]() |
Herbert H. Clark (1993). Arenas of Language Use. University of Chicago Press. |
[Clark, 1996]![]() |
Herbert H. Clark (1996). Using Language. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Clark and Clark, 1977]![]() |
H. H. Clark and E. V. Clark (1977). Psychology and language. Harcourt, Brace, and Jovanovich, New York. |
[Clark and Schaefer, 1989]![]() |
H. H. Clark and E. F. Schaefer (1989). Contributing to Discourse. In: Cognitive Science, 13:259--294. |
[Clark and Sengul, 1979]![]() |
H. H. Clark and C. J. Sengul (1979). In search of referents for nouns and pronouns. In: Memory and Cognition, 7:35--41. |
[Clark and Wilkes-Gibbs, 1986]![]() |
H. H. Clark and D. Wilkes-Gibbs (1986). Referring as a Collaborative Process. In: Cognition, 22:1--39. |
[Clayre, 1973]![]() |
I. F. C. S. Clayre (1973). A preliminary note on focus and emphasis in Melanau - a language of coastal Sarawak. In: Lingua, 31. |
[Cline and Nutter, 1994]![]() |
B. Cline and J. Nutter (1994). KALOS - A System for Natural Language Generation with Revision. In: AAAI. |
[Clippinger, 1978]![]() |
Jon Clippinger (1978). Meaning and discourse: A computer model of psychoanalytic speech and cognition. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore. |
[Cloran, 1987]![]() |
C. Cloran (1987). Negotiating new contexts in conversation. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 1:85--110. |
[Cloran, 1987]![]() |
Carmel Cloran (1987). Negotiating new contexts in conversation. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics. pp. 85--110. |
[Cloran, 1999]![]() |
Carmel Cloran (1999). Instruction at home and school. In: F. Christie (ed.), Pedagogy and the shaping of consciousness: Linguistic and social processes. pp. 31--65. Cassell, London. |
[Close, 1979]![]() |
R. Close (1979). Will in if-clauses. In: Sidney Greenbaum and Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvik (eds.), Studies in English Linguistics for Randolph Quirk. Longman, London. |
[Coch et al., 1995]![]() |
J. Coch and R. David and J. Magnoler (1995). Quality test for a mail generation system. In: Proceedings of Linguistic Engineering '95. Montpellier, France, pp. 435--443. |
[Coch, 1996]![]() |
J. Coch (1996). Overview of AlethGen. In: Proceedings of the Eighth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Herstmonceux, Sussex, UK, pp. 25--28. Demonstrations and Posters. |
[Coch, 1998]![]() |
J. Coch (1998). MultiMeteo: multilingual production of weather forecasts. In: ELRA Newsletter, 3(2). |
[Coch, 1999]![]() |
José Coch (1999). Génération multilingue de bulletins météréologiques: le logiciel MULTIMETEO. In: GAT-99, 2éme Colloque Francophone de Génération automatique de Textes. Grenoble. |
[Coch, 1999]![]() |
J. Coch (1999). Applications industrielles de la génération : pourquoi et comment. In: ???, 9(2):89--106. |
[Codd, 1970]![]() |
E. F. Codd (1970). A Relational Model of Data for Large Shared Data Banks. In: Comm. ACM, 13(6):pages 377--387. |
[Codd, 1977]![]() |
E. F. Codd (1977). Seven Steps to Rendez-vous with the Casual User. In: J. W. Klimbie and K. Koffeman (eds.), Data Base Management. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Coffin et al., 1996]![]() |
C. Coffin and R. Brook and S. Humphrey (1996). Australian Identity.. Metropolitan East Disadvantaged Schools Program. NSW Department of School Education, Sydney. |
[Coffin, 1996]![]() |
C. Coffin (1996). Exploring Literacy in School History.. Metropolitan East Disadvantaged Schools Program. NSW Department of School Education, Sydney. |
[Gregg and Steinberg, 1980]![]() |
L. Gregg and E. Steinberg (1980). Cognition Processes in Writing. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
[Cohen and Perrault, 1979]![]() |
P. R. Cohen and C. R. Perrault (1979). Elements of a Plan-Based Theory of Speech Acts. In: Cognitive Science, 3:177--212. |
[Cohen, 1978]![]() |
P. R. Cohen (1978). On Knowing What to Say: Planning Speech Acts. Technical Report Nr. 118. University of Toronto. Department of Computer Science. |
[Cohen and Perrault, 1979]![]() |
P. R. Cohen and C. R. Perrault (1979). Elements of a plan-based theory of speech acts. In: Cognitive Science, 3. |
[Cohen, 1981]![]() |
P. R. Cohen (1981). The Need for Referent Identification as a Planned Action. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'81. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Cohen et al., 1981]![]() |
P. Cohen and C. R. Perrault and J. Allen (1981). Beyond Question-Answering. Technical Report Nr. 4644. Bolt Beranek and Newman. |
[Cohen, 1983]![]() |
Robin Cohen (1983). A Computational Model for the Analysis of Arguments. PhD thesis, University of Toronto. |
[Cohen and Oviatt, 1995]![]() |
Phillip R. Cohen and S. L. Oviatt (1995). The Role of Voice Input for Human-Machine Communication. In: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 92(22):9921--9927. |
[Carrell, 1982]![]() |
Patricia L. Carrell (1982). Cohesion is not Coherence. In: TESOL Quarterly, 16(4):479--487. |
[Colby, 1975]![]() |
K. M. Colby (1975). Artificial Paranoia: A Computer Simulation of Paranoid Processes. Pergamon Press, Oxford. |
[Cole and (eds.), 1975]![]() |
P. Cole and J. L. Morgan (eds.) (1975). Syntax and Semantics. Volume 3: Speech Acts. Academic Press. |
[Cole, 1977]![]() |
R. W. Cole (ed.) (1977). Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. University Press, Bloomington. |
[Cole, 1981]![]() |
P. Cole (ed.) (1981). Radical Pragmatics. Academic Press, New York. |
[Collerson, 1984]![]() |
J. Collerson (1984). Juliet and the territorial imperative. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 7(1):102--123. |
[Collerson, 1994]![]() |
John Collerson (1994). English grammar: a functional approach. Primary English Teaching Association, Newtown, N.S.W.. |
[Collier, 2001]![]() |
Malcolm Collier (2001). Approaches to analysis in visual anthropology. In: Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (eds.), Handbook of visual analysis. 3, pp. 35--60. Sage, London. |
[Halsey, 1962]![]() |
William Halsey (ed.) (1962). Collier's Encyclopedia. New York, NY.. Published by The Crowell-Collier Publishing Company. |
[Collier, 1990]![]() |
R. Collier (1990). Multi-lingual intonation synthesis: principles and applications. In: Proceedings of the ESCA Workshop on Speech Synthesis. Autrans, France, pp. 273--276. |
[Collier, 1993]![]() |
R. Collier (1993). On the communicative function of prosody: some experiments. Annual Progress Report. IPO, Eindhoven. |
[Collins, 1978]![]() |
A. Collins (1978). Studies of Plausible Reasoning, Final Report, Volume I: Human Plausible Reasoning. Technical Report Nr. 3810. BBN. Cambridge, Mass.. |
[Collins, 1978]![]() |
A. Collins (1978). Fragments of a Human Plausible Reasoning. In: TINLAP, . Urbana-Champaign, Illinois. |
[Collins, 1982]![]() |
Peter Collins (1982). Cleft sentences in English discourse. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 5(1):60--83. |
[Collins, 1985]![]() |
Peter J. Collins (1985). Th-clefts and all-clefts. In: Beiträge zür Phonetik und Linguistik, 4:45--53. |
[Collins, 1991]![]() |
Peter J. Collins (1991). Pseudo cleft and cleft constructions: a thematic and informational interpetation. In: Linguistics, 29. |
[Collins, 1991]![]() |
Peter J. Collins (1991). Cleft and pseudo-cleft constructions in English. Routledge, London and New York. |
[Collins, 1992]![]() |
Peter J. Collins (1992). Cleft existentials in English. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):419--435. |
[Collins and Quillian, 1969]![]() |
A. M. Collins and M. R. Quillian (1969). Retrieval time from semantic memory. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8:240--247. |
[Collins and Quillian, 1970]![]() |
A. M. Collins and M. R. Quillian (1970). Does category size affect categorization time. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 9:432--438. |
[Comrie, 1975]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (1975). The antiergative: Finland's answer to Basque. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 11. |
[Comrie, 1976]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (1976). Aspect. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Comrie, 1981]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (1981). Language universals and linguistic typology. Basil Blackwell Publishers, Oxford. |
[Comrie, 1987]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (ed.) (1987). The major languages of the world. Basil Blackwell Publishers?, Oxford?. |
[Comrie, 1989]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (1989). Language universals and linguistic typology: syntax and morphology. Chicago University Press. |
[Comrie, 1998]![]() |
Bernard Comrie (1998). Ein Strukturrahmen für descriptive Grammatiken. In: D. Zaefferer (ed.), Deskriptive Grammatik und allgemeiner Sprachvergleich. pp. 7--16. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Comrie and Smith, 1977]![]() |
Bernard Comrie and Norval Smith (1977). Lingua descriptive studies: questionnaire. In: Lingua, 42:1--72. |
[D'Angelo, 1975]![]() |
F. D'Angelo (1975). A Conceptual Theory of Rhetoric. Winthrop Publishers, Cambridge, Mass.. |
[Condor, 1988]![]() |
Susan Condor (1988). 'Race stereotypes' and racist discourse. In: Text, 8(1-2):69--89. |
[Conklin, 1987]![]() |
J. Conklin (1987). Hypertext: an introduction and survey. In: IEEE Computer Magazine, 20(9):17--41. |
[Conklin, 1987]![]() |
E. Conklin (1987). Language Generation and Scene Description. In: Arbib M. (ed.), From Schema Theory to Language. Oxford University Press. |
[Connolly, 1986]![]() |
John H. Connolly (1986). Testing Functional Grammar placement rules using Prolog. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 24:623--632. |
[Conrad, 1955]![]() |
Richard Conrad (1955). Social images in East and West Germany: a comparative study of matched newspapers in two social systems. In: Social Forces, 33(3):281--285. |
[Ford and Mann, 1987]![]() |
Cecilia Ford and William C. Mann (1987). Process Design for a Rhetorical Structure Planner. Technical Report. USC/Information Sciences Institute. in preparation, 11/86.. |
[Ford and Mann, 1987]![]() |
Cecilia Ford and William C. Mann (1987). Testing a Rhetorical Structure Planner. Technical Report. USC/Information Sciences Institute. in preparation 11/86.. |
[Contant, 1986]![]() |
C. Contant (1986). Géneration automatique de texte: Application au sous-language boursier. Masters thesis, D'ept. de Linguistique, Université de Montréal. |
[Contant, 1985]![]() |
C. Contant (1985). Génération automatique de Texte: Application au Sous-Langage Boursier Francais. Mémoire de maitrise, Université de Montréal. |
[Contant, 1988]![]() |
C. Contant (1988). Génération automatique de rapports boursiers francais et anglais. 17(1):197--222. |
[Cook, 2001]![]() |
Guy Cook (2001). The discourse of advertising. Routledge, London, 2nd. edition edition. |
[Cope and Kalantzis, 1993]![]() |
Bill Cope and Mary Kalantzis (eds.) (1993). The Powers of literacy: a genre approach to teaching writing. University of Pittsburgh Press, Pittsburgh. |
[Copestake et al., 1999]![]() ![]() |
Ann Copestake and Dan Flickinger and Ivan Sag and Carl Pollard (1999). Minimal Recursion Semantics: An Introduction. http://www-csli.stanford.edu/$~$aac/papers/newmrs.ps. |
[Copestake, 2000]![]() |
Ann Copestake (2000). Appendix: definitions of typed feature structures. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):109--112. |
[Copestake, 2002]![]() |
Anne Copestake (2002). Implementing Typed Feature Structure Grammars. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA. |
[Copestake, 1994]![]() |
Ann Copestake (1994). Constraints, tlinks and MT. Acquilex-II Working Paper Nr. 16. ESPRIT BRA-7315 ACQUILEX-II. |
[Coulthard, 1977]![]() |
R. M. Coulthard (1977). An introduction to discourse analysis. Longman, London. |
[Coulthard, 1994]![]() |
Malcolm Coulthard (ed.) (1994). Advances in written text analysis. Routledge, London. |
[Coulthard and Brazil, 1979]![]() |
R. M. Coulthard and D. Brazil (1979). Exchange Structure. Volume 5 of Discourse Analysis Monographs. University of Birmingham English Language Research, Birmingham. |
[Coulthard, 1975]![]() |
R. M. Coulthard (1975). Discourse analysis in English: a short review of the literature. In: Language Teaching and Linguistics: Abstracts, 8. |
[Couture, 1986]![]() |
Barbara Couture (ed.) (1986). Functional approaches to writing research. Pinter, London. |
[Cox et al., 1990]![]() |
B. E. Cox and T. Shanahan and E. Sulzby (1990). Good and poor elementary readers' use of cohesion in writing. In: Reading Research Quarterly, 25:47--65. |
[Cox et al., 1991]![]() |
B. E. Cox and T. Shanahan and E. Sulzby (1991). Children's knowledge of organization, cohesion, and voice in written exposition. In: Research in the Teaching of English, 25:179--218. |
[Coyne, 1975]![]() |
Margaret U. Coyne (1975). A Critical Study of Two Models for Speech Act Analysis. PhD thesis, Northwestern University. |
[Craig, 19761976]![]() |
C. G. Craig (19761976). Properties of basic and derived subjects in Jacaltec. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Cranny-Francis, 1990]![]() |
Anne Cranny-Francis (1990). Feminist fiction. Polity, London. |
[Cranny-Francis, 1995]![]() |
Anne Cranny-Francis (1995). The body in the text. Melbourne University Press, Melbourn. |
[Creider, 1979]![]() |
C. A. Creider (1979). On the explanation of transformations. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 3--22. Academic Press, New York. |
[Cristea et al., 1998]![]() |
Dan Cristea and Nancy Ide and Laurent Romary (1998). Veins theory: a model of global discourse cohesion and coherence. In: Coling-ACL '98. Montréal, pp. 281--285. |
[Croft, 1991]![]() |
William Croft (1991). A conceptual framework for grammatical categories. In: Journal of semantics, 7:245--280. |
[Cross, 1992]![]() |
Marilyn Cross (1992). Choice in Lexis: Computer Generation of Lexis as Most Delicate Grammar. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):579--607. |
[Cross, 1993]![]() |
Marilyn Cross (1993). Collocation in computer modelling of lexis as most delicate grammar. In: Mohsen Ghadessy (ed.), Register analysis: theory and practice. Pinter, London. |
[Cross, 1993]![]() |
Marilyn Cross (1993). Collocation in Computer Modelling of Lexis as Most Delicate Grammar. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Registers of Written English. pp. 196--220. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Crothers, 1979]![]() |
Edward Crothers (1979). Paragraph Structure Inference. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Cruse, 1973]![]() |
D. A. Cruse (1973). Some thoughts on agentivity. In: Journal of Linguistics, 9:1--23. |
[Cruse, 1977]![]() |
D. A. Cruse (1977). The pragmatics of lexical specificity. In: Journal of Linguistics, 13:153--164. |
[Cruse, 1986]![]() |
D. A. Cruse (1986). Lexical Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Crystal, 1966]![]() |
D. Crystal (1966). Specification of English Tenses. In: Journal of Linguistics, 2:1--33. |
[Crystal and Davy, 1969]![]() |
David Crystal and D. Davy (1969). Investigating English Style. Longmans, London. |
[Cullingford, 1978]![]() |
R. E. Cullingford (1978). Script Application: Computer Understanding of Newspaper Stories. Technical Report Nr. Research Report 116. Yale University, Department of Computer Science. |
[Cumming, 1986]![]() |
Susanna Cumming (1986). Design of a Master Lexicon. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-85-163. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[Cumming, 1986]![]() |
Susanna Cumming (1986). The Lexicon in Text Generation. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-86-168. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Cummings et al., 1988]![]() |
Michael Cummings and J. Benson and W. Greaves (eds.) (1988). Linguistics in a Systemic Perspective.. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Cummings, 1975]![]() |
Michael J. Cummings (1975). Scale-and-category analysis of Old English verbal groups. In: The Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 20:23--58. |
[Cummings, 1980]![]() |
Michael J. Cummings (1980). Systemic phoricity in the Old English nominal group. In: The Seventh LACUS Forum. Columbia, SC, pp. 348--358. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Cummings, 1989]![]() |
Michael J. Cummings (1989). A computational logic test for complex system networks. In: Word, 40(1-2):287--296. |
[Cummings, 1990]![]() |
Michael J. Cummings (1990). Simulating linguistic networks with list processing. In: Literary and Linguistic Computing, 5(2):161--170. |
[Cummings and Simmons, 1983]![]() |
Michael J. Cummings and Robert Simmons (1983). The language of literature: a stylistic introduction to the study of literature. Pergamon Press, Oxford. |
[Currie, 1980]![]() |
K. L. Currie (1980). An initial search for tonics. In: Language and Speech, 23:329--350. |
[Currie, 1981]![]() |
K. L. Currie (1981). Further experiments in the Search for tonics,. In: Language and Speech, 24:1--28. |
[Dahl, 1977]![]() |
V. Dahl (1977). Un Systeme Deductif d'Interrogation de Banques de Donnees en Espagnol. Technical Report. Groupe d'Intelligence Artificielle, Universite d'Aix- Marseille ll. |
[Dahl, 1979]![]() |
V. Dahl (1979). Quantification in Three-valued Logic for Natural Language Question-Answering Systems. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'79. IJCAI. pages 182-187, IJCAI'79, Tokyo, August 1979. |
[Davis, 1971]![]() |
M. S. Davis (1971). That's Interesting! Towards a Phenomenology of Sociology and a Sociology of Phenomenology. In: Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 1:309--344. |
[Davis, 1976]![]() |
R. Davis (1976). Applications of Meta Level Knowledge to the Construction, Maintenance, and Use of Large Knowledge Bases. PhD thesis, Stanford University. |
[de Beaugrande and Miller, 1980]![]() |
R. de Beaugrande and G. W. Miller (1980). Processing Models for Children's Story Comprehension. In: Poetics, 9(1 - 3):181--202. |
[, 1985]![]() |
(1985). DECtalk DTC01: owner's manual. Digital Equipment Corporation. |
[, 1993]![]() |
(1993). DECtalk Text-to-Speech system; user's manual. Digital Equipment Corporation. |
[DeJong, 1983]![]() |
G. F. DeJong (1983). An Approach to Learning from Observation. In: Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop. Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, pp. 171--176. |
[Swartout, 1977]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1977). A Digitalis Therapy Advisor with Explanations. Technical Report. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Laboratory for Computer Science. |
[Dahl, 2000]![]() |
Östen Dahl (ed.) (2000). Tense and aspect in the languages of Europe. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York. |
[Dahl, 1980]![]() |
Östen Dahl (1980). Some arguments for higher nodes in syntax: a reply to Hudson's `Constituency and dependency'. In: Linguistics, 18:485--488. |
[Dahl, 1985]![]() |
Östen Dahl (1985). Tense and aspect systems. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, England. |
[Dahl and Stengel, 1978]![]() |
Hartvig Dahl and Barry Stengel (1978). A Classification of Emotion Words. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Tought, 1(2):269--312. |
[Dahlgren et al., 1989]![]() |
Kathleen Dahlgren and Joyce McDowell and Edward P. Stabler (1989). Knowledge Representation for Commonsense Reasoning with Text. In: Computational Linguistics, 15(3):149--170. |
[Dale et al., 1998]![]() |
Robert Dale and Barbara Di Eugenio and Donia Scott (1998). Introduction to the Special Issue on Natural Language Generation. In: Computational Linguistics, 24(3):345--354. |
[Dale, 1989]![]() |
R. Dale (1989). Generating referring expressions in a domain of objects and processes. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh. |
[Dale, 1992]![]() |
Robert Dale (1992). Generating referring expressions: constructing descriptions in a domain of objects and processes. Bradford Books, MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Dale, 1995]![]() |
R. Dale (1995). An Introduction to Natural Language Generation. Presented at European Summer School on Logic, Language and Information. Barcelona. |
[Dale and Haddock, 1991]![]() |
Robert Dale and Nicholas Haddock (1991). Content determination in the generation of referring expressions. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4). |
[Dale and Reiter, 1995]![]() |
Robert Dale and Ehud Reiter (1995). Computational interpretations of the Gricean Maxims in the generation of referring expressions. In: Cognitive Science, 18:233--263. |
[Dalgish and Sheintuch, 1976]![]() |
G. M. Dalgish and G. Sheintuch (1976). On the justification for language specific subgrammatical relations. In: Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 6:89--107. |
[Dalianis, 1995]![]() |
H. Dalianis (1995). Aggregation, Formal Specification and Natural Language Generation. In: 1st Int. Workshop on the Appl. of Nat. Language to Data Bases. Versailles, pp. 139--49. |
[Dalianis, 1999]![]() |
Hercules Dalianis (1999). Aggregation in Natural Language Generation. In: Journal of Computational Intelligence, 15(4). |
[Damerau, 1977]![]() |
F. Damerau (1977). Advantages of a Transformational Grammar for Question Answering. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'77. IJCAI. |
[Dane\vs, 1974]![]() |
Franti\vsek Dane\vs (1974). Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective. Academia, Prague. |
[Dane\vs, 1974]![]() |
Franti\vsek Dane\vs (1974). Zur Terminologie der funktionalen Satzperspektive. In: Franti\vsek Dane\vs (ed.), Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective. pp. 217--222. Academia, Prague. |
[Danks and Schwenk, 1972]![]() |
J. H. Danks and M. A. Schwenk (1972). Prenominal adjective order and context. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11. |
[Danlos, 1984]![]() |
Laurence Danlos (1984). Conceptual and linguistic Decisions in Generation. In: Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. Stanford, CA, pp. 319--25. |
[Danlos, 1987]![]() |
Laurence Danlos (1987). The linguistic basis of text generation. Studies in Natural Language Processing. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Danlos, 1998]![]() |
Laurence Danlos (1998). G-TAG : un formalisme lexicalisé pour la génération de textes inspiré de TAG. In: Traitement Automatique des Langues - T.A.L., 2:28. |
[Daradoumis, 1997]![]() |
T. Daradoumis (1997). An integrated approach to modelling tutorial dialogues under an overall rhetorical structure. PhD thesis, universitat Politècnica de Catalunya. |
[Dascal, 1977]![]() |
M Dascal (1977). Conversational Relevance. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 1:309--327. |
[Davidse, 1985]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1985). Michael A.K. Halliday's Functional Grammar and the Prague School. In: L.A.U.T. Series A., 141. |
[Davidse, 1987]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1987). Michael A.K. Halliday's Functional Grammar and the Prague School. In: René Dirven and Vilém Fried (eds.), Functionalism in Linguistics. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Davidse, 1991]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1991). Categories of experiential grammar. PhD thesis, Catholic University of Leuven. |
[Davidse, 1992]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1992). Existential constructions: a systemic perspective. In: Leuvense Bijdragen: Leuven Contributions in Linguistics and Philology, 81:71--99. |
[Davidse, 1992]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1992). A semiotic approach to relational clauses. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:99--131. |
[Davidse, 1997]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1997). The Subject-Object versus the Agent-Patient asymmetry. In: Leuven Contributions in Linguistics and Philology, 86:413--431. |
[Davidse, 1998]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1998). Agnates, verb classes and the meaning of construals. The case of ditransitivity in English. In: Leuven Contributions in Linguistics and Philology, 87:281--313. |
[Davidse, 1999]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (1999). Categories of Experiential Grammar.. Monographs in Systemic Linguistics. University of Nottingham, Nottingham. |
[Davidse, forthcoming????]![]() |
Kristin Davidse (forthcoming????). The semantics of cardinal versus enumerative existential constructions. In: Cognitive Linguistics, . |
[Davidse and Geyskens, 1998]![]() |
Kristin Davidse and Sara Geyskens (1998). Have you walked the dog yet? The ergative causativization of intransitives. In: Word, 49(2):155--180. |
[Davidson, 1967]![]() |
D. Davidson (1967). The logical form of action sentences. In: N. Rescher (ed.), The logic of decision and action. pp. 81--95. University of Pittsburgh Press, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. |
[Davidson, 1970]![]() |
Donald Davidson (1970). Mental Events. In: L. Foster and J. Swanson (eds.), Experience and theory. University of Massachussetts Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Davidson, 1980]![]() |
D.\ Davidson (1980). The Logical Form of Action Sentences (1967). In: Essays on Actions and Events. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Davidson, 1981]![]() |
Donald Davidson (1981). The Material Mind. In: John Haugeland (ed.), Mind Design. pp. 339--354. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Davidson and Harman, 1972]![]() |
D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.) (1972). Semantics of Natural Language. Reidel, Dordrecht. |
[Davies, 1986]![]() |
Martin Davies (1986). Literacy and intonation. In: Barbara Couture (ed.), Functional approaches to writing: research perspectives. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Davies, 1988]![]() |
Eirian Davies (1988). English questions. In: Erich Steiner and Robert Veltman (eds.), Pragmatics, discourse and text. Pinter, London. |
[Davies, 1989]![]() |
Martin Davies (1989). Prosodic and non-prosodic cohesion in speech and writing. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Davies, 1989]![]() |
Eirian Davies (1989). Sentence types in English discourse. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 3. |
[Davies, ]![]() |
Martin Davies (). Bibliography of systemic phonology. |
[, forthcoming]![]() |
(forthcoming). Systemic Phonology. In: Martin Davies and Carol Mock (eds.). Frances Pinter, London. |
[Davies and Ravelli, 1992]![]() |
Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli (eds.) (1992). Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice. Pinter, London and New York. |
[Davis, 1979]![]() |
R. Davis (1979). Interactive Transfer of Expertise. In: Artificial Intelligence, 12(2):121--157. |
[Davis and Lenat, 1982]![]() |
R. Davis and D. B. Lenat (1982). Knowledge-Based Systems in Artificial Intelligence. McGraw-Hill, New York, N.Y.. |
[Davis, 1986]![]() |
James R. Davis (1986). Giving directions: a voice interface to an urban navigation program. In: American Voice I/O Society, :77--84. |
[Davis and Schmandt, 1989]![]() |
James Raymond Davis and Christopher M. Schmandt (1989). Back seat driver: voice assisted automobile navigation. PhD thesis, Massachussetts Institute of Technology. |
[Davis and Walton, 1983]![]() |
Howard Davis and Paul Walton (eds.) (1983). Language, Image, Media. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[de Bra and Calvi, 1998]![]() |
Paul de Bra and Licia Calvi (1998). AHA! An open adaptive hypermedia architecture. In: New Review of Hypermedia and Multimedia, 4:115--139. |
[DeJong, 1979]![]() |
G. F. DeJong (1979). Prediction and Substantiation: A New Approach to Natural Language Processing. In: Cognitive Science, 3:251--273. |
[DeJong, 1981]![]() |
G. F. DeJong (1981). Generalizations Based on Explanations. In: Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Vancouver, Canada. |
[DeJong, 1983]![]() |
G. F DeJong (1983). Artificial Intelligence Implications for Information Retrieval. In: Proceedings of the Sixth International ACM SIGIR Conference. Washington, DC. ACM SIGIR. |
[Dechert and Raupach, 1980]![]() |
H. W. Dechert and M. Raupach (eds.) (1980). Temporal Variables in Speech. Mouton, The Hague. |
[van Deemter and Odijk, 1997]![]() |
K. van Deemter and J. Odijk (1997). Context Modeling and the Generation of Spoken Discourse. In: Speech Communication, 21(1/2):101--121. |
[Degand, 1993]![]() |
Liesbeth Degand (1993). Dutch Grammar Documentation. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany. |
[Dehn, 1981]![]() |
Nathalie Dehn (1981). Memory in Story Invention. In: Proceedings of the Third Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. Berkeley, California, pp. 213--215. |
[Dehn, 1981]![]() |
Nathalie Dehn (1981). Story generation after TALE-SPIN. In: Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. University of British Columbia. |
[Delin et al., 2002]![]() |
Judy Delin and John A. Bateman and Patrick Allen (2002). A model of genre in document layout. In: Information Design Journal, 11(1). |
[Delin, 2001]![]() |
Judy L. Delin (2001). Keeping in Step: Task Structure, Discourse Structure, and Utterance Interpretation in the Step Aerobics Workout. In: Discourse Processes, 31(1):61--90. |
[Delin, 2000]![]() |
Judy L. Delin (2000). The language of everyday life. Sage, London. |
[Delin and Bateman, 2002]![]() |
Judy L. Delin and John A. Bateman (2002). Describing and critiquing multimodal documents. In: Document Design, 3(2):140--155. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. |
[Dennett, 1982]![]() |
Daniel C. Dennett (1982). How to study human consciousness empirically, or nothing comes to mind. In: Synthese, 53:159--180. |
[Dennett, 1982]![]() |
Daniel C. Dennett (1982). Comments on Rorty. In: Synthese, 53:349--356. |
[Derewianka, 1990]![]() |
Beverly Derewianka (1990). Exploring how texts work. Rozelle, N.S.W. Primary English Teaching Association. |
[Derewianka, 1995]![]() |
Beverly Derewianka (1995). Language development in the transition from childhood to adolescence: the role of grammatical metaphor. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[Derose, 1999]![]() |
Steven Derose (1999). XML and TEI. In: Computers and the humanities, 33:11--30. |
[Dessalles, 1992]![]() |
Jean Louis Dessalles (1992). Logical constraints on spontaneous conversations. Technical Report Nr. 92-D-011. TELECOM-Paris. |
[Deutschmann, 1959]![]() |
Paul J. Deutschmann (1959). News-page content of twelve metropolitan dailies. Scripps-Howard Research, Cincinnati, Ohio. |
[DiMarco and Hirst, 1993]![]() |
Chrysanne DiMarco and Graeme Hirst (1993). A computational approach to style in language. In: Computational Linguistics, 19(4):449--497. |
[Mann, 1979]![]() |
William C. Mann (1979). Dialogue Games. Technical Report Nr. RR-79-77. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Dignum and Weigand, 1995]![]() |
F. Dignum and H. Weigand (1995). Modelling Communication between Cooperative Systems. In: Proceedings of CAISE'95. |
[Dik, 1975]![]() |
Simon C. Dik (1975). Semantic representation of manner adverbials. In: A. Kraak (ed.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 1972-73. Assen. |
[Dik, 1978]![]() |
Simon C. Dik (1978). Functional Grammar. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Dik, 1992]![]() |
Simon C. Dik (1992). Functional Grammar in Prolog: an integrated implementation for English, French, and Dutch. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York. |
[Dini and Busa, 1994]![]() |
Luca Dini and Federica Busa (1994). Generative Operations in a Constraint-based Grammar. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 72--81. |
[Dirven and Verspoor, 1998]![]() |
René Dirven and Marjolijn Verspoor (1998). Cognitive explorations of language and linguistics. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Grosz and Sidner, 1988]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz and Candace L. Sidner (1988). Plans for Discourse. Technical Report Nr. 6728. BBN Laboratories, Inc., Cambridge, MA 02238. |
[Diver, 1963]![]() |
William Diver (1963). The chronological system of the English verb. In: Word, 19. |
[Dixon, 1979]![]() |
R. M. Dixon (1979). A note on Dyirbal ergativity. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 15. pp. 90--91. |
[Dodd, ]![]() |
S. Dodd (). Systemic grammar and the description of English. In: R. R. K. Hartmann (ed.), Solving Language Problems: From General to Applied Linguistics. University of Exeter Press, Exeter. |
[Doherty, 1991]![]() |
Monika Doherty (1991). Informationelle Holzwege. In: LiLi. Zeitschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik, 84:30--49. |
[Doherty, 1992]![]() |
Monika Doherty (1992). Relativity of sentence boundary. In: BABEL, 38(2):72--78. (Revue internationale de la traduction~/~International journal of translation). |
[Doherty, 1993]![]() |
Monika Doherty (1993). \em Parametrisierte Perspektive. In: Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft, 12(1):3--38. |
[Doherty, 1999]![]() |
Monika Doherty (ed.) (1999). Sprachspezifische Aspekte der Informationsverteilung. Volume 47 of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Donnellan, 1966]![]() |
K. S. Donnellan (1966). Reference and Definite Descriptions. In: Philosophical Review, 75:281--304. |
[Donnellan, 19721972]![]() |
K. S. Donnellan (19721972). Proper names and identifying descriptions. Semantics of Natural Language. In: D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.). pp. 356--379. Reidel, Dordrecht. |
[Donnellan, 1978]![]() |
K. S. Donnellan (1978). Speaker references, descriptions and anaphora. In: P. Cole (ed.), Pragmatics. Syntax and Semantics 9. Academic Press, New York. |
[Donnellan, 1981]![]() |
K. S. Donnellan (1981). Intuitions and presuppositions. In: P. Cole (ed.), Syntax and semantics 14: Radical Pragmatics. pp. 129--142. Academic Press, New York. |
[Donnelly, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Maureen Donnelly (2003). Layered Mereotopology. In: IJCAI 2003 -- Eighteenth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Dorffner et al., 1988]![]() |
Georg Dorffner and Harold Trost and Ernst Buchberger (1988). Generating spoken output for an expert system interface. In: ÖGAI-Journal, 3-4:36--41. |
[Dorna and Emele, 1996]![]() |
Michael Dorna and Martin Emele (1996). Semantic-based transfer. In: Proceedings of the 16th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-96). Copenhagen. |
[Dorr et al., 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr and Nizar Habash and David R. Traum (1998). A Thematic Hierarchy for Efficient Generation from Lexical-Conceptual Structure. In: AMTA. pp. 333--343. |
[Dorr, 1993]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr (1993). Lexical semantics for interlingual machine translation. In: Machine Translation, 7(3):135--193. |
[Dorr, 1993]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr (1993). Interlingual machine translation: a parameterized approach. In: Artificial Intelligence, 63(1/2):429--492. |
[Dorr, 1993]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr (1993). Machine Translation: a view from the lexicon. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Dorr, 1994]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr (1994). Machine translation divergences: a formal description and proposed solution. In: Computational Linguistics, 20(4):597--634. |
[Dorr et al., 1999]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr and Pamela W. Jordan and John W. Benoit (1999). A survey of current paradigms in Machine Translation. Technical Report. University of Maryland. |
[Dorr and Gaasterland, 1994]![]() |
B. Dorr and T. Gaasterland (1994). Selecting tense, aspect, and connecting words in language generation. In: 14th IJCAI. Montréal, pp. 1299--1305. |
[Dorr and Olsen, 1996]![]() |
Bonnie J. Dorr and Mari Broman Olsen (1996). Multilingual generation: the role of telicity in lexical choice and syntactic realization. In: Machine Translation, 11(1--3):37--74. |
[Dörre and Seiffert, 1991]![]() |
Jochen Dörre and Roland Seiffert (1991). Sorted feature terms and relational dependencies. Technical Report Nr. IWBS report 153. IWBS, IBM Deutschland, Stuttgart. |
[Downing, 1980]![]() |
Pamela Downing (1980). Factors influencing lexical choice in narrative. In: Wallace L. Chafe (ed.), The Pear Stories. pp. 89--126. |
[Downing, 1991]![]() |
Angela Downing (1991). An alternative approaches to Theme: a systemic-functional perspective. In: Word, 42(2):119--144. |
[Downing and Locke, 1992]![]() |
Angela Downing and Philip Locke (1992). A university course in English grammar. Prentice Hall, New York. |
[Dowty and Wall, 1981]![]() |
D. Dowty and S. Peters R. Wall (1981). Introduction to Montague Semantics. Reidel. |
[Dowty, 1972]![]() |
D. Dowty (1972). On the syntax and semantics of the atomic predicate Cause. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 8. pp. 62--74. |
[Dowty, 1991]![]() |
David Dowty (1991). Thematic proto-roles and argument selection. In: Language, 67:547--619. |
[Dressler, 1978]![]() |
W. U. Dressler (ed.) (1978). Current Trends in Textlinguistics. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Dreyfus, 1972]![]() |
Hubert L. Dreyfus (1972). What Computers can't do: a critique of artificial reason. Harper and Row. |
[Dreyfus, 1977]![]() |
Hubert L. Dreyfus (1977). Heidegger's Existential Phenomenology. Unpublished course notes to Philosophy 152B, University of California at Berkeley. |
[Dreyfus, 1981]![]() |
Hubert L. Dreyfus (1981). From micro-worlds to knowledge representation: AI at an impasse. In: John Haugeland (ed.), Mind Design. pp. 161--204. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Dryer, 1981]![]() |
H. Dryer (1981). Sentence Aspect and the Movement of Narrative Time. In: Text, 1-3. |
[Duchier and Gardent, 2001]![]() |
Denys Duchier and Claire Gardent (2001). Tree descriptions, Constraints and Incrementality. In: ??? (ed.), ???. pp. ???. Kluwer Academic Press, ???. |
[Ducrot, 1983]![]() |
O. Ducrot (1983). Le sens commun: Le dire et le dit. Les Editions de Minuit. |
[Duffy, 1986]![]() |
Ann Duffy (1986). The origins of questions in Nigel's conversation 1;6-2;2. In: Working Papers: University of Sydney Linguistics Department, 3. |
[\vDurɩo, 1990]![]() |
Peter \vDurɩo (1990). Die Interpretation der Phraseologismen aus psycholinguistischer Sicht. In: Folia Linguistica, XXIV(1-2):1--22. |
[Durusau and O'Donnell, submitted]![]() |
Patrick Durusau and Matthew Brook O'Donnell (submitted). Implementing concurrent markup in XML. In: Markup Languages: Theory and Practice, . |
[Duvivier, 1992]![]() |
R. T. Duvivier (1992). Lecture discourse and intonation. PhD thesis, University of Kent at Canterbury. |
[Dwehus and Teich, 1990]![]() |
Dagmar Dwehus and Elke Teich (1990). FIT: Functional integration of text projects. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt. |
[Dyvik, 1995]![]() |
Helge Dyvik (1995). Exploiting structural similarities in machine translation. In: Computers and the Humanities, 28:225--234. |
[, 1988]![]() |
(1988). Electronic Dictionary Project. Technical Report. Japan Electronic Dictionary Research Institute, Ltd.. |
[EDR, 1990]![]() |
EDR (1990). Bilingual Dictionary. Technical Report Nr. TR-029. Japanese Electronic Dictionary Research Institute Ltd., Tokyo. |
[Swartout and Smoliar, 1987]![]() |
William R. Swartout and Steve W. Smoliar (1987). On Making Expert Systems More Like Experts. In: Expert Systems, 4(3). |
[EAGLES, 1996]![]() |
EAGLES (1996). Formalisms working group final report. Expert Advisory Group on Language Engineering Standards document. |
[EAGLES, 1996]![]() |
EAGLES (1996). Recommendations on subcategorization. Expert Advisory Group on Language Engineering Standards document Nr. EAG-CLWG-SYNLEX/P. |
[Ebert, 1989]![]() |
K .H. Ebert (1989). Aspektmarkierung im Fering. In: W. Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus---Aspekt---Modus. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Eschenbach, 2001]![]() |
Carola Eschenbach (2001). Contextual, functional, and geometric features and projective terms. In: Proceedings of the 2nd. Annual Language and Space Workshop. Notre Dame. |
[Eco, 1990]![]() |
Umberto Eco (1990). The limits of interpretation. Indiana University Press, Bloomington. |
[Eco, 1995]![]() |
Umberto Eco (1995). The search for the perfect language. Fontana Press, London. (translated by James Fentress). |
[Eggins, 1994]![]() |
Suzanne Eggins (1994). An Introduction to Systemic Functional Linguistics. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Eggins and Slade, 1997]![]() |
Suzanne Eggins and Diana Slade (1997). Analysing casual conversation. Cassell, London. |
[Eglin, 1976]![]() |
P. Eglin (1976). Leaving out the interpreter's work: a methodological critique of ethnosemantics based on ethnomethodology. In: Semiotica, 17:339--369. |
[Ehlich et al., 1994]![]() |
K. Ehlich and C. Noack and S. Scheiter (1994). \em Instruktionen durch Texte und Diskurs. Zur Linguistik ``Technischer Texte''. Westdeutscher Verlag, Opladen/Wiesbaden. |
[Elhadad et al., 1996]![]() |
Michael Elhadad and Kathleen McKeown and Jacques Robin (1996). Floating constraints in lexical choice. In: Computational Linguistics, 23(2):195--240. |
[Elhadad, 1993]![]() |
Michael Elhadad (1993). FUF: the Universal Unifier. User Manual Version 5.2. Technical Report. Computer Science, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva, Israel. |
[Elhadad, 1992]![]() |
Michael Elhadad (1992). Using argumentation to control lexical choice: a functional unification-based approach. PhD dissertation, Department of Computer Science, Columbia University. |
[Elhadad and McKeown, 1990]![]() |
M. Elhadad and K. McKeown (1990). Generating Connectives. In: Proceedings of the 13th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING'90). Helsinki. |
[Ellis, 1965]![]() |
J Ellis (1965). Linguistic sociology and institutional linguistics. In: Linguistics, 19. |
[Ellis, 1968]![]() |
Jeffrey O. Ellis (1968). On contextual meaning. In: C. E. Bazell et al (ed.), In memory of J.R. Firth. pp. 1--27. |
[Elmenoufy, 1969]![]() |
Afaf Elmenoufy (1969). A study of the role of intonation in the grammar of English. PhD thesis, University of London. |
[Embree, 1972]![]() |
L. E. Embree (ed.) (1972). Life-World and Consciousness: Essays for Aron Gurwitsch. Northwestern University Press, Evanston, Illinois. |
[Emele, 1986]![]() |
Martin C. Emele (1986). FREGE: Entwicklung und Implementierung eines objektorientierten FRont-End-Generator für das Deutsche. Technical Report. University of Stuttgart. Master's thesis. |
[Emele, 1987]![]() |
Martin Emele (1987). FREGE: ein objektorientierter Front-End-Generator. In: K. Morik (ed.), GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin. |
[Emele, 1989]![]() |
Martin C. Emele (1989). A typed-feature structure unification-based approach to generation. In: Proceedings of the WGNLC of the IECE. Oita University, Japan. |
[, 1982]![]() |
(1982). The New Encyclopedia of Science. Raintree Publishers, Milwaukee, Wisc.. |
[Endres-Niggemeyer, 1994]![]() |
B. Endres-Niggemeyer (1994). Summarizing text for intelligent communication: results of the Dagstuhl seminar. In: Knowledge Organisation, 21(4):213--223. |
[Engel, 1988]![]() |
U. Engel (1988). Deutsche Grammatik. Groos Verlag, Heidelberg. |
[Enkvist et al., 1964]![]() |
N. E. Enkvist and J. Spencer and M. J. Gregory (eds.) (1964). Linguistics and style. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Enkvist, 1980]![]() |
N. E. Enkvist (1980). Categories of situational context from the perspective of stylistics. In: Language Teaching and Linguistics Abstracts, 13:75--94. |
[Erbach, 1994]![]() |
Gregor Erbach (1994). Multi-Dimensional Inheritance. In: H. Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 102--111. |
[Erbach, 1994]![]() |
Gregor Erbach (1994). ProFIT 1.05 user's guide. Computerlinguistik, Universitaet des Saarlandes. |
[Erdmann, 1990]![]() |
Peter Erdmann (1990). Fokuskonstruktionen im Deutschen und Englischen. In: Gnutzmann Claus (ed.), Kontrastive Linguistik. pp. 69--83. Lang, Frankfurt. |
[Erdmann, 1990]![]() |
Peter Erdmann (1990). German as an SOV language? In: Kwartalnik Neofilologiczny, XXXVII(1):21--27. |
[Erguvanli, 1979]![]() |
E. Erguvanli (1979). An odd case in the causative construction of Turkish. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 15. pp. 92--99. |
[Ervin-Tripp, 1969]![]() |
Susan Ervin-Tripp (1969). Sociolinguistics. In: Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 4. |
[Eschenbach, 1999]![]() |
C. Eschenbach (1999). Geometric structures of frames of reference and natural language semantics. In: Spatial Cognition and Computation, 1(4):329--348. |
[Etchegoyhen and Wehrle, 1998]![]() |
T. Etchegoyhen and T. Wehrle (1998). GBGen: large-scale domain-independent GB syntax. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 288--291. software demonstration. |
[Evans, 1979]![]() |
H. Evans (1979). News Headlines. Heinemann, London. |
[Evans and Gazdar, 1996]![]() |
Roger Evans and Gerald Gazdar (1996). \sf DATR: A language for lexical knowledge representation. In: Computational Linguistics, 22. |
[Swartout, 1983]![]() |
William R. Swartout (ed.) (1983). Report on Workshop on Automated Explanation Production. Published by ACM SIGART, No. 85. |
[Fikes et al., 1972]![]() |
R. Fikes and P. Hart and N. Nilsson (1972). Learning and Executing Generalized Robot Plans. In: Artificial Intelligence, 3:251--288. |
[DeJong, 1979]![]() |
G. F. DeJong (1979). Skimming stories in real time: An experiment in integrated understanding. Technical Report Nr. 158. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Fairclough, 1992]![]() |
Normal Fairclough (1992). Discourse and Social Change. Polity Press, Cambridge. |
[Fairclough, 1995]![]() |
Normal Fairclough (1995). Media discourse. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Fang, 1989]![]() |
Yan Fang (1989). A tentative study of Theme and Rheme in Chinese. In: Journal of Qinghua University, 2:66--71. |
[Farrar et al., 2002]![]() |
Scott Farrar and William D. Lewis and D. Terence Langendoen (2002). A common ontology for linguistic concepts. In: Proceedings of the Knowledge Technologies Conference. Seattle. |
[Fasciano, 1996]![]() |
M. Fasciano (1996). Génération intégrée de textes et de graphiques statistiques. PhD thesis, Département d'informatique et de recherche opérationnelle, Université de Montréal. |
[Fasold, 1970]![]() |
R. Fasold (1970). Two models of socially significant language variation. In: Language, 46:551--563. |
[Fauconnier, 1975]![]() |
Gilles Fauconnier (1975). Do quantifiers branch? In: Linguistic Inquiry, 6:555--578. |
[Fawcett, Forthc.]![]() |
R. Fawcett (Forthc.). A grammar for textual analysis: proposals derived from a systemic model of language. |
[Fawcett et al., in press]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett and N. Duffield and Y. Q. Lin (in press). Towards an algorithm for selecting theme. Technical Report. UWCC Computational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales. |
[, 1984]![]() |
(1984). The Semiotic of Language and Culture, Volume 1: Language as Social Semiotic.. In: Robin P. Fawcett and M. A. K. Halliday and S. Lamb and A. Makkai (eds.). Frances Pinter, London. |
[Fawcett, 1973]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1973). Generating a sentence in systemic functional grammar. In: M. A. K. Halliday and James R. Martin (eds.), Readings in systemic linguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Fawcett, 1974-6]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1974-6). Some proposals for systemic syntax 1-3. In: MALS Journal, 1-2. |
[Fawcett, 1975]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1975). Summary of some issues concerning levels in systemic theory. In: Nottingham Linguistic Circular, . |
[Fawcett, 1980]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1980). Cognitive Linguistics and Social Interaction. Exeter University and Julius Groos Verlag, Exeter and Heidelberg. Exeter Linguistic Studies 3. |
[Fawcett, 1981]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1981). Some proposals for systemic syntax. Polytechnic of Wales (now University of Glamorgan), Pontypridd. |
[Fawcett, 1984]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1984). Language as a resource. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 7(1):17--56. |
[Fawcett, 1990]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1990). The COMMUNAL project: two years old and going well. In: Network: news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics and related areas, 13/14:35--39. |
[Fawcett, 1992]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1992). Language as program: a reassessment of the nature of descriptive linguistics. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):623--657. |
[Fawcett, 1992]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1992). A generationist approach to grammar reversibility in natural language processing. Technical Report. UWCC Computational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales. |
[Fawcett, 1992]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1992). The state of the craft in computational linguistics: a generationist's viewpoint. Technical Report. UWCC Computational Linguistics Unit, Cardiff, Wales. |
[Fawcett, 1993]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1993). The architecture of the COMMUNAL project in NLG (and NLU). In: The Fourth European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Pisa. |
[Fawcett, 1995]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (1995). Some complexities in the semantics and syntax of the grammar of the English cardinal numbers. In: The Fifth European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. |
[Fawcett, 197??]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett (197??). Two concepts of function in a cognitive model of language. In: C. N. Candlin (ed.), The Communicative Teaching of English. Longman, London. |
[Fawcett and Huang, 1997]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett and Guowen Huang (1997). Enhanced Theme in English: towards a functional explanation of the 'it-cleft' construction. Cassell, London. |
[Fawcett and Young, 1988]![]() |
Robin P. Fawcett and David Young (eds.) (1988). New developments in systemic linguistics: theory and application. Volume 2 of Open Linguistics Series. Pinter, London. |
[Feez, 2001]![]() |
Susan Feez (2001). Text-based syllabus design.. NCELTR, Macquarie University. |
[Feiner, 1988]![]() |
Steven K. Feiner (1988). A Grid-based approach to automating display layout. In: Proceedings of the Graphics Interface. Los Angeles, CA, pp. 192--197. Published by Morgan Kaufman. |
[Feiner and McKeown, 1990]![]() |
Steven K. Feiner and Kathleen R. McKeown (1990). Generated coordinated multimedia explanations. In: CAIA-90: Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on AI applications. IEEE. |
[Feldman and Ballard, 1982]![]() |
J. A. Feldman and D. H. Ballard (1982). Connectionist Models and Their Properties. In: Cognitive Science, 6(3):205--254. |
[Fellbaum, 1993]![]() |
Christiane Fellbaum (1993). English Verbs as a semantic net. In: 5 papers on WordNet. |
[Fellbaum and Miller, 1998]![]() |
Christiane Fellbaum and George Miller (eds.) (1998). WordNet. The MIT Press. |
[Ferguson et al., 1995]![]() |
Linda Ferguson and Carolyn MacLulich and Louise Ravelli (1995). Meanings and messages: language guidelines for museum exhibitions. Australian Museum, Sydney, NSW. |
[Ferguson, 1977]![]() |
Charles A. Ferguson (1977). Baby talk as a simplified register. In: C. E. Snow and C. A. Ferguson (eds.), Talking to children. pp. 209--233. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Ferguson, 1983]![]() |
Charles A. Ferguson (1983). Sports announcer talk: syntactic aspects of register variation. In: Language in Society, 12:153--172. |
[Ferguson, 1998]![]() |
Robert Ferguson (1998). Representing 'Race': ideology, identity and the media. Arnold, London. |
[Ferrara et al., 1991]![]() |
Kathleen Ferrara and Hans Bunner and Greg Whittemore (1991). Interactive written discourse as an emergent register. In: Written Communication, 8(1):8--34. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
A. Ferrara (1980). Appropriateness conditions for entire sequences of speech acts. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4:321--340. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
A. Ferrara (1980). An extended theory of speech acts: Appropriateness conditions for subordinate acts in sequences. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4:233--252. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
Alessandro Ferrara (1980). An extended theory of speech acts: appropriateness conditions for subordinate acts in sequences. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4(3):233--252. |
[Ferrara, 1980]![]() |
Alessandro Ferrara (1980). Appropirateness conditions for entire sequences of speech acts. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 4(3):321--340. |
[Fery, 1993]![]() |
C. Fery (1993). German Intonational Patterns. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Fikes and Nilsson, 1971]![]() |
R. E. Fikes and H. J. Nilsson (1971). STRIP: A New Approach to the Application of Theorem Proving to Problem Solving. In: Artificial Intelligence, 2:pages 189--205. |
[Fikes et al., 1997]![]() |
Richard Fikes and Adam Farquhar and James Rice (1997). Tools for Assembling Modular Ontologies in Ontolingua. In: Proceedings of AAAI/IAAI 1997. pp. 436--441. |
[Fikes and McGuinness, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Richard Fikes and Deborah L. McGuinness (2001). An Axiomatic Semantics for RDF, RDF Schema, and DAML+OIL. KSL Technical Report Nr. KSL-01-01. Stanford University. |
[Filip, 1989]![]() |
H. Filip (1989). Aspectual Properties of the AN-Construction in German. In: W. Abraham and T. Janssen (eds.), Tempus---Aspekt---Modus. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Fillmore et al., 1988]![]() |
C. J. Fillmore and P. Kay and M. C. O'Connor (1988). Regularity and idiomaticity in grammatical constructions. In: Language, 64:501--538. |
[Fillmore, 1966]![]() |
Charles J. Fillmore (1966). Deictic categories in the semantics of 'come'. In: Foundations of Language, 2:219--239. |
[Fillmore, 1968]![]() |
Charles J. Fillmore (1968). The case for case. In: Emons Bach and Robert T. Harms (eds.), Universals in Linguistic Theory. Holt, Rinehart and Wilson, New York. |
[Fillmore, 1985]![]() |
C Fillmore (1985). The case for case. In: Emons Bach and Robert T. Harms (eds.), Universals in Linguistic Theory. pp. 1--88. Holt, Reinhart and Winston, New York. |
[Fillmore, 1976]![]() |
C. J. Fillmore (1976). The case for Case reopened. In: Peter Cole and Jerrold M. Sadock (eds.), Grammatical Relations. Volume 8 of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York. |
[Findler, 1979]![]() |
N. V. Findler (1979). Associative Networks: Representation and use of knowledge by computers. Academic Press, New York. |
[Fine et al., 1989]![]() |
Jonathan Fine and Giampiero Bartolucci and Peter Szatmari (1989). Textual systems: their use in creation and miscalculation of social reality. In: Word, 40(1-2):65--79. |
[Fine, 1985]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1985). Cohesion as an index of social-cognitive factors: oral language of the reading disabled. In: Discourse Processes, 8:91--112. |
[Fine, 1988]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1988). Review of The Language of Psychosis by B.Rosenbaum, H. Sonne. In: Applied Psycholinguistics, 9:283--287. |
[Fine, 1988]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1988). Second language discourse: a textbook of current research. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Fine, 1989]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1989). Review of Neurotic and Psychotic Language Behavior by R. Wodak, P. Von de Craen. In: Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11:96--97. |
[Fine, 1992]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1992). Functions of probabilities on linguistic systems. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 6:9--18. |
[Fine, 1994]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1994). How language works: cohesion in normal and nonstandard communication. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Fine, 1995]![]() |
Jonathan Fine (1995). Towards understanding and studying cohesion in schizophrenic speech. In: Applied Psycholinguistics, 16:25--41. |
[Fine and Bartolucci, 1981]![]() |
Jonathan Fine and G. Bartolucci (1981). Cohesion and retrieval categories in normal and disturbed communication: a methodological note. In: Discourse Processes, 4:267--270. |
[Fine and Freedle, 1983]![]() |
R. Fine and R. Freedle (eds.) (1983). Developmental Issues in Discourse. Ablex Pub. Corp, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Finkler and Neumann, 1989]![]() |
W. Finkler and G. Neumann (1989). POPEL-HOW: a Distributed Parallel Model for Incremental Natural Language Production with Feedback. In: IJCAI'89. pp. 1518--1523. |
[Firbas, 1966]![]() |
Janos Firbas (1966). On defining the theme in functional sentence analysis. In: Travaux Linquistique de Prague, 1:267--280. |
[Firbas, 1992]![]() |
Jan Firbas (1992). Functional sentence perspective in written and spoken communication. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Firth, 1957/1935]![]() |
J. R. Firth (1957/1935). The Technique of Semantics. In: Papers in linguistics 1934-1951. pp. 7--33. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Firth, 1957-1950]![]() |
J. R. Firth (1957-1950). Personality and language in society. In: Papers in linguistics 1934-1951. pp. 177--189. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Firth, 1957]![]() |
J. R. Firth (1957). Modes of Meaning (1951). In: J. R. Firth (ed.), Papers in linguistics 1934-1951. pp. 190--215. Oxford University Press. |
[Firth, 1957]![]() |
J. R. Firth (1957). Papers in Linguistics, 1934-1951. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Firth, 1968]![]() |
J. R. Firth (1968). Linguistic analysis as a study of meaning. In: F. Palmer (ed.), Selected Papers of J.R. Firth. pp. 12--26. Longman, London. |
[Fischer, 2000]![]() |
Kerstin Fischer (2000). From Cognitive Semantics to Lexical Pragmatics: The Functional Polysemy of Discourse Particles. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. |
[Fischer, 2001]![]() |
Kerstin Fischer (2001). How much Common Ground Do we Need for Speaking? In: Proceedings of the 5th Workshop on Formal Semantics and Pragmatics of Dialogue. pp. 313--320. |
[Fischer, 1994]![]() |
Markus Fischer (1994). Weiterentwicklung und Implementierung eines Dialogsystems für kooperative Informationssysteme. Technical Report Nr. GMD Studien 228. GMD. |
[Fischer, 1999]![]() |
Kerstin Fischer (1999). Annotating Emotional Language Data. Verbmobil Report Nr. 236. Hamburg University. |
[Fischer and Rostek, 1993]![]() |
Dietrich Fischer and Lothar Rostek (1993). SFK: A Smalltalk Frame Kit. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme. |
[Fischer and Wrede, 19971997]![]() |
Kerstin Fischer and B. Wrede (19971997). Discourse Particles in Female and Male Human-Computer-Interaction. In: Proceedings of WiC. Exeter. Published by Intellect Press. |
[Fleischman, 1982]![]() |
S. Fleischman (1982). The future in thought and language. Diachronic evidence from Romance. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Flickinger, 2000]![]() |
Dan Flickinger (2000). On building a more efficient grammar by exploiting types. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):15--28. |
[Flowerdew, 1995]![]() |
John Flowerdew (1995). Academic listening: research perspectives. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Fodor, 1983]![]() |
Jerry Fodor (1983). The modularity of mind. |
[Foley and Valin, 1984]![]() |
William Foley and Robert Van Valin (1984). Functional syntax and universal grammar. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[J., 1991]![]() |
Foley J. (1991). Vygotsky, Bernstein and Halliday: Towards a Unified Theory of L1 and L2 Learning. In: Language, Culture and Curriculum, 4(1):17--40. |
[Forbus, 1981]![]() |
Kenneth Forbus (1981). Qualitative Reasoning about Physical Processes. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'81. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Forbus, 1983]![]() |
K. D. Forbus (1983). Qualitative reasoning about space and motion. In: D. Gentner and A. L. Stevens (eds.), Mental models. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ. |
[Foss and Harwodd, 1975]![]() |
D. J. Foss and D. A. Harwodd (1975). Memory for sentences : implications for human associative memory. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 14:1--16. |
[Wunderlich, 1979]![]() |
Dieter Wunderlich (1979). Foundations of Linguistics. Cambridge University Press. |
[Fournier, 1991]![]() |
Corinne Fournier (1991). Un générateur de textes fondé sur le modèle Sens-Texte. Technical Report. Dassault Aviation. |
[Fowler et al., 1979]![]() |
Roger Fowler and Bob Hodge and Gunther Kress and Tony Trew (1979). Language and control. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London, Boston and Henley. |
[Fowler, 1991]![]() |
Roger Fowler (1991). Language in the news: discourse and ideology in the press. Routledge, London and New York. |
[Fox, 1986]![]() |
Barbara A. Fox (1986). Local patterns and general principles in cognitive processes: Anaphora in written and conversational English. In: Text, 6:25--51. |
[Fox, 1987]![]() |
Barbara A. Fox (1987). Discourse Structure and Anaphora in Written and Conversational English. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Fraczak, 1998]![]() |
L. Fraczak (1998). Description d'itineraires: de la référence au texte. Sciences Cognitives, Université de Paris XI, Orsay. |
[Francis, 1989]![]() |
Gill Francis (1989). Thematic selection and distribution in written discourse. In: Word, 40(1-2):201--223. |
[Frank, 2001]![]() |
Andrew U. Frank (2001). Tiers of ontology and consistency constraints in geographical information systems. In: International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):667--678. |
[Frank, 1994]![]() |
Annette Frank (1994). Verb Second by Underspecification. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 121--130. |
[Frank and Reyle, 1995]![]() |
Annette Frank and Uwe Reyle (1995). Principled based semantics for HPSG. In: Proceedings of EACL-95. Published by Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Fraser, 1975]![]() |
Bruce Fraser (1975). Hedged performatives. In: P. Cole and J. L. Morgan (eds.), Speech Acts. Volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics. pp. 187--210. Academic Press. |
[Fraser and Gilbert, 1991]![]() |
N. N. Fraser and G. N. Gilbert (1991). Simulating speech systems. In: Computer, Speech and Language, 5(1):81--99. |
[Fraser and Hudson, 1992]![]() |
Norman M. Fraser and Richard A. Hudson (1992). Inheritance in Word Grammar. In: Computational Linguistics, 18(2). |
[Frederickson, 1975]![]() |
C. H. Frederickson (1975). Representing Logical and Semantic Structure of Knowledge acquired from Discourse. In: Cognitive Psychology, 7:371--458. |
[Freeborn et al., 1993]![]() |
Dennis Freeborn and Peter French and David Langford (1993). Varieties of English. Macmillan, Basingstoke, 2nd edition. |
[Freedle, 1979]![]() |
R. O. Freedle (ed.) (1979). Discourse Processes: Advances in Research and Theory. Volume 2: New Directions in Discourse Processing. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey. |
[Frenger, 1998]![]() |
Paul Frenger (1998). Mind.Forth: Thoughts on Artificial Intelligence and Forth. In: ACM Sigplan Notices, 33(12):25--31. |
[Friden, 1948]![]() |
G. Friden (1948). Studies on the Tenses of the English Verb from Chaucer to Shakespeare with Special Reference to the Late Sixteenth Century. Uppsala University, Uppsala. |
[Friedman, 1969]![]() |
Joyce Friedman (1969). Directed Random Generation of Sentences. In: Communications of the Association for Computing Machinery, 12(6). |
[Fries, 2001]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (2001). Systemic Functional Linguistics: a close relative of SILF? In: La Linguistique, 37:89--100. |
[Fries, 1927]![]() |
C. C. Fries (1927). The Expression of the Future. In: Language, 3:87--95. |
[Fries, 1964]![]() |
Peter Fries (1964). The Uses of the Infinitive in the Object of the Verb in English. Ph.D. Dissertation, Linguistics, University of Pennsylvania. |
[Fries, 1970]![]() |
Peter Fries (1970). On pernicious recursion. In: Wisconsin Papers in Linguistics, 1(1):1--21. Reprinted in Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 4:35-50. (1972). |
[Fries, 1970]![]() |
Peter Fries (1970). On repeatability and reduplication. In: TESL Reporter, 3(4):1--2. |
[Fries, 1972]![]() |
Peter Fries (1972). English noun phrase construction. Volume 61. pp. 8--9. |
[Fries, 1977]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1977). English predications of comparison. In: R. DiPietro and E. Blansitt (eds.), The Third LACUS Forum 1976. pp. 545--56. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C.. |
[Fries, 1977]![]() |
Peter Fries (1977). Lexical systems and the meanings of words. In: The Language of Poems, 6(1 and 2):3--5. |
[Fries, 1979]![]() |
Peter Fries (1979). Language and the expression of meaning: a linguist looks at literature. In: English in Australia, 48:29--38. |
[Fries, 1982]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1982). On Repetition and Interpretation. In: Forum Linguisticum, 7(1):50--64. |
[Fries, 1983]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1983). Language and interactive behavior: the language of bridge. In: Notes on Linguistics, 25:17--23. |
[Fries, 1983]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1983). C. C. Fries, signals grammar and the goals of linguistics. In: John Morreall (ed.), Ninth LACUS Forum 1982. pp. 146--158. Hornbeam Press, Columbia. |
[Fries, 1983]![]() |
Peter Fries (1983). C. C. Fries, signals grammar and the goals of linguistics. In: John Morreall (ed.), The Ninth LACUS Forum 1982. pp. 146--158. Hornbeam, Columbia, SC. |
[Fries, 1986]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1986). Language features, textual coherence and reading. In: Word, 37(1-2):13--29. |
[Fries, 1987]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1987). Charles Fries' views on psychology and ESL pedagogy. In: Journal of Intensive English Studies, 1(1):17--39. |
[Fries, 1988]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1988). Review of Frances Christie (ed.), Deakin University Series in Language and Linguistics. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia. In: Word, 38(3):216--220. |
[Fries, 1988]![]() |
Peter Fries (1988). Review of Francis Christie (ed.), Deakin University Series in Language and Linguistics. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia. In: Word, 38(3):216--220. |
[Fries, 1992]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1992). Lexico-grammatical patterns and the interpretation of texts. In: Discourse Processes, 15:73--91. |
[Fries, 1992]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1992). The structuring of information in written English texts. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):461--489. |
[Fries, 1994]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1994). On Theme, Rheme and discourse goals. In: Malcolm Coulthard (ed.), Advances in written text analysis. pp. 229--249. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Fries, 1995]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1995). A personal view of Theme. In: Mohsen Ghadessey (ed.), Thematic development in English texts. pp. 1--19. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Fries, 1997]![]() |
Peter H. Fries (1997). Theme and New in written English. In: Thomas Miller (ed.), Functional Approaches to Written Text: Classroom Discourse. USIS, Washington, DC. |
[Fries and Francis, 1992]![]() |
Peter H. Fries and Gill Francis (1992). Exploring Theme: problems for research. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 5:45--60. |
[Frölich, 1998]![]() |
Marcel Frölich (1998). NLG(db) Natural Language Generation from Databases. Magisterarbeit, University of Tübingen, Tübingen, Germany. |
[Hudson and Imhoof, 1972]![]() |
H. Hudson and M. Imhoof (1972). From Paragraph to Theme: Understanding and Practice. MacMillan Co., New York. |
[Fuller, 1995]![]() |
Gillian Fuller (1995). Engaging cultures: negotiating discourse in popular science. PhD thesis, Sydney University. |
[Havranek, 1932]![]() |
Bohuslav Havranek (1932). The Functional Differentiation of the Standard Language. pp. 3--16. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC. Paul L. Garvin, translator.. |
[Brown, 1979]![]() |
G. P. Brown (1979). Towards a Computational Theory of Indirect Speech Acts. Technical Report Nr. MIT/LCS/TR-223. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. |
[Quirk et al., 1972]![]() |
Randolph Quirk and Sidney Greenbaum and Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvik (1972). A Grammar of Contemporary English. Longman, London. (GCE). |
[Sinclair, 1972]![]() |
J. McH. Sinclair (1972). A course in spoken English: Grammar. |
[Gabriel, 1985]![]() |
R. P. Gabriel (1985). Performance and Evaluation of Lisp Systems. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Mass.. |
[Gabriel, 1988]![]() |
Richard P. Gabriel (1988). Deliberate writing. In: David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc (eds.), Natural language generation systems. pp. 1--46. Springer. |
[Gabriel, 1980]![]() |
R. P. Gabriel (1980). An Organization for Programs in Fluid Domains. PhD thesis, Stanford University. |
[Gagnon, 1990]![]() |
Michel Gagnon (1990). Expression de concept temporels en génération automatique de textes. Technical Report. Université de Montréal. Mémoire de maÎtrise. |
[Gagnon and Lapalme, Forthcoming]![]() |
Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme (Forthcoming). Un générateur de texte exprimant des concepts temporels. In: Technique et science informatiques, . |
[Gagnon and Lapalme, 1991]![]() |
Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme (1991). Génération de texte. Exemple de la production d'un rapport à partir d'un réseau pert. In: Colloque ICO. Montréal. |
[Gagnon and Lapalme, 1996]![]() |
Michel Gagnon and Guy Lapalme (1996). From conceptual time to linguistic time. In: Computational Linguistics, 22(1):91--127. |
[Gaifman, 1965]![]() |
H. Gaifman (1965). Dependency systems and phrase structure systems. In: Information and Control, 8:304--337. |
[Gailly and Ribbens, 1988]![]() |
P. Gailly and D. Ribbens (1988). HERMES: a Written French Generator Focussing on Quantifier Scope Expression. In: ICSC. Hongkong. |
[Gailly, 1988]![]() |
P. Gailly (1988). Expressing Quantifier Scope in French Generation. In: COLING-88. |
[Gailly, 1989]![]() |
P. Gailly (1989). HERMES: un générateur du fran\ccais. PHD, University of Liège. |
[Galtung and Ruge, 1999]![]() |
Johan Galtung and Mari Holmboe Ruge (1999). The structure of foreign news. In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 21--31. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Gangemi et al., 2002]![]() |
Aldo Gangemi and Nicola Guarino and Claudio Masolo and Alessandro Oltramari (2002). Restructuring WordNet's top-level. In: AI magazine, . |
[Gangemi et al., 2002]![]() |
A. Gangemi and N. Guarino and A. Oltramari and S. Borgo (2002). Cleaning-up WordNet's top-level. In: Proceedings of the 1st International WordNet Conference. |
[Gangemi et al., 2002]![]() |
A. Gangemi and N. Guarino and A. Oltramari and L. Schneider (2002). Sweetening ontologies with DOLCE. In: Proceedings of EKAW 2002. Siguenza, Spain. |
[Gans, 1999]![]() |
Herbert J. Gans (1999). Deciding what's news (excerpt). In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 235--248. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Ganter and Wille, 1996]![]() |
Bernhard Ganter and Rudolf Wille (1996). Formale Begriffsanalyse---Mathematische Grundlagen. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg. |
[Ganter and Wille, 1999]![]() |
Bernhard Ganter and Rudolf Wille (1999). Formal concept analysis: mathematic foundations. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg. |
[Garcia, 1979]![]() |
E. Garcia (1979). Discourse without syntax. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 23--49. Academic Press, New York. |
[Gardent, 1994]![]() |
Claire Gardent (1994). Parsing Discouse. Technical Report. University of Clermont-Ferrand. [DRAFT]. |
[Gardent, 1997]![]() |
Claire Gardent (1997). Discourse tree adjoining grammars. Claus report Nr. 89. University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany. |
[Gardent and Webber, 1998]![]() |
Claire Gardent and Bonnie Webber (1998). Describing discourse semantics. In: Proceedings of the 4th TAG+ Workshop. Philadelphia. University of Pennsylvania. |
[Garfinkel, 1967]![]() |
H. Garfinkel (1967). Studies in Ethnomethodology. Prentice-Hall, New York. |
[Garfinkel, 1972]![]() |
H. Garfinkel (1972). Studies in the routine grounds of everyday activities. In: D. Sudnow (ed.), Studies in Social Interaction. pp. 1--30. The Free Press, New York. |
[Garrod, 1999]![]() |
S. Garrod (1999). The Challenge of Dialogue for Theories of Language Processing. In: S. Garrod and M. J. Pickering (eds.), Language Processing. Psychology Press, Hove. |
[Garrod and Anderson, 1987]![]() |
Simon C. Garrod and Anthony Anderson (1987). Saying what you mean in dialogue: a study in conceptual and semantic co-ordination. In: Cognition, 27:181--218. |
[Garrod and Sanford, 1988]![]() |
Simon C. Garrod and Anthony J. Sanford (1988). Discourse models as interfaces between language and the spatial world. In: Journal of Semantics, 6:147--160. |
[Gadzar, 1979]![]() |
G. Gadzar (1979). Pragmatics: Implicature, Presupposition and Logical Form. Academic Press, New York. |
[Gazdar, 1980]![]() |
Gerald Gazdar (1980). A cross-categorial semantics for coordination. In: Linguistics, 3:407--409. |
[Gazdar and Mellish, 1989]![]() |
G. Gazdar and C. Mellish (1989). Natural Language in LISP: an introduction to computational linguistics. Addison Wesley. |
[Gazdar and Pullum, 1976]![]() |
Gerald Gazdar and Geoffrey Pullum (1976). Truth-functional connectives in natural language. In: Proceedings of 12th Regional Meeting, Chicago Linguistics Society. |
[Geldof, 1998]![]() |
Sabine Geldof (1998). Contextual navigation support. In: The New Review of Hypermedia and Multimedia, 4:47--65. |
[Genesereth, 1978]![]() |
M. Genesereth (1978). Automated Consultation for Complex Computer Systems. PhD thesis, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. |
[Gentner and Stevens, 1983]![]() |
D. Gentner and A. L. Stevens (eds.) (1983). Mental models. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ. |
[Gerbner, 1969]![]() |
George Gerbner (ed.) (1969). The analysis of communication content. Wiley, New York. |
[Gerbner, 1964]![]() |
George Gerbner (1964). Ideological perspectives and political tendencies in news reporting. In: Journalism Quarterly, 41(4):494--508. |
[Gerdemann, 1995]![]() |
Dale Gerdemann (1995). Open and Closed World Types in NLP Systems. In: Proceedings of 5. Fachtagung der Sektion Computerlinguistik der DGfS. Duesseldorf, pp. 25--30. |
[Gerot, 1995]![]() |
Linda Gerot (1995). Making sense of text. Volume 2 of Making sense of language. Antipodean Education Enterprises (AEE), Queensland, Australia. |
[Gerot and Wignall, 1994]![]() |
Linda Gerot and Peter Wignall (1994). Making sense of functional grammar. Antipodean Education Enterprises (AEE), Queensland, Australia. |
[Gerzymisch-Arbogast, 1987]![]() |
Heidrun Gerzymisch-Arbogast (1987). \em Zur Thema-Rhema-Gliederung in amerikanischen Wirtschaftstexten. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Geurts et al., 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Joost Geurts and Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman (2001). Application-Specific Constraints for Multimedia Presentation Geneneration. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0107. CWI. |
[Ghadessy et al., 2001]![]() |
M. Ghadessy and A. Henry and R. L. Roseberry (eds.) (2001). Small corpus studies and ELT: theory and practice. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Ghadessy, 2000]![]() |
Mohsen Ghadessy (ed.) (2000). Text and context in functional linguistics. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Ghadessy, 1988]![]() |
Mohsen Ghadessy (ed.) (1988). Registers of Written English: situational factors and linguistic features. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Ghadessy, 1993]![]() |
Mohsen Ghadessy (1993). Register Analysis. Theory and Practice. Pinter, London. |
[Ghadessy, 1995]![]() |
M. Ghadessy (ed.) (1995). Thematic development in English texts. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Gibbons and Markwick-Smith, 1992]![]() |
John Gibbons and Victoria Markwick-Smith (1992). Exploring the use of a systemic semantic description. In: International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2(1):36--50. |
[Gibbs and Nayak, 1989]![]() |
Raymond W. Gibbs and Nandini P. Nayak (1989). Psycholinguistic Studies on the Syntactic Behaviour of Idioms. In: Cognitive Psychology, 21:100--138. |
[Gibbs and O'Brien, 1990]![]() |
Raymond W. Gibbs and Jennifer E. O'Brien (1990). Idioms and Mental Imagery: The metaphorical motivation for idiomatic meaning. In: Cognition, 36:35--68. |
[Gibson, 1993]![]() |
T. R. Gibson (1993). Towards a discourse theory of abstracts and abstracting. PhD thesis, Dept. of English Studies, University of Nottingham, Nottingham. |
[Gieber, 1999]![]() |
Walter Gieber (1999). News is what newspapermen make it. In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 218--223. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Giglioli, 1972]![]() |
P. P. Giglioli (1972). Language and Social Context. Penguin, London. |
[Gil, 1991]![]() |
David Gil (1991). Aristotle goes to Arizona, and finds a language without 'and'. In: Dietmar Zaefferer (ed.), Semantic universals and universal semantics. pp. 96--132. Foris, Berlin. |
[Gilbert, 1988]![]() |
G. Nigel Gilbert (1988). Forms of Explanation. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshop on Explanations. |
[Gilbert and Heath, 1985]![]() |
G. N. Gilbert and C. C. Heath (eds.) (1985). Social action and artificial intelligence. Gower Press, Aldershot. |
[Gilreath, 1993]![]() |
C. T. Gilreath (1993). Graphic cueing of text: the typographic and diagraphic dimensions. In: Visible Language, 3(27):336--361. |
[Giorda et al., 1995]![]() |
Erica Giorda and Elena Not and Emanuele Pianta (1995). Implementation of the text structurer. Technical Report Nr. LRE Project 062-09 Deliverable TSP-2b. IRST. |
[Givon, 1982]![]() |
Talmy Givon (1982). Logic vs. Pragmatics, with human language as the referee: toward an empirically viable epistemology. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 6(2):81--133. |
[Givon, 1973]![]() |
T Givon (1973). The time-axis phenomenon. In: Language, 49. |
[Givon, 1979]![]() |
Talmy Givon (1979). Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and Syntax. Academic Press. |
[Givòn, 1979]![]() |
T Givòn (1979). Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. Academic Press, New York. |
[Givon, 1979]![]() |
Talmy Givon (1979). From discourse to syntax. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 81--112. Academic Press, New York. |
[Givòn, 1983]![]() |
Talmy Givòn (ed.) (1983). Topic Continuity in Language. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Gläser, 1990]![]() |
R. Gläser (1990). Fachtextsorten im Englischen. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen. |
[Glahn, 1970]![]() |
Harry Glahn (1970). Computer-produced worded forecasts. In: Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 51(12):1126--1131. |
[Group, 1976]![]() |
Glasgow University Media Group (1976). Bad News. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Group, 1980]![]() |
Glasgow University Media Group (1980). More Bad News. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Jr, 1965]![]() |
Henry Allen Gleason. Jr (1965). Linguistics and English grammar. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. |
[Gledhill, 2000]![]() |
C. J. Gledhill (2000). Collocations in science writing. Volume 22 of Language in Performance. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen. |
[Gledhill, 1995]![]() |
C. Gledhill (1995). Collocation and genre analysis. In: Zeitschrift für Anglistik und Amerikanistik (ZAA), . |
[Gledhill, 1995]![]() |
C. Gledhill (1995). Scientific innovation and the phraseology of rhetoric: posture, reformulation and collocation in cancer research articles. PhD thesis, Aston University, Birmingham. |
[Glovinskaja, 1982]![]() |
M. Ja. Glovinskaja (1982). Semantiɩeskie tipy vidovych protivopostavlenij russkogo glagola (Semantische Typen von Aspektoppositionen des russischen Verbs. Moskva. |
[Goddard, 1998]![]() |
A. Goddard (1998). The language of advertising: written texts. Routledge, London. |
[Goerz et al., 2000]![]() |
Günther Goerz and Claus-Rainer Rollinger and Josef Schneeberger (eds.) (2000). Einführung in die Künstliche Intelligenz. Oldenbourg Verlag, Munich and Vienna. |
[Goetz and Meurers, 1995]![]() |
Thilo Goetz and Walt Detmar Meurers (1995). Compiling HPSG type constraints into definite clause programs. In: Proceedings of ACL-95. |
[Goffman, 1955]![]() |
Erving Goffman (1955). On face work. In: Psychiatry, 18:213--231. |
[Goffman, 1964]![]() |
E. Goffman (1964). The neglected situation. In: American Anthropologist, 66:133--136. Reprinted in Giglioli, P.P. (ed.) (1972) \em Language and Social Context London: Penguin. |
[Goffman, 1967]![]() |
E. Goffman (1967). Interaction Ritual. Penguin, Harmondsworth. |
[Goffman, 1974]![]() |
E. Goffman (1974). Frame Analysis: An essay in the organisation of experience. Harper and Row, New York. |
[Goffman, 1976]![]() |
E. Goffman (1976). Replies and Responses. In: Language in Society, 5:257--313. |
[Goffman, 1978]![]() |
E. Goffman (1978). Response Cries. In: Language, 54:287--815. |
[Goffman, 1981]![]() |
E. Goffman (1981). Forms of Talk. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Goguen et al., 1982]![]() |
J. A. Goguen and C. Linde and J. L. Weiner (1982). Reasoning and Natural Explanation. Unpublished proceedings of ISI Workshop on Explanation. |
[Goldberg et al., 1994]![]() |
E. Goldberg and N. Driedger and R. Kittredge (1994). Using natural-language processing to produce weather forecasts. In: IEEE Expert, 9(2):45--53. |
[Goldberg et al., 1994]![]() |
E. Goldberg and N. Driedger and R. Kittredge (1994). Using Natural-Language Processing to Produce Weather Forecasts. In: IEEE Expert, 9(2):45--53. |
[Goldfarb, 1990]![]() |
Charles F. Goldfarb (ed.) (1990). The SGML Handbook. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Goldman, 1974]![]() |
Neil Goldman (1974). Computer Generation of Natural-Language from a Deep Conceptual Base. PhD thesis, Yale University. |
[Goldman, 1975]![]() |
Neil Goldman (1975). Conceptual Generation. In: Roger C. Schank (ed.), Conceptual Information Processing. North-Holland Publishing Co, Amsterdam. |
[Goldman, 1975]![]() |
N. M. Goldman (1975). The boundaries of language generation. In: Proceedings of Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing - I (TINLAP). Cambridge, Mass., pp. 74--78. |
[Goldman, 1984]![]() |
Neil Goldman (1984). Computer Generation of Natural Language from a Deep Conceptual Base. PhD thesis, Yale University. |
[Gómez-González, 2000]![]() |
Mar\'ia Ángeles Gómez-González (2000). The Theme-Topic Interface. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Gómez-González, 2001]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (2001). Some reflections on Systemic Functional Grammar: With a Focus on Theme. In: Word, 52(1):1--28. |
[Gómez-González, 1994]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1994). The relevance of Theme in the textual organization of BBC News Reports. In: Word, 45(3):293--305. |
[Gómez-González, 1995]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1995). Theme: A heuristic method for discourse analysis. In: Estudios Ingleses de la Universidad Complutense, 3:43--54. |
[Gómez-González, 1996]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1996). Theme: Topic or Framework? In: Miscelánea, 17:123--140. |
[Gómez-González, 1997]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1997). An alternative analysis of Multiple Themes in Present-day English: Arguments from discourse. In: Atlantis, 19(1):135--160. |
[Gómez-González, 1997]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1997). A contrastive critique of Topic and Theme in Functional Grammar (FG) and Systemic Functional Grammar (SFG). In: RESLA, 12:75--94. |
[Gómez-González, 1997]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1997). On It-extrapositions: Evidence from Present-day English. In: Revista Alicantina de Estudios Ingleses, 10:95--108. |
[Gómez-González, 1997]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1997). Notes on Theme, Topic and Givenness: The state of the art. In: Moenia, 3:135--155. |
[Gómez-González, 1998]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1998). The ins and outs of the notion of 'aboutness'. In: Interface, 13(1):19--32. |
[Gómez-González, 1998]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1998). Towards an alternative account of FG Topic. In: Verba, 25:345--356. |
[Gómez-González, 1998]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1998). A corpus-based analysis of Extended Multiple Themes in Present-day English. In: International Journal of Corpus Linguistics, 3(1):81--114. |
[Gómez-González, 1998]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1998). Some remarks on Systemic-Functional Grammar. In: Interface, 12(2):65--80. |
[Gómez-González, 1998]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (1998). Aspects of Topic and topicality in Functional Grammar. In: Working Papers in Functional Grammar, 65:1--22. |
[Gómez-González and Gonzálvez-Garc\'ia, in preparation]![]() |
Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González and Francisco Gonzálvez-Garc\'ia (in preparation). Clefts and pseudo-clefts in English and Spanish. In: ???, . |
[Goodman and Graddol, 1996]![]() |
Sharon Goodman and David Graddol (eds.) (1996). Redesigning English: new texts, new identities. Routledge and the Open University, London and New York. |
[Gopnik, 1972]![]() |
M. Gopnik (1972). Linguistic structures in scientific texts. Janua Linguarum. Series Minor, The Hague. |
[Gordon and Rosenberg, 1989]![]() |
Paul Gordon and David Rosenberg (1989). Daily Racism: the press and black people in Britain. The Runnymede Trust, London. |
[Gósy, 1992]![]() |
M. Gósy (1992). Temporal factors of speech. Technical Report. MTA Nyelvtudománya Intéte, Budapest. |
[Jr., 1982]![]() |
J. Gough Jr. (1982). The essential being of language cannot be anything linguistic - Martin Heidegger. In: Semiotica, 41:135--167. |
[Grabe, 1984]![]() |
William P. Grabe (1984). Towards defining expository prose within a theory of text construction. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Southern California. |
[Graddol et al., 1996]![]() |
David Graddol and Dick Leith and Joan Swann (eds.) (1996). English history, diversity and change. Routledge, London and New York. The Open University. |
[Graf, 1992]![]() |
Winfried H. Graf (1992). Constraint-based layout of multimodal presentations. Technical Report Nr. RR-92-15. DFKI, Germany. |
[Granger, 1998]![]() |
Sylviane Granger (ed.) (1998). Leaner English on Computer. Longman, London. |
[Granville, 1983]![]() |
R. Granville (1983). Cohesion in Computer Text Generation: Lexical Substitution. Technical Report Nr. MIT/LCS/TR-310. M.I.T., Cambridge, MA. |
[Greatbatch, 1998]![]() |
David Greatbatch (1998). Conversation analysis: neutralism in British news interviews. In: Allan Bell and Peter Garrett (eds.), Approaches to Media Discourse. 6. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Green, 1988]![]() |
Elizabeth Green (1988). Intonation. B.A. Honours thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. |
[Green and Carberry, 1999]![]() |
Nancy Green and Sandra Carberry (1999). Interpreting and generating indirect answers. In: Computational Linguistics, 25(3):389--435. |
[Greenbaum, 1969]![]() |
Sidney Greenbaum (1969). Studies in English Adverbial Usage. Longman, London. |
[Greenbaum, 1977]![]() |
Sidney Greenbaum (ed.) (1977). Acceptability in Language. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Greenberg, 1966]![]() |
Joseph H. Greenberg (ed.) (1966). Universals of language. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 2nd edition. |
[Greene et al., 1984]![]() |
B. G. Greene and L. M. Manous and D. B. Psioni (1984). Perceptual evaluation of DECtalk: final report on version 1.8. Technical Report. |
[Greeno, 1983]![]() |
J. G. Greeno (1983). Conceptual entities. In: D. Gentner and A. L. Stevens (eds.), Mental models. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ. |
[Gregg and Steinberg, 1980]![]() |
L. Gregg and E. R. Steinberg (eds.) (1980). Cognitive Processes in Writing. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Gregory, 1967]![]() |
Michael Gregory (1967). Aspects of varieties differentiation. In: Journal of Linguistics, 3:177--198. |
[Gregory, 1974]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1974). A theory for stylistics exemplified: Donne's 'Holy Sonnet XIV'. In: Language and Style, 8. |
[Gregory, 1978]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1978). Marvell's 'To His Coy Mistress': the poem as a linguistic and social event. In: Poetics, 7. |
[Gregory, 1980]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1980). Language as a social semiotic: the recent work of Michael A.K. Halliday. In: Applied Linguistics, 1. |
[Gregory, 1982]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1982). The nature and use of metafunctions in systemic theory: current concerns. In: Eighth LACUS Forum. Hornbeam Press, Columbia. |
[Gregory, 1982]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1982). Hamlet's voice: aspects of text formation and cohesion in a soliloquy. In: Forum Linguisticum, 7(2). |
[Gregory, 1984]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1984). Propositional and predicational analysis in discourse description. In: Ninth LACUS Forum. Hornbeam Press, Columbia. |
[Gregory, 1985]![]() |
Michael J. Gregory (1985). Linguistics and theatre - Hamlet's voice: aspects of text formation and cohesion in a soliloquy. In: Forum Linguisticum, 7. |
[Gregory and Carrol, 1978]![]() |
Michael Gregory and S. Carrol (1978). Language and Situation: Language varieties and their social contexts. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Gregory and Malcolm, 1981]![]() |
Michael Gregory and K. Malcolm (1981). Generic situation and discourse phase. Mimeo. Applied Linguistics Research Working Group, University of York, Toronto.. |
[Grenon, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Pierre Grenon (2003). Tucking RCC in Cyc's Ontological Bed. In: IJCAI-03 -- Eighteenth International Joint Conference in Artificial Intelligence. |
[Grenon and Smith, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Pierre Grenon and Barry Smith (forthcoming). SNAP and SPAN: Prolegomenon to Geodynamic Ontology. In: Spatial Cognition and Computation. |
[Grice, 1957]![]() |
H. P. Grice (1957). Meaning. In: Philosophical Review, 66(3):377--388. |
[Grice, 1969]![]() |
H. P. Grice (1969). Utterer's Meaning and Intentions. In: Philosophical Review, 68(2):147--177. |
[Grice, 1975]![]() |
H. Paul Grice (1975). Logic and conversation. In: Peter Cole and Jerry L. Morgan (eds.), Speech Acts. Volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics. pp. 43--58. Academic Press, New York. |
[Grice, 1969]![]() |
H. P. Grice (1969). Utterer's Meaning and Intentions. In: Philosophical Review, 68(2):147--177. |
[Gries, 1999]![]() |
Stefan T. Gries (1999). Particle movement: a cognitive and functional approach. In: Cognitive Linguistics, 10(2):105--146. |
[Grimes, 1972]![]() |
Joseph E. Grimes (1972). Outlines and Overlays. In: Language, 48:513--524. |
[Grimes, 1975]![]() |
Joseph E. Grimes (1975). The Thread of Discourse. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Grimes, 1982]![]() |
Joseph E. Grimes (1982). Context Structure Patterns. In: Sture Allèn (ed.), Text Processing. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm. |
[Grimm, 1982]![]() |
Susan J. Grimm (1982). How to write computer manuals for users. LifeTime learning publications, Belmont, California. |
[Grimshaw, 1990]![]() |
Jane B. Grimshaw (1990). Argument Structure. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Grishman, 1979]![]() |
R. Grishman (1979). Response generation in question-answering systems. In: Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. pp. 99--101. |
[Grishman, 1979]![]() |
R. Grishman (1979). Response generation in question-answering systems. In: Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. La Jolla, Ca., pp. 99--102. |
[Grishman and Kittredge, 1986]![]() |
R. Grishman and R. Kittredge (1986). Analyzing Language in Restricted Domains: Sublanguage Decription and Processing. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Groenendijk and Stokhof, 1991]![]() |
J. Groenendijk and M. Stokhof (1991). Dynamic Predicate Logic. In: Linguistics and Philosophy, 14(1):39--100. |
[Gross, 1975]![]() |
Maurice Gross (1975). Méthodes en Syntaxe. Hermann, Paris. |
[Gross, 1979]![]() |
Maurice Gross (1979). On the Failure of Generative Grammar. In: Language, 55(4):859--886. |
[Gross, 1984]![]() |
Maurice Gross (1984). Lexicon-Grammar and the syntactic analysis of French. In: COLING-84. |
[Gross, 1986]![]() |
Maurice Gross (1986). Lexicon-Grammar: The Representation of Compound Words. In: COLING-86. |
[Gross, 1996]![]() |
Alan G. Gross (1996). The rhetoric of science. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, MA, 2nd printing edition. |
[Grossman et al., 1975]![]() |
R. E. Grossman and J. L. San and T. J. Vance (eds.) (1975). Papers from the parasession on Functionalism. Chicago Linguistic Society, Chicago. |
[Grosz et al., 1995]![]() |
B. J. Grosz and A. K. Joshi and S. Weinstein (1995). Centering: a framework for modelling the local coherence of discourse. In: Computational Linguistics, 21(2):203--226. |
[Grosz, 1977]![]() |
B. J. Grosz (1977). The Representation and Use of Focus in Dialog Understanding. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley. |
[Grosz, 1977]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz (1977). The representation and use of focus in dialogue understanding. PhD thesis, University of California at Berkeley. |
[Grosz, 1978]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz (1978). Focusing in Dialog. Technical Note Nr. 166. SRI, Artificial Intelligence Center. Also in Waltz, 1978, pp 96 - 103. |
[Grosz, 1978]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz (1978). Discourse Knowledge. In: Donald E. Walker (ed.), Understanding Spoken Language. North Holland, New York. |
[Grosz, 1989]![]() |
B. Grosz (1989). Discourse Analysis. In: R. Kittredge (ed.), Sublanguages. Studies of Language in Restricted Semantic Domains. Mouton De Gruyter. |
[Grosz, 1979]![]() |
B. J. Grosz (1979). Utterance and objective: Issues in natural language communication. In: Proceedings of the Sixth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Grosz and Kraus, 1996]![]() |
Barbara Grosz and S. Kraus (1996). Collaborative plans for complex group action. In: Artificial Intelligence, 86(2):269--357. |
[Grosz and Sidner, 1986]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz and Candace L. Sidner (1986). Attention, Intentions and the Structure of Discourse. In: Computational Linguistics, 12(3):175--204. |
[Grote et al., 1997]![]() |
Brigitte Grote and Nils Lenke and Manfred Stede (1997). Ma(r)king concessions in English. In: Discourse Processes, 24(1):87--118. |
[Grote, 2000]![]() |
Brigitte Grote (2000). A German prepositional phrase grammar: paradigmatic choices and syntagmatic structure. In: Functions of Language, 7(2):231--272. |
[Grote and Stede, 1998]![]() |
B. Grote and M. Stede (1998). Discourse marker choice in sentence planning. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 128--137. |
[Gruber, 1965]![]() |
Jeffrey S. Gruber (1965). Studies in Lexical Relations. PhD thesis, MIT, Cambridge. Reprinted as part of \em Lexical Structures in Syntax and Semantics, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1976. |
[Gruber, 1967]![]() |
JS Gruber (1967). Topicalization in child language. In: Foundations of Language, 3:37--65. |
[Gruber, 1967]![]() |
J. S. Gruber (1967). Look and see. In: Language, 43:937--947. |
[Gruber, 1976]![]() |
J. Gruber (1976). Lexical Structures in Syntax and Semantics. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Gruber, 1993]![]() |
T. R. Gruber (1993). A translation approach to portable ontology specifications. In: Knowledge Acquisition, 5(2):199--220. |
[Gruber, 1993]![]() |
T. R. Gruber (1993). A translation approach to portable ontology specifications. Technical Report Nr. KSL 92-71. Computer Science Department, Stanford University, California. |
[Grundy, 2000]![]() |
Peter Grundy (2000). Doing pragmatics. Arnold, London, 2nd edition. |
[Gruninger and Lee, 2002]![]() |
Michael Gruninger and Jintae Lee (2002). Ontology: applications and design. In: Communications of the ACM, 45(2):39--41. |
[Guarino, 1994]![]() |
Nicola Guarino (1994). The Ontological Level. In: R. Casati and B. Smith and G. White (eds.), Philosophy and the Cognitive Sciences. Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky, Vienna. |
[Guarino and Poli, 1994]![]() |
N. Guarino and R. Poli (eds.) (1994). Formal ontology in conceptual analysis and knowledge representation. Kluwer Academic Press, Dordrecht. |
[Guarino and Poli, 1995]![]() |
Nicola Guarino and Roberto Poli (1995). The role of formal ontology in the information technology. In: International Journal of Human and Computer Studies, 43:623--624. |
[Guarino and Welty, 2002]![]() |
Nicola Guarino and Christopher Welty (2002). Evaluating ontological decisions with OntoClean. In: Communications of the ACM, 45(2):61--65. |
[Gülich and Raible, 1972]![]() |
E. Gülich and W. Raible (eds.) (1972). Textsorten. Differenzierungskriterien aus linguistischer Sicht. Frankfurt am Main. |
[Giro-Veber, 1990]![]() |
M. Giro-Veber (1990). Vid i semantika russkogo glagola (Aspekt und Semantik des russischen Verbs). In: Voprosy jazykoznanija, 2. |
[Gulla, 1996]![]() |
Jon Atle Gulla (1996). A general explanation component for conceptual modelling in CASE environments. In: ACM Transactions on Information Systems, 14(3). |
[Gumperz, 1967]![]() |
J. J. Gumperz (1967). The social setting of linguistic behavior. In: Dan Slobin (ed.), A field manual for cross-cultural communicative competence. pp. 129--134. Berkeley. |
[Gumperz, 1982]![]() |
J. J. Gumperz (1982). Discourse Strategies. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Gunji, 1987]![]() |
Takao Gunji (1987). Japanese Phrase Structure Grammar. Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. |
[Gunter, 1966]![]() |
R. Gunter (1966). On the placement of accent in dialogue: a feature of context grammar. In: Journal of Linguistics, 2:159--179. |
[Gurr, 1997]![]() |
C. A. Gurr (1997). Knowledge engineering in the communication of information for safety critical systems. In: Knowledge Engineering Review, 12(3):249--270. |
[Gutwinski, 1976]![]() |
Waldemar Gutwinski (1976). Cohesion in literary texts: a study of some grammatical and lexical features of English discourse. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Hayes, 1977]![]() |
P. Hayes (1977). Some Association-Based Techniques for Disambiguation by Machine. Technical Report Nr. 25. Department of Computer Science, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY. |
[Hirst, 1983]![]() |
Graeme Hirst (1983). Semantic interpretation against ambiguity. PhD thesis, Department of Computer Science, Brown University. |
[Goldman, 1970]![]() |
A. I. Goldman (1970). A Theory of Human Action. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J.. |
[Haarslev and Möller, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Volker Haarslev and Ralf Möller (2001). RACER System Description. In: Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 2083:701--712. |
[Habash, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Nizar Habash (2000). OxyGen: A Language Independent Linearization Engine. In: AMTA. pp. 68--79. |
[Habash, 2001]![]() ![]() |
Nizar Habash (2001). A reference manual to the linearization engine oxyGen. Technical Report. University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. |
[Habash and Dorr, 2001]![]() ![]() |
Nizar Habash and Bonnie J. Dorr (2001). Large Scale Language Independent Generation: Using Thematic Hierarchies. In: Proceedings of the MT-Summit. Santiago, Spain. |
[Habel and Eschenbach, 1995]![]() |
Christopher Habel and Carola Eschenbach (1995). Abstrakte Räumlichkeit in der Kognition. In: Kognitionswissenschaft, 4:171--176. |
[Habermas, 1971]![]() |
Jurgen Habermas (1971). Knowledge and Human Interests Erkenntnis und Interesse. translated by J. Shapiro, Beacon Press, Boston. |
[Habermas, 1970]![]() |
Jurgen Habermas (1970). Towards a theory of communicative competence. In: Inquiry, 13:360--375. |
[Haddock, 1991]![]() |
N. Haddock (1991). Linear-Time reference evaluation. Technical Report. Hewlett Packard Laboratories, Bristol. |
[Haegeman, 1987]![]() |
Liliane Haegeman (1987). Register variation in English: some theoretical observations. In: Journal of English Linguistics, 20(2). |
[Haegeman, 1991]![]() |
J. Haegeman (1991). Introduction to Government and Binding Theory. Blackwell, Oxford (UK) and Cambridge (USA). |
[Haenelt, 1994]![]() |
Karin Haenelt (1994). Das Textanalysesystem KONTEXT. In: Sprache und Datenverarbeitung, . |
[Hahn et al., 1999]![]() |
U. Hahn and S. Schulz and M. Romacker (1999). Part-whole reasoning: A case study in medical ontology engineering. In: IEEE Intelligent Systems, 14(5):59--67. |
[Haider, 1988]![]() |
H. Haider (1988). Die Struktur der deutschen Nominalphrase. In: Zeitschrift für Sprachwissenschaft, 7(1):32--60. |
[Haiman, 1978]![]() |
J. Haiman (1978). Conditionals are topics. In: Language, 54:564--589. |
[Haiman and Thompson, 1988]![]() |
John Haiman and Sandra A. Thompson (eds.) (1988). Clause Combining in Grammar and Discourse. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Hakkani and Oflazer, 1998]![]() |
Dilek Zeynep Hakkani and Kemal Oflazer (1998). Tactical generation in a free constituent order language. In: Natural Language Engineering, 4:115--134. |
[Halasz, 1991]![]() |
F. G. Halasz (1991). "Seven issues": Revisited. San Antonio, Texas. Final keynote talk at the 3rd ACM Conference on Hypertext. |
[Halasz, 1994]![]() |
Frank Halasz (1994). The Dexter Hypertext Reference Model. In: Communications of the Association for Computing Machinery, 37(2):30--39. |
[Hale and Keyser, 1986]![]() |
K. Hale and J. Keyser (1986). Some transitivity alternations in English. Technical Report Nr. Lexicon Project Working Papers 7. Center for Cognitive Science, MIT, Cambridge, MA. |
[Haller et al., 1999]![]() |
S. Haller and A. Kobsa and S. McRoy (eds.) (1999). Computational Models of Mixed-Initiative Interaction. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht. |
[Halliday et al., 1964]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and A. McIntosh and Peter Strevens (1964). The linguistic sciences and language teaching. Longman, London. |
[Halliday, 1956]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1956). The linguistic basis of a mechanical thesaurus, and its application to English preposition classification. In: Mechanical Translation, 3(3):81--88. |
[Halliday, 1956]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1956). Grammatical categories in Modern Chinese. In: Transactions of the Philological Society, :177--224. |
[Halliday, 1957]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1957). Some aspects of systematic description and comparison in grammatical analysis. In: Studies in Linguistic Analysis. pp. 54--67. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Halliday, 1959]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1959). The language of the Chinese "Secret History of the Mongols". Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Halliday, 1961]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1961). Categories of the theory of grammar. In: Word, 17(3):241--292. Reprinted in abbreviated form in Halliday (1976) edited by Gunther R. Kress, pp 52-72. |
[Halliday, 1961]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1961). Linguistique générale et linguistique appliquée à l'enseignement des langues. In: Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 1:5--42. |
[Halliday, 1962]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1962). Linguistics and machine translation. In: Zeitschrift für Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung, 15(1-2):145--158. |
[Halliday, 1963]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1963). Intonation in English grammar. In: Transactions of the Philological Society, :143--169. |
[Halliday, 1963]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1963). The tones of English. In: Archivum Linguisticum, 15(1):1--28. |
[Halliday, 1964]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1964). Descriptive linguistics in literary studies. In: Alan Duthie (ed.), English studies today: third series. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh. |
[Halliday, 1964]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1964). The linguistic study of literary texts. In: The Ninth International Congress of Linguistics. Published by Mouton. |
[Halliday, 1964]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1964). The linguistic study of literary texts. In: Horace Lunt (ed.), Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguistics. |
[Halliday, 1965]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1965). Types of structure. The O.S.T.I. Programme in the Linguistic Properties of Scientific English. |
[Halliday, 1966]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1966). Some notes on `deep' grammar. In: Journal of Linguistics, 2(1):57--67. Abridged version in Halliday (1976) edited by Gunther R. Kress.. |
[Halliday, 1966]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1966). Lexis as a linguistic level. In: C. E. Bazell \em et al. (ed.), In Memory of J.R. Firth. Longman, London. |
[Halliday, 1966]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1966). Patterns in words. In: The Listener, LXXV(1920):53--55. |
[Halliday, 1966]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1966). The concept of Rank: a reply. In: Journal of Linguistics, 2(1):110--118. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1967). Linguistics and the teaching of English. In: James N. Britton (ed.), Talking and writing: a handbook for English teachers. pp. 80--90. Methuen, London. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1967). The Intonation of British Spoken English. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1967). Intonation and Grammar in British English. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1967). Grammar, Society and the Noun. H.K Lewis for University Colledge London, London. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1967). Notes on transitivity and theme in English --- Parts 1 and 2. In: Journal of Linguistics, 3:37--81 and 199--244. |
[Halliday, 1967]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1967). Some aspects of the thematic organisation of the English clause. The RAND Corporation.. |
[Halliday, 1968]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1968). Language and experience. In: Educational Review, 20(2):95--106. |
[Halliday, 1968]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1968). Notes on transitivity and theme in English --- Part 3. In: Journal of Linguistics, 4:179--215. |
[Halliday, 1968]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1968). The users and uses of language. In: Joshua F. Fishman (ed.), Readings in the sociology of language. pp. 139--169. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Halliday, 1970]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1970). Language Structure and Language Function. In: John Lyons (ed.), New Horizons in Linguistics. Penguin, Harmondsworth. |
[Halliday, 1970]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1970). A Course in Spoken English: Intonation. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Halliday, 1970]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1970). On functional grammars. In: The Seminar on the Construction of Complex Grammars. Cambridge, Mass.. |
[Halliday, 1970]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1970). Functional diversity in language, as seen from a consideration of modality and mood in English. In: Foundations of Language, 6(3):322--361. |
[Halliday, 1973]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1973). Explorations in the Functions of Language. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Halliday, 1974]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1974). Language and Social Man. Longman, London. Schools Council Programme in Linguistics and English, Teaching Papers 11, 3. |
[Halliday, 1974]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1974). 'Discussion'. In: Herman Parret (ed.), Discussing Language. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Halliday, 1974]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1974). Discussion. In: Herman Parret (ed.), Discussing Language. |
[Halliday, 1974]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1974). Language and social man. In: Schools Council Programme in Linguistics and English Teaching, Papers. Longman, London. |
[Halliday, 1975]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1975). Learning How to Mean: explorations in the development of language. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Halliday, 1975]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1975). Sociological aspects of semantic change. In: The Eleventh International Congress of Linguists. Bologna. Published by Mulino. |
[Halliday, 1975]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1975). Language as social semiotic: towards a general sociolinguistic theory. In: First LACUS Forum.. Columbia, SC. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Halliday, 1976]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1976). Anti-languages. In: American Anthropologist, 78. |
[Halliday, 1976]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1976). System and Function in Language. Oxford University Press, London. Edited by Gunther R. Kress. |
[Halliday, 1976]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1976). "The teacher taught the student English": an essay in applied linguistics. In: LACUS. Columbia, SC.. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Halliday, 1976]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1976). The English verbal group. In: Gunther R. Kress (ed.), Halliday: system and function in language. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Halliday, 1977]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1977). Some thoughts on language in the middle school years. In: English in Australia, 42. |
[Halliday, 1977]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1977). Aims and Perspectives in Linguistics. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, Brisbane. Occasional Papers Number 1. |
[Halliday, 1978]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1978). Language as social semiotic. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Halliday, 1978]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1978). Notes on 'Talking Shop': demands on language. Australian Film Commission, Lindfield, NSW. |
[Halliday, 1979]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1979). Development of texture in child language. In: Terry Myers (ed.), The development of conversation and discourse. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh. |
[Halliday, 1979]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1979). The ontogenesis of dialogue. In: Wolfgang U. Dressler (ed.), Proceedings of the Twelfth International Congress of Linguistics. |
[Halliday, 1979]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (ed.) (1979). Working Conferences on Language in Education: report to participants. Extension Programme and Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Halliday, 1980]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1980). On being teaching. In: Sidney Greenbaum et al (ed.), Studies in English linguistics: for Randolph Quirk. Longman, London. |
[Halliday, 1980]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1980). Foreword. In: Alex de Joia and Adrian Stenton (eds.), Terms in Systemic Linguistics. A Guide to Halliday. Batsford, London. |
[Halliday, 1981]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1981). Text semantics and clause grammar: some patterns of realization. In: Seventh LACUS Forum. Columbia, SC. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Halliday, 1982]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1982). How is a text like a clause? In: Sture Allén (ed.), Text Processing. Almqvist and Wiksell, Stockholm. |
[Halliday, 1983]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1983). On the transition from child tongue to mother tongue. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3:201--216. |
[Halliday, 1984]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1984). On the ineffability of grammatical categories. In: Tenth LACUS Forum. Columbia. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Halliday, 1984]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1984). Listening to Nigel. Technical Report. Sydney University Linguistics Department. Mimeo. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1985). An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1985). Systemic background. In: James D. and William S. Greaves and James Benson (eds.), Systemic perspectives on discourse. Volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1985). English intonation as a resource for discourse. In: Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48:111--117. Festschrift in Honour of Arthur Delbridge. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1985). A grammar for casual conversation? In: Ruqaiya Hasan (ed.), Discourse on discourse. pp. 30--33. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1985). Dimensions of discourse analysis: grammar. In: Teun A. van Dijk (ed.), Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Academic Press, New York. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1985). It's a fixed word order language is English. In: ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 67-68:91--116. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1985). Spoken and Written Language. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Victoria. (Language and Learning Series). Also: Oxford University Press, London, 1989. |
[Halliday, 1986]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1986). Learning Asian languages. University of Sydney Centre for Asian Studies, Sydney. |
[Halliday, 1986]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1986). Language and learning: linguistic aspects of education and scientific knowledge. Singapore University Press, Singapore. |
[Halliday, 1986]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1986). Language and socialization: home and school. In: Working Conference on Language in Education. Macquarie University. |
[Halliday, 1988]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1988). Foreword. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of style. Pinter, London. |
[Halliday, 1988]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1988). Language and the enhancement of learning. In: The Post-World Reading Congress Symposium on Language in Learning: future directions. Published by Brisbane. |
[Halliday, 1989]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1989). Towards probabilistic interpretations.. In: Sixteenth International Systemic Congress. |
[Halliday, 1989]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1989). Some grammatical problems in scientific English. In: SPELT (Society of Pakistani English Language Teachers) Symposium in Education. Karachi. |
[Halliday, 1990]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1990). Towards probabilistic interpretations. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Recent Systemic and Other Views on Language. Benjamins. |
[Halliday, 1992]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1992). New ways of meaning: a challenge to applied linguistics. In: Greek Applied Linguistics Association, Journal of Applied Linguistics, 6. |
[Halliday, 1992]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1992). How do you mean? In: Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli (eds.), Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice. pp. 20--37. Pinter, London. |
[Halliday, 1992]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1992). Systemic grammar and the concept of a 'science of language'. In: Waiguoyu Journal of Foreign Languages, Shanghai International Studies University, 2. |
[Halliday, 1992]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1992). Language theory and translation practice. In: Rivista internazionale di technica della traduzione, 0. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1993). Language in a changing world. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, Canberra, ACT. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1993). Corpus studies and probabilistic grammar. In: K. Aumer and B. Altenberg (eds.), English Corpus Linguistics: Studies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1993). Language as cultural dynamic. In: Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):1--10. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1993). Towards a language-based theory of learning. In: Linguistics and Education, 5(2):93--116. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1993). The act of meaning. In: Washington (ed.), Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1992: language, communication and social meaning. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1993). A systemic interpretation of Peking syllable finals. In: Paul Tench (ed.), Studies in systemic phonology. Pinter, London. |
[Halliday, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1993). Systemic theory. In: The encyclopedia of language and linguistics. Pergamon, Oxford. |
[Halliday, 1994]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1994). An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. 2nd. edition. |
[Halliday, 1994]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1994). A language development approach to education. In: Norman Bird et al (ed.), Language and learning. Institute of Language in Education. 5-17, Hong Kong. |
[Halliday, 1994]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1994). Language and the theory of codes. In: Alan Sadovnik (ed.), Knowledge and pedagogy: the sociology of Basil Bernstein. pp. 124--142. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Halliday, 1994]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1994). Systemic theory. In: R. E. Asher (ed.), The encyclopedia of language and linguistics. Pergamon Press, Oxford. |
[Halliday, 1995]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1995). The grammar of daily life: construing pain. In: The Fourth International Symposium on Critical Discourse Analysis. Athens. Athens, 15-16 December 1995. |
[Halliday, 1995]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1995). Language and the reshaping of human experience. In: The Fourth International Symposium on Critical Discourse Analysis. Athens. Athens, 15-16 December 1995. |
[Halliday, 1995]![]() |
M. A. K Halliday (1995). A recent view of "missteps" in linguistic theory (Review article of John M. Ellis, Language, thought and logic). In: Functions of Language, 2(2):249--267. |
[Halliday, 1996]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1996). Literacy and linguistics: A functional perspective. In: Ruqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams (eds.), Literacy in society. Longman, London. |
[Halliday, 1998]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday (1998). On the grammar of pain. In: Functions of Language, 5(1):1--32. |
[Halliday and Fawcett, 1987]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and Robin P. Fawcett (eds.) (1987). New Developments in Systemic Linguistics. Volume 1. Theory and description. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Halliday and Hasan, 1976]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and Ruqaiya Hasan (1976). Cohesion in English. Longman, London. |
[Halliday and Hasan, 1989]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and Ruqaiya Hasan (1989). Language, Context and Text: a social semiotic perspective. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Halliday and Martin, 1981]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and James R. Martin (eds.) (1981). Readings in Systemic Linguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Halliday and Martin, 1993]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin (1993). Writing science: literacy and discursive power. Falmer Press, London. |
[Halliday and Matthiessen, 1999]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1999). Construing experience through meaning: a language-based approach to cognition. Cassell, London. |
[Halliday and Matthiessen, 1999]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1999). Construing experience through meaning: a language-based approach to cognition. Cassell, London. |
[Halliday and McIntosh, 1966]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday and Angus McIntosh (1966). Patterns of language: papers in general, descriptive and applied linguistics. Longman, London. |
[Halliday and Plum, 1985]![]() |
M. A. K. Halliday and Guenter A. Plum (1985). On Casual Conversation. In: Ruqaiya Hasan (ed.), Discourse on discourse. ALAA, Wollongong, NSW. |
[Halvorsen, 1983]![]() |
Per-Kristian Halvorsen (1983). Semantics for Lexical-Functional Grammar. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 14(4):567--615. |
[Hammond, 1995]![]() |
Jennifer Hammond (1995). The grammatical construction of literacy: an analysis of two primary school literacy programs. PhD thesis, Sydney University. |
[Hansen and Britt, 1998]![]() |
Mosegaard Hansen and Maj Britt (1998). The Function of Discourse Particles. Benjamins. |
[Harbusch et al., 1994]![]() |
K. Harbusch and G. Kikui and A. Kilger (1994). Default handling in incremental generation. In: The 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. Kyoto. |
[Harman, 1977]![]() |
G. Harman (1977). Review of Linguistic Behaviour by Jonathan Bennett. In: Language, 53:417--424. |
[Harrah, 1963]![]() |
D. Harrah (1963). Communication: A Logical Model.. M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Harris, 1951]![]() |
Zellig Harris (1951). Methods in Structural Linguistics. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Harris, 1952]![]() |
Zellig Harris (1952). Discourse Analysis: a Sample Text. In: Language, 28:474--494. |
[Harris, 1982]![]() |
Zellig Harris (1982). A grammar of English on mathematical principles. Wiley, New York. |
[Harris, 1993]![]() |
Randy A. Harris (1993). The linguistics wars. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Hartley, 1985]![]() |
J. Hartley (1985). Designing instructional Text. Kogan Page, London. |
[Hartley and Paris, 1997]![]() |
Anthony Hartley and Cécile Paris (1997). Multilingual document production: from support for translating to support for authoring. In: Machine Translation, 12(1--2):109--129. |
[Hartley and Paris, forthcoming]![]() |
Anthony Hartley and Cécile Paris (forthcoming). Towards an empirical characterisation of the discourse of software instructions. In: Computational Linguistics, . |
[Hartnett, 1995]![]() |
Carolyn G. Hartnett (1995). The Pit after the Theme. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Thematic development in English texts. pp. 198--212. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Harvey, 1999]![]() |
Arlene Harvey (1999). Definitions in English technical discourse: a study in metafunctional dominance and interaction. In: Functions of Language, 6(1):55--96. |
[Hasan et al., 1996]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan and Carmel Cloran and David Butt (eds.) (1996). Current Issues in Linguistic Theory. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Hasan, 1972]![]() |
Ruqaiya. Hasan (1972). The verb 'be' in Urdu. In: J. W. M Verhaar (ed.), The verb 'Be' and its Synonyms,pt5,. Foundations of Language. |
[Hasan, 1975]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1975). The place of stylistics in the study of verbal art. In: H. Ringbom (ed.), Style and Text. Skriptor, Amsterdam. |
[Hasan, 1976]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1976). Socialization and cross-cultural education. In: International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 8. |
[Hasan, 1978]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1978). Text in the Systemic-Functional Model. In: Wolfgang Dressler (ed.), Current Trends in Text Linguistics. pp. 228--246. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Hasan, 1978]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1978). Text in the systemic-functional model. In: Wolfgang Dressler (ed.), Current Trends in Text Linguistics. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Hasan, 1979]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1979). On the notion of text. In: Janos Petöfi (ed.), Text versus Sentence: basic questions of text linguistics. Volume 20 of Papers in Text Linguistics. Buske, Hamburg. |
[Hasan, 1980]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1980). What's going on: a dynamic view of context. In: J. E. Copeland and P. W. Davis (eds.), The Seventh LACUS forum. pp. 106--121. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, S.C.. |
[Hasan, 1983]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1983). Review article: Paul Werth (ed.) Conversation and discourse. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3(2):253--277. |
[Hasan, 1984]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1984). What kind of resource is language? In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 7(1):57--85. |
[Hasan, 1984]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1984). Coherence and cohesive harmony. In: James Flood (ed.), Understanding Reading Comprehension. International Reading Association, Newark. |
[Hasan, 1984]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1984). The nursery tale as a genre. In: Notthingham Linguistic Circular, 13:71--102. |
[Hasan, 1984]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1984). Ways of saying: ways of meaning. In: Robin P. Fawcett et al (ed.), Semiotics of Culture and Language. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Hasan, 1985]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (ed.) (1985). Discourse on discourse: workshop reports from The Macquarie Workshop on Discourse Analysis. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, Canberra, A.C.T.. |
[Hasan, 1985]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1985). Lending and borrowing: from grammar to lexis. In: Beiträge zur Phonetik und Linguistik, 48:56--67. |
[Hasan, 1985]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1985). Linguistics, language and verbal art. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic.. |
[Hasan, 1986]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1986). The implication of semantic distance for language in education. In: A. Abbi (ed.), Studies in bilingualism. Bahri Publications, New Delhi. |
[Hasan, 1987]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1987). Reading picture: reading invisible instruction at home and in school. In: The 13th Conference of the Australian Reading Association. Sydney. |
[Hasan, 1987ms]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1987ms). Offers in the Making: A systemic-functional approach. Unpublished manuscript, Macquarie University. |
[Hasan, 1987]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1987). Reading picture reading. In: Proceedings from the 13th Conference of the Australian Reading Association. Sydney. |
[Hasan, 1988]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1988). Meaning in sociolinguistic theory. The University of Hong Kong. Paper presented at the first Hong Kong Conference on Language and Society: 23-25 April, 1988. |
[Hasan, 1988]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1988). The analysis of one poem: theoretical issues in practice. In: D. Birch and M. O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. Pinter, London. |
[Hasan, 1989]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1989). Semantic variation and sociolinguistics. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 9:221--275. |
[Hasan, 1992]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1992). Speech genre, semiotic mediation and the development of higher mental functions. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):489--528. |
[Hasan, 1995]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1995). English process, English tense: foreign learner, foreign teacher. In: SPELT (Society of Pakistan Language Teachers) Newsletter, 10(4):2--23. |
[Hasan, 1996]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1996). Literacy, everyday talk and society. In: Ruqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams (eds.), Literacy in society. Longman, London. |
[Hasan, 1996]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1996). Ways of saying, ways of meaning: selected papers of Ruqaiya Hasan. Cassell, London. Edited by C. Cloran, D. Butt and G. Williams. |
[Hasan, 1996]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan (1996). On teaching distances across cultural distances. In: Joyce E. James (ed.), The language - culture connection. RELC., Singapore. |
[Hasan and Fries, 1995]![]() |
Ruqaiaya Hasan and Peter Fries (eds.) (1995). On Subject and Theme: a discourse functional perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Hasan and Martin, 1989]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan and James R. Martin (eds.) (1989). Language development: learning language, learning culture. Meaning and choice in language. Volume 1. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Hasan and Williams, 1996]![]() |
Ruqaiya Hasan and Geoff Williams (eds.) (1996). Literacy in society. Longman, London. |
[Hatim and Mason, 1990]![]() |
Basil Hatim and Ian Mason (1990). Discourse and the translator. Longman, London. |
[Hauser, 1995]![]() |
Bernhard Hauser (1995). Multilinguale Textgenerierung am Beispiel des Japanischen. (Diplomarbeit, Technische Hochschule Darmstadt). |
[Haviland and Clark, 1974]![]() |
S. Haviland and H. Clark (1974). What's new? Acquiring new information as a process in comprehension. Volume 13. |
[Hawkins, 1977]![]() |
Peter Hawkins (1977). Social class, the nominal group and verbal strategies. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Hawkins, 1980]![]() |
John A. Hawkins (1980). The semantic diversity of subject and object: a comparison of German and English. In: Linguistic Agency of the University of Trier (LAUD), 74. Series A. |
[Hawkins, 1980]![]() |
John A. Hawkins (1980). Semantic generalisations contrasting syntactic rules in English and German. In: Linguistic Agency of the University of Trier (LAUD), 73. Series A. |
[Hawkins, 1983]![]() |
John A. Hawkins (1983). Word order universals: quantitative analyses of linguistic structure. Academic Press, New York. |
[Hawkins, 1984]![]() |
J. A. Hawkins (1984). Modifier-head or Function-argument relations in phrase structure? The evidence of some word-order universals. In: Lingua, 63:107--138. |
[Hawkins, 1984]![]() |
Peter Hawkins (1984). Introducing phonology. |
[Hawkins, 1986]![]() |
John A. Hawkins (1986). A comparative typology of English and German. Croom Helm, London and Sydney. |
[Hayes and Mouradian, 1981]![]() |
P. J. Hayes and G. V. Mouradian (1981). Flexible parsing. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 7(4):232--242. |
[Hayes, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Patrick Hayes (2002). RDF Model Theory. Technical Report. W3C. W3C Working Draft. |
[Hayes, 1977]![]() |
Phillip Hayes (1977). On semantic nets, frames and associations. In: Proceedings of the 5th. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. pp. 99--107. |
[Hayes, 1979]![]() |
Patrick J. Hayes (1979). The naive physics manifesto. In: Donald Michie (ed.), Expert systems in the microelectronic age. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, Scotland. |
[Hayes, 1985]![]() |
Patrick J. Hayes (1985). The second naive physics manifesto. In: Jerry R. Hobbs and R. C. Moore (eds.), Formal theories of the commonsense world. Ablex Publishing Corporation, New Jersey. |
[Hayes and Reddy, 1983]![]() |
P. Hayes and D. Reddy (1983). Steps towards graceful interaction in spoken and written man-machine communication. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 19:213--284. |
[Hays, 1964]![]() |
D. G. Hays (1964). Dependency theory: a formalism and some observations. In: Language, 40(4):511--525. |
[He, 1993]![]() |
A. W. He (1993). Exploring modality in institutional interactions: cases from academic counselling encounters. In: Text, (13):503--528. |
[Heaps, 1978]![]() |
H. S. Heaps (1978). Information Retrieval: Computational and Theoretical Aspects. Academic Press, New York. |
[Heath, 1975]![]() |
J. Heath (1975). Some functional relationships in grammar. In: Language, 51:89--104. |
[Heath, 1976]![]() |
J. Heath (1976). Antipassivisation - A functional typology. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 2. |
[Heath, 1977]![]() |
J. Heath (1977). Choctaw cases. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 3. |
[Heath, 1978]![]() |
J. Heath (1978). Functional universals. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. |
[Heid and Momma, 1987]![]() |
U. Heid and S. Momma (1987). FREGE: ein objektorientierter Front-End-Generator. In: k. Morik (ed.), GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin. |
[Heidorn, 1972]![]() |
G. Heidorn (1972). Natural Language Inputs to a Simulation Programming System. Technical Report Nr. NPS-55HD72101A. Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, Calif.. |
[Heidorn, 1975]![]() |
G. Heidorn (1975). Augmented phrase structure grammar. In: Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing-1 (TINLAP). Cambridge, Mass., pp. 1--5. |
[Heil, 1981]![]() |
J Heil (1981). Does Cognitive Psychology Rest on a Mistake? In: Mind, 90:321--342. |
[Helbig and Buscha, 1988]![]() |
Gerhard Helbig and Joachim Buscha (1988). Deutsche Grammatik. Ein Handbuch für den Ausländerunterricht. VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie, Leipzig. |
[Hellwig, 1980]![]() |
Peter Hellwig (1980). Bausteine des Deutschen. Germanistisches Seminar, Universität Heidelberg, Heidelberg. |
[Hendler, 2001]![]() |
James Hendler (2001). Agents and the semantic web. In: IEEE Intelligent Systems Journal, 16(2). |
[Hendricks, 1967]![]() |
W. O. Hendricks (1967). On the notion "beyond the sentence". In: Linguistics, 37:12--51. |
[Hendrix, 1976]![]() |
G. G. Hendrix (1976). LIFER: A Natural Language Facility. Technical Note Nr. 135. SRI. Menlo Park, California. |
[Hendrix, 1977]![]() |
G. G Hendrix (1977). Human Engineering for Applied Natural Language Processing. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'77. Cambridge, MA. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Hendrix, 1977]![]() |
G. G Hendrix (1977). The LIFER Manual: A Guide to Building Practical Natural Language Interfaces. Technical Note Nr. 138. SRI International, Menlo Park, California. |
[Hendrix, 1978]![]() |
Gary Hendrix (1978). Semantic Knowledge. In: Donald Walker (ed.), Understanding Spoken Language. North Holland, New York. |
[Hendrix, 1978]![]() |
G. G. Hendrix (1978). The representation of semantic knowledge. in Walker 1978, pp 121 - 181. |
[Hennig, 2000]![]() |
Mathilde Hennig (2000). Tempus und Temporalität in geschriebenen und gesprochenen Texte. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Henschel, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Renate Henschel (2002). GeM annotation manual. GeM project report. University of Bremen and University of Stirling, Bremen and Stirling. Available at http://purl.org/net/gem. |
[Henschel, 1991]![]() |
Renate Henschel (1991). The Morphological Principle. In: GWAI'91. Berlin, Germany, pp. 116--125. |
[Henschel, 1997]![]() |
Renate Henschel (1997). Compiling Systemic Grammars into Feature Logic Systems. In: Suresh Manandhar and Werner Nutt and Gabriel Pereira Lopez (eds.), CLNLP/NLULP Proceedings. |
[Henschel, 1997]![]() |
Renate Henschel (1997). Compiling systemic grammar into feature logic systems. In: Suresh Manandharand Werner Nutt and Gabriel Pereira Lopez (eds.), CLNLP/NLULP Proceedings. Springer. |
[Henschel and Bateman, 1994]![]() ![]() |
Renate Henschel and John A. Bateman (1994). The merged upper model: a linguistic ontology for German and English. In: Proceedings of COLING '94. Kyoto, Japan. |
[Herder, 1967]![]() |
J. Herder (1967). Essay on the origin of language. F. Ungar, New York. Originally published 1772. Translated by J.H. Moran and A. Gode. |
[Heringer, 1972]![]() |
Hans-Jürgen Heringer (1972). Deutsche Syntax. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Heritage and Atkinson, 1984]![]() |
John Heritage and M. Atkinson (eds.) (1984). Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversation Analysis. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Herrmann and Grabowski, 1994]![]() |
T. Herrmann and J. Grabowski (1994). Sprechen: Psychologie der Sprachproduktion. Spektrum Verlag, Heidelberg. |
[Herskovits, 1973]![]() |
Annette Herskovits (1973). The Generation of French from Semantic Structure. Technical Report Nr. 212. Stanford Artificial Intelligence Laboratory. |
[Hervey et al., 1995]![]() |
Sándor Hervey and Ian Higgins and Michael Loughridge (1995). Thinking German Translation. Routledge, London. |
[Hervey and Higgins, 1992]![]() |
S. Hervey and I. Higgins (1992). Thinking translation. Routledge, London. |
[Herweg, 1991]![]() |
Michael Herweg (1991). Zeitaspekte: Die Bedeutung von Tempus, Aspekt und temporalen Konjunktionen. Deutscher Universitaets Verlag. |
[Herzog and Wazinski, 1994]![]() |
G. Herzog and P. Wazinski (1994). VIsual TRAnslator: linking perceptions and natural language descriptions. In: Artificial Intelligence Review, 8(2-3):175--187. |
[Hickey, 1992]![]() |
Reymond Hickey (1992). Lexa, Corpus proceesing software. Technical Report. Report series: the Norwegian Computing Centre for the Humanities. Vol. 57, 58, 59. |
[Highton and Highton, ]![]() |
N. B. Highton and R. B. Highton (). The Home Book of Vegetarian Cookery. Faber and Faber, London. |
[Hill, 1958]![]() |
T. Hill (1958). Institutional linguistics. In: Orbis, 7. |
[Hillard, 1977]![]() |
E. Hillard (1977). On the differentiation of Subject and Object in relativisation: Evidence from Lushai. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 3. |
[Hinckfuss, 1975]![]() |
I. Hinckfuss (1975). The Existence of Space and Time. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Hinds et al., 1987]![]() |
John Hinds and Senko K. Maynard and Shoichi Iwasaki (eds.) (1987). Perspectives on Topicalization: the case of Japanese `wa'. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Hinds, 1983]![]() |
John Hinds (1983). Case marking in Japanese. In: Linguistics, 20:541--557. |
[Hinds, 1983]![]() |
John Hinds (1983). Topic continuity in Japanese. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Topic continuity in discourse: a quantitative cross-language study. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam. |
[Hinrichs et al., 1987]![]() |
E. W. Hinrichs and D. M. Ayuso and R. Scha (1987). The syntax and semantics of the JANUS semantic interpretation language. pp. 27--31. BBN Laboratories, Report No. 6552. |
[Hintikka, 1963]![]() |
J. Hintikka (1963). Knowledge and Belief. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York. |
[Hirst, 1981]![]() |
Graeme Hirst (1981). Discourse-Oriented Anaphora Resolution in Natural Language Understanding: A Review. In: American Journal for Computational Linguistics, 7(2):85--98. |
[Hirtle, 1975]![]() |
W. H. Hirtle (1975). Time, Aspect and the Verb. Les Presses de l'Universite Laval, Quebec. |
[Hjelmslev, 1943]![]() |
Louis Hjelmslev (1943). Omkring sprogteoriens grundlaeggelse. Akademisk Forlag, K\mbox\openhavn. |
[Hjelmslev, 1953]![]() |
Louis Hjelmslev (1953). Prolegomena to a theory of language. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Bloomington, Indiana. Translated by Francis J. Whitfield. |
[Hjemslev, 1961]![]() |
Louis Hjemslev (1961). Prolegomena to a theory of language. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin. Originally published 1943; translated by F.J.Whitfield. |
[Hoard, 1979]![]() |
J. E. Hoard (1979). On the semantic representation of oblique complements. In: Language, 55:319--332. |
[Hobbs et al., 1993]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs and Mark E. Stickel and Douglas E. Appelt and Paul Martin (1993). Interpretation as abduction. In: Artificial Intelligence, 63:69--142. (ARTINT 1059). |
[Hobbs, 1979]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs (1979). Coherence and Coreference. In: Cognitive Science, 3:67--90. |
[Hobbs, 1978]![]() |
Jerry Hobbs (1978). Coherence and Coreference. Technical Note Nr. 168. SRI International. Menlo Park, California. |
[Hobbs, 1978]![]() |
Jerry Hobbs (1978). Why is a Discourse Coherent? Technical Report Nr. 176. SRI International. |
[Hobbs, 1979]![]() |
J. R. Hobbs (1979). Coherence and Coreference. In: Cognitive Science, 3(1). |
[Hobbs, 1983]![]() |
J. Hobbs (1983). Why is Discourse Coherent? In: Neubauer (ed.), Coherence in Natural Language Texts. Buske. |
[Hobbs, 1985]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs (1985). On the Coherence and Structure of Discourse. Technical Report Nr. CLSI-85-37. Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, CA. |
[Hobbs, 1986]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs (1986). Overview of the TACITUS project. In: Proceedings of DARPA's 1986 Strategic Computing Natural Language Processing Workshop. DARPA. |
[Hobbs, 1990]![]() |
J. R. Hobbs (1990). Literature and cognition. CSLI, Stanford, California. CSLI Lecture Notes. |
[Hobbs and Evans, 1980]![]() |
Jerry Hobbs and David Evans (1980). Conversation as Planned Behavior. In: Cognitive Science, 4(4):349--377. |
[Hobbs and Kameyama, 1990]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs and Megumi Kameyama (1990). Translation by Abduction. Technical Report Nr. Technical Note 484. SRI International, Menlo Park, California. |
[Hobbs and Moore, 1985]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs and R. C. Moore (eds.) (1985). Formal theories of the commonsense world. Ablex Publishing Corporation, New Jersey. |
[Hobbs and Robinson, 1978]![]() |
J. R. Hobbs and J. J. Robinson (1978). Why Ask? Technical Note Nr. 169. SRI International. |
[Hobbs and Shieber, 1987]![]() |
Jerry R. Hobbs and Stuart M. Shieber (1987). An algorithm for generating quantifier scopings. In: Computational Linguistics Journal, 13(1-2):47--63. |
[Hoberg, 1981]![]() |
Ursula Hoberg (1981). Die Wortstellung in der geschriebenen deutschen Gegenwartsprache. Max Hueber Verlag, Munich. |
[Hoc, 2001]![]() |
J. M. Hoc (2001). Towards a Cognitive Approach to Human-Machine Cooperation in Dynamic Situations. In: International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 54:509--540. |
[Hockett, 1958]![]() |
Charles F. Hockett (1958). A course in modern linguistics. Macmillan, New York. |
[Hodge, 1988]![]() |
Robert Hodge (1988). Halliday and the stylistics of creativity. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. pp. 142--157. Pinter, London. |
[Hodge and Kress, 1988]![]() |
Robert Hodge and Gunther Kress (1988). Social Semiotics. Polity Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Hodgson, 1996]![]() |
F. W. Hodgson (1996). Modern newspaper practice: a primer on the press. Focal, Oxford, 4th. edition. |
[Hönig and Ku\ssmaul, 1982]![]() |
Hans G. Hönig and Paul Ku\ssmaul (1982). Strategie der Übersetzung: Ein Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen. |
[Hoey, 2001]![]() |
Michael Hoey (2001). Textual interaction: an introduction to written discourse analysis. Routledge, London. |
[Hoey, 1983]![]() |
Michael P. Hoey (1983). On the Surface of Discourse. George Allen and Unwin, London. |
[Hoffmann, 1975]![]() |
L. Hoffmann (ed.) (1975). Fachsprachen und Sprachstatistik. Beiträge zur angewandten Sprachwissenschaft. Akademieverlag, Berlin. |
[Hoffmann, 1985]![]() |
L. Hoffmann (1985). Kommunikationsmittel Fachsprache: Eine Einführung. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Holmes and Gallagher, 1917]![]() |
H. W. Holmes and O. Gallagher (1917). Composition and Rhetoric. D. Appleton and Co., New York. |
[Hopcroft and Ullman, 1987]![]() |
J. E. Hopcroft and J. D. Ullman (1987). Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation. 2, pp. 13--45. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. |
[Hopper, 1979]![]() |
P. J. Hopper (1979). Aspect and foregrounding in discourse. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 213--241. Academic Press, New York. |
[Hopper and Thompson, 1980]![]() |
Paul J. Hopper and Sandra A. Thompson (1980). Transitivity in grammar and discourse. In: Language, 56:251--299. |
[Horacek and Zock, 1993]![]() |
Helmut Horacek and Michael Zock (eds.) (1993). New concepts in natural language generation. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Horn, 1972]![]() |
L. R. Horn (1972). On the Semantic Properties of the Logical Operators in English. Mimeo, Indiana University Linguistics Club. |
[Hornby, 1954]![]() |
A. Hornby (1954). A Guide to English Patterns and Usage. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Hornstein, 1977]![]() |
Norbert Hornstein (1977). Towards a Theory of Tense. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8:521--58. |
[Horrigan, 1977]![]() |
Mary Katherine Horrigan (1977). Modelling simple dialogs. In: Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Horrigan, 1977]![]() |
M. K. Horrigan (1977). Modelling simple dialogues. Technical Report Nr. 108. University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science. |
[Horrocks, 1987]![]() |
Geoffrey Horrocks (ed.) (1987). Generative Grammar. Longman, London and New York. |
[Houghton, 1988]![]() |
Houghton (1988). Creationist writings. In: Mohsen Ghadessy (ed.), Registers of Written English: situational factors and linguistic features. Frances Pinter, London. |
[House, 1977]![]() |
House (1977). A model of translation quality assessment. Günther Narr, Tübingen. |
[House and Johnson, 1987]![]() |
J. House and M. Johnson (1987). Enlivening the Intonation in Text-to-Speech Synthesis: an `Accent-Unit'. In: Proceedings of 11th. ICPhS. Tallinn. |
[Householder, 1979]![]() |
F. Householder (1979). How Different Are They? In: D. Dinnsen (ed.), Current Approaches to Phonological Theory. Indiana University Press. |
[Houtkoop, 1987]![]() |
Hanneke Houtkoop (1987). Establishing agreement: an analysis of proposal-acceptance sequences. Foris publications, Dordrecht. |
[Hovy, 1987]![]() |
Eduard H. Hovy (1987). Generating Natural Language Under Pragmatic Constraints. In: Pragmatics, 11(6):689--719. |
[Hovy, 1988]![]() |
Eduard H. Hovy (1988). Generating natural language under pragmatic constraints. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Hovy, 1988]![]() |
Eduard H. Hovy (1988). Generating Language with a Phrasal Lexicon. In: D. McDonald and L. Bolc (eds.), Natural Language Generation Systems. pp. 353--384. Springer, New York. |
[Hovy, 1993]![]() |
Eduard H. Hovy (1993). Automated discourse generation using discourse relations. In: Artificial Intelligence, 63(1-2):341--385. |
[Hovy, 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Eduard Hovy (1997). A standard for large ontologies. Technical Report. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Hovy and Scott, 1996]![]() |
Eduard H. Hovy and Donia R. Scott (eds.) (1996). Computational and Conversational Discourse: Burning Issues -- an interdisciplinary account. NATO ASI Series. Springer, Berlin. |
[Hu et al., 1990]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu and Yongsheng Zhu and Delu Zhang (1990). Systemic-Functional Grammar. Hunan Educational Publishers, Hunan, P.R. China. (In Chinese). |
[Hu, 1981]![]() |
Zhuang-lin Hu (1981). Textual Cohesion in Chinese. M.A. Thesis in Applied Linguistics. |
[Hu, 1983]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1983). M.A.K. Halliday. In: Linguistics Abroad, 2:60--63. |
[Hu, 1983]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1983). A merge of systemic grammar, generative grammar and dependency grammar. In: International Generative Grammar Conference. Harbin, China. |
[Hu, 1984]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1984). A Hallidayan approach to language. In: Foreign Language Teaching and Research, 1:23--9. |
[Hu, 1984]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1984). Differences in mode. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 8:595--606. |
[Hu, 1986]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1986). Halliday's Functional Grammar. In: Studies of Modern English, 1:54--57. |
[Hu et al., 1989]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu and Yongsheng Zhu and Zhang Delu (1989). A survey of systemic functional grammar. Hunan Educational Publishing House, Changsha. in Chinese. |
[Hu, 1990]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (ed.) (1990). Language, system and function: proceedings of the 1989 Beijing Systemic-Functional Workshop. Peking University Press, Beijing. |
[Hu, 1995]![]() |
Zhuanglin Hu (1995). Contemporary linguistic theories and applications. Peking University Press, Beijing. |
[Hua, 1986]![]() |
Tsung Tie Hua (1986). Circumstantial Elements in Chinese. M.A. Thesis in Applied Linguistics. |
[Hua, 1986]![]() |
Tsung Tie Hua (1986). Circumstantial elements in Chinese. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Huang, 1984]![]() |
Yan Huang (1984). A preliminary discussion of the cohesive relations of English lexical words. In: Foreign Languages, 2:27--31. |
[Huang, 1985]![]() |
Hui Huang (1985). Exploration of principles of systemic-functional grammar. In: Journal of Foreign Languages, 3. |
[Huang, 1986]![]() |
Yan Huang (1986). Lexical reiteration in Modern Standard Chinese. In: JCLTA, 3:73--91. |
[Huang, 1994]![]() |
X. Huang (1994). Planning Argumentative Texts. In: Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING'94). Kyoto, pp. 329--333. |
[Huang, 1996]![]() |
X. Huang (1996). Human Oriented Proof Presentation: A Reconstructive Approach. DISKI 112. Infix, Sankt Augustin. |
[Huang and Fiedler, 1997]![]() |
X. Huang and A. Fiedler (1997). Proof verbalization as an application of NLG. In: IJCAI. Nagoya, pp. 965--970. |
[Huang and May, 1992]![]() |
C.-T. James Huang and Robert May (1992). Logical structure and linguistic structure. Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
[Huddleston, 1965]![]() |
R. Huddleston (1965). Rank and depth. In: Language, 41:574--86. |
[Huddleston, 1969]![]() |
R. Huddleston (1969). Some Observations on Tense and Deixis in English. In: Language, 45:777--806. |
[Huddleston, 1978]![]() |
Rodney D. Huddleston (1978). On classifying anaphoric relation. In: Lingua, 45. |
[Huddleston, 1981]![]() |
Rodney D. Huddleston (1981). Systemic features and their realization. In: Halliday and Martin (eds.), Readings in Systemic Linguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Huddleston, 1981]![]() |
Rodney D. Huddleston (1981). A fragment of a systemic description of English. In: Halliday and Martin (eds.), Readings in Systemic Linguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Huddleston, 1981]![]() |
Rodney D. Huddleston (1981). Rank and Depth. In: Halliday and Martin (eds.), Readings in Systmic Linguistics. Batsford, London. |
[Huddleston, 1988]![]() |
R. D. Huddleston (1988). Constituency, multi-functionality and grammaticalization in Halliday's Functional Grammar. In: Journal of Linguistics, 24:137--174. |
[Huddleston and Uren, 1969]![]() |
Rodney D. Huddleston and Ormond Uren (1969). Declarative, interrogative, and imperative in French. In: Lingua, 22:1--26. |
[Hudson, 1971]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1971). English Complex Sentences. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Hudson, 1973]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1973). An item-and-paradigm approach to Beja syntax and morphology. In: Foundations of Language, 9:504--48. |
[Hudson, 1973]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1973). Syllables, moras, and accents in Beja. In: Journal of Linguistics, 9(1):53--63. |
[Hudson, 1974]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1974). Systemic generative grammar. In: Linguistics, 139:5--42. |
[Hudson, 1976]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1976). Arguments for a non-transformational grammar. Chicago University Press, Chicago. |
[Hudson, 1980]![]() |
R. A. Hudson (1980). DDG Working Papers. University College, London. Mimeo.. |
[Hudson, 1980]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1980). Daughter-dependency grammar. In: Lieb Hans-Heinrich (ed.), Oberflächensyntax und Semantik. pp. 32--50. Max Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Hudson, 1980]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1980). Constituency and dependency. In: Linguistics, 18:179--198. |
[Hudson, 1980]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1980). A second attack on constituency: a reply to Dahl. In: Linguistics, 18:489--504. |
[Hudson, 1984]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1984). Word Grammar. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Hudson, 1986]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1986). Systemic grammar. Review article. In: Linguistics, 24:791--815. |
[Hudson, 1987]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1987). Zwicky on heads. In: Journal of Linguistics, 23:109--132. |
[Hudson, 1987]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1987). Daughter dependency theory and systemic grammar. In: Halliday and Fawcett (eds.). |
[Hudson, 1988]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1988). Coordination and grammatical relations. In: Journal of Linguistics, 24(2):303--342. |
[Hudson, 1989]![]() |
Richard A. Hudson (1989). Gapping and grammatical relations. In: Journal of Linguistics, 25(1):57--94. |
[Hudson, 1990]![]() |
R. Hudson (1990). English Word Grammar. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Huffman et al., 1995]![]() |
S. B. Huffman and Laird J. Laird and E. J. (1995). Flexibly instructable agents. In: Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, 3:271--324. |
[Huisman, 1989]![]() |
Rosemary Huisman (1989). The three tellings of Beowulf's fight with Grendel's Mother. In: Leeds Studies in English, :217--248. |
[Huisman, 1998]![]() |
Rosemary Huisman (1998). The Written Poem: Semiotic Conventions from Old to Modern English. Cassell, London and New York. (appears in paperback, Continuum Press, 2000). |
[Hunston, 1993]![]() |
Susan Hunston (1993). Evaluation and ideology in scientific discourse. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Register Analysis. Theory and Practice. pp. 57--73. Pinter, London. |
[Hunston and Francis, 2000]![]() |
Susan Hunston and Gill Francis (2000). Pattern Grammar. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Hunston and Francis, 1998]![]() |
Susan Hunston and Gill Francis (1998). Verbs observed: a corpus-driven pedagogic grammar of English. In: Applied Linguistics, 19:45--72. |
[Hunston and Thompson, 2000]![]() |
Susan Hunston and Geoff Thompson (eds.) (2000). Evaluation in Text: authorial stance and the construction of discourse. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England. |
[Husband, 1977]![]() |
Charles Husband (1977). News media, language and race relations. In: H. Giles (ed.), Language, Ethnicity and Intergroup relations. pp. 211--240. Academic Press, London. |
[Hutchby, 2001]![]() |
Ian Hutchby (2001). Conversation and Technology. Polity Press (Blackwell). |
[Hutchby, 1996]![]() |
Ian Hutchby (1996). Confrontation talk: arguments, asymmetries and power on talk radio. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, NJ. |
[Hutchby and Wooffitt, 1998]![]() |
Ian Hutchby and Robin Wooffitt (1998). Conversation Analysis. Polity Press (Blackwell), London. |
[Hutchins, 1971]![]() |
W. J. Hutchins (1971). The Generation of Syntactic Structures from a Syntactic Base. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Hutchins and Somers, 1992]![]() |
W. John Hutchins and Harold L. Somers (1992). An introduction to Machine Translation. Academic Press, London. |
[Hutton, 1999]![]() |
Christopher M. Hutton (1999). Linguistics and the Third Reich: mother-tongue facism, race and the science of language. Routledge, London. |
[Hymes, 1964]![]() |
Dell Hymes (ed.) (1964). Language in culture and society. Harper and Row, New York. |
[Hymes, 1967]![]() |
Dell H. Hymes (1967). Models of interaction of language and social setting. In: Journal of Social Issues, 23. |
[Hymes, 1974]![]() |
Dell H. Hymes (1974). Foundations in sociolinguistics. University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia. |
[van Hoff, 1989]![]() |
Arthur van Hoff (ed.) (1989). HyperNeWS User's Guide. The Turing Institute, Glasgow, UK. |
[Rutledge et al., 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
L. W. Rutledge and A. R. van Ballegooij and A. Eliëns (2000). Virtual context - relating media objects to their real world subjects. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0022. CWI. |
[van Ossenbruggen et al., 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman and Lloyd Rutledge (2001). Hypermedia and the Semantic web: A research agenda. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0105. CWI. |
[Cornelissen, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Frank Cornelissen (2001). Network quality of service for multimedia presentation generation systems. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0106. CWI. |
[van Ossenbruggen and Hardman, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman (2002). Smart Style on the Semantic Web. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0201. CWI. |
[Nack and Hardman, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Frank Nack and Lynda Hardman (2002). Denotative and Connotative Semantics in Hypermedia: Proposal for a Semiotic-Aware Architecture. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0202. CWI. |
[Nack and Hardman, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Frank Nack and Lynda Hardman (2002). Towards a Syntax for Multimedia Semantics. Technical Report Nr. INS-R0204. CWI. |
[Iedema et al., 2003]![]() |
Rick Iedema and P. Degeling and J. Braithwaite and L. White (2003). 'It's an Interesting Conversation I'm Hearing': A Doctor as Manager. In: Organization Studies, . |
[Iedema and Scheeres, 2003]![]() |
Rick Iedema and H. Scheeres (2003). From Doing to Talking Work: Renegotiating Knowing, Doing and Identity. In: Applied Linguistics, . |
[Iedema et al., 1999]![]() |
R. Iedema and P. Degeling and L. White (1999). Professionalism and Organisational Change. In: R. Wodak and C. Ludwig (eds.), ??. pp. 127--155. Passagen Verlag, Vienna. |
[Iedema, 2001]![]() |
Rick Iedema (2001). Resemiotisation. In: Semiotica, 135(1/4):23--40. |
[Iedema, 2003]![]() |
Rick Iedema (2003). The Medical Record As Organising Discourse. In: Journal of Document Design, . |
[Iedema, 2003]![]() |
Rick Iedema (2003). Multimodality, Resemiotization: Extending the Analysis of Discourse as Multi-Semiotic Practice. In: Journal of Visual Communication, . |
[Iedema, 2003]![]() |
Rick Iedema (2003). Discourses of Organization. Benjamins, Amsterdam and New York. |
[Iedema, 2000]![]() |
Rick Iedema (2000). Bureaucratic planning and resemiotisation. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics. Gunter Narr, Tübingen. |
[Iedema, 1993]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1993). Legal English: Discipline specific literacy and genre theory. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 16(2):86--122. |
[Iedema, 1995]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1995). Review of Ian Ward's "Politics of the Media". In: Social Semiotics, 2:309--313. |
[Iedema, 1995]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1995). Administration, Education and Critical Literacy. In: FinePrint, journal of the Victorian Adult Literacy and Basic Education Council Inc., :20--25. |
[Iedema, 1995]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1995). Legal Ideology: The Role of Language in Common Law Appellate Judgments. In: The International Journal for the Semiotics of Law, VIII(22):21--36. |
[Iedema, 1995]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1995). Political Newsreporting: The Media as 'Secondary Orality'. In: Social Semiotics, 1:65--100. |
[Iedema, 1997]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1997). The History of the Accident News Story. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 20(2):95--119. |
[Iedema, 1997]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1997). Interactional Dynamics and Social Change: Planning as Morphogenesis. PhD thesis, Linguistics Department, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. |
[Iedema, 1998]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1998). A Review of Paul Thibault's \em Rereading Saussure: The Dynamics of Signs in Social Life. In: Functions of Language, 5(1). |
[Iedema, 1998]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1998). Hidden Meanings and Institutional Responsibility. In: Discourse and Society, 9(4). |
[Iedema, 1999]![]() |
Rick Iedema (1999). The Formalisation of Organisational Meaning. In: Discourse and Society, 10(1). Special issue on organisational research edited by R. Wodak and R. Iedema. |
[Iedema and Degeling, 2001]![]() |
Rick Iedema and P. Degeling (2001). Quality of care: clinical governance and pathways. In: The Australian Health Care Review, 24(3):12--15. |
[Iedema and Degeling, 2001]![]() |
Rick Iedema and P. Degeling (2001). From Difference to Divergence: The Logogenesis of Interactive Tension. In: Functions of Language, 8(1):33--56. |
[Indah, 1985]![]() |
Wirnani Indah (1985). Verbal, mental and behavioural processes in Indonesian. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Ingria et al., 1991]![]() |
Robert Ingria and Bran Boguraev and James Pustejovsky (1991). Lexicons for Natural Language Processing. In: ??, 17(3). |
[Ingria, 1986]![]() |
Robert Ingria (1986). Structuring the Lexicon. In: Tutorial Notes from the 24th Annual Meeting. Association for Computational Linguistics. Available from ACL.. |
[Ingwersen, 1992]![]() |
Peter Ingwersen (1992). Information Retrieval Interaction. Taylor Graham, London. |
[Inoue, 1979]![]() |
K. Inoue (1979). `Empathy and Syntax' re-examined: A case study from the verbs of giving in Japanese. In: Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society, 15:149--159. |
[Teitelman, 1978]![]() |
W. Teitelman (1978). Interlisp Reference Manual. Xerox Palo Alto Research Center. |
[Winterowd, 1975]![]() |
W. R. Winterowd (1975). Invention. In: Contemporary Rhetoric: A conceptual background with readings. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York. |
[Iordanskaja et al., 1988]![]() |
Lidija N. Iordanskaja and Richard Kittredge and Alain Polguère (1988). Implementing a Meaning-Text Model for Language Generation. In: COLING-88. |
[Iordanskaja, 1989]![]() |
Lidija Iordanskaja (1989). Communicative Structure in the Meaning-Text Theory. Technical Report. Odyssee Recherches Appliquees, Montr/'eal, Canada. |
[Irvine, 1979]![]() |
J. T. Irvine (1979). Formality and informality of speech events. In: American Anthropologist, 81(4):773--790. |
[Isabelle, 1984]![]() |
Pierre Isabelle (1984). Machine translation at the TAUM group. Paper presented at the ISSCO \em Tutorial on Machine Translation. |
[Isenberg, 1984]![]() |
H. Isenberg (1984). Texttypen als Interaktionstypen: Eine Typologie. In: Zeitschrift für Germanistik, 3:261--270. |
[Ishizaki, 1983]![]() |
S. Ishizaki (1983). Generation of Japanese Sentences from Conceptual Representation. In: IJCAI. Karlsruhe. |
[Ishizaki, 1988]![]() |
S. Ishizaki (1988). Generating Japanese Text from Conceptual Representation. In: D. McDonald and L. Bolc (eds.), Natural Language Generation Systems. Springer, New York. |
[Jablonski et al., 1990]![]() |
K. Jablonski and A. Rau and J. Ritzke (1990). Wissensbasierte Textgenerierung: Linguistische Grundlagen und softwaretechnische Realisierung. G. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Jablonski et al., 1988]![]() |
K. Jablonski and A. Rau and J. Ritzke (1988). NUGGET: ein DCG basiertes Textgenerierungs System. Wisber Nr. 27. Nixdorf Computer AG. |
[Jackaway, 1995]![]() |
Gwenyth L. Jackaway (1995). Media at war: radio's challenge to the newspapers, 1924--1939. Praeger, Westport, CN. |
[Jackendoff, 1972]![]() |
R. Jackendoff (1972). Semantic Interpretation in Generative Grammar. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Jackendoff, 1975]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1975). Morphological and semantic regularities in the lexicon. In: Language, 51. |
[Jackendoff, 1976]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1976). Towards an Explanatory Semantic Representation. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 7:89--150. |
[Jackendoff, 1977]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1977). $\overlineX$ Syntax: a study of phrase structure. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Jackendoff, 1977]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1977). $\overlineX$ Syntax: a study of phrase structure. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Jackendoff, 1983]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1983). Semantics and Cognition. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Jackendoff, 1987]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1987). The status of thematic relations in linguistic theory. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 18(3):369--411. |
[Jackendoff, 1990]![]() |
Ray Jackendoff (1990). Semantic Structures. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Jacobs, 2000]![]() |
Geert Jacobs (2000). Preformulating the news: an analysis of the metapragmatics of press releases. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Jacobs, 1985]![]() |
Paul Jacobs (1985). PHRED: A Generator for Natural Language Interfaces. In: Computational Linguistics Journal, 11. |
[Jacobs, 1985]![]() |
P. S. Jacobs (1985). A Knowledge-Based Approach to Language Production. Technical Report Nr. UCB/CSD 86/254. Univ. of California at Berkeley. |
[Jacobs and Rau, 1993]![]() |
Paul S. Jacobs and Lisa F. Rau (1993). Innovations in text interpretation. In: Artificial Intelligence, 63:143--191. |
[Jacobs, 1985]![]() |
Paul S. Jacobs (1985). A Knowledge-Based Approach to Language Production. PhD thesis, UC Berkeley. |
[Jain, 1991]![]() |
J. S. Jain (1991). Parsing complex sentences with structured connectionst networks. In: Neural Computation, 3:110--120. |
[Jakobson, 1960]![]() |
R. Jakobson (1960). Linguistics and Poetics. In: T. A. Sebeok (ed.), Style in Language. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Jalbert, 1983]![]() |
P. L. Jalbert (1983). Some constructs for analysing news. In: Howard Davis and Paul Walton (eds.), Language, Image, Media. pp. 282--299. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[James, 1890]![]() |
William James (1890). Principles of Psychology. Holt, New York. |
[Jameson and Wahlster, 1982]![]() |
A. Jameson and W. Wahlster (1982). User Modelling in Anaphora Generation: Ellipsis and Definite Description. In: Proceedings of ECAI-82. Orsay, France, pp. 222--227. ECAI. |
[Jameson, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Anthony Jameson (2001). Modeling Both the Context and the User. In: Personal Technologies, 5(1):29--33. Available from http://dfki.de/$\sim$jameson/abs/Jameson01PT.html. |
[Janson and Woo, 1995]![]() |
M. A. Janson and C. C. Woo (1995). Comparing IS Development Tools and Methods: Using the Speech Act Theory. In: Information and Management, 28:1--12. |
[Janus, 1971]![]() |
E. Janus (1971). Five Polish Dictionary Entries.... In: Nauɩno-techniɩeskaja informacia, 2(11):21--24. |
[Jefferson, 19721972]![]() |
G. Jefferson (19721972). Side Sequences. In: D. Sudnow (ed.), Studies in Social Interaction. pp. 294--338. The Free Press, New York. |
[Jefferson, 1973]![]() |
G. Jefferson (1973). A case of precision timing in ordinary conversation: overlapped tag-positioned address terms in closing sequences. In: Semiotica, 9:47--96. |
[Jefferson, 1980]![]() |
G. Jefferson (1980). Final Report to the (British) S.S.R.C. on the Analysis of Conversation in which Troubles, and Anxieties, are expressed. (mimeo). |
[Jenkins, 1992]![]() |
Helen R. Jenkins (1992). On being clear about time: an analysis of a chapter of Stephen Hawking's A brief History of Time. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):529--545. |
[Jensen et al., 1993]![]() |
K. Jensen and G. Heidorn and S. Richardson (eds.) (1993). The paragraph as a semantic unit. Kluwer Academic, Boston. |
[Jespersen, 1924]![]() |
O. Jespersen (1924). Philosophy of Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Jespersen, 1931]![]() |
O. Jespersen (1931). Modern English Grammar, Part V. Edward Arnold. |
[Jespersen, 1933]![]() |
O. Jespersen (1933). Essentials of English Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Jesperson, 1931]![]() |
O. Jesperson (1931). A Modern English Grammar on Historical Principles, part IV. George Allen and Unwin, London and Copenhagen. |
[Johannesson, 1995]![]() |
P. Johannesson (1995). Representation and Communication: A Speech Act Based Approach to Information Systems Design. In: Information Systems, 20(4):291--303. |
[Johansson, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Ingvar Johansson (forthcoming). Functions, Function Concepts, and Scales. In: The Monist, . |
[Johansson, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Ingvar Johansson (forthcoming). Performatives and Antiperformatives. In: Linguistics and Philosophy, . |
[Johnson-Laird, 1983]![]() |
P. N. Johnson-Laird (1983). Mental Models: Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference, and Conciousness. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge. |
[Johnson, 1974]![]() |
D. Johnson (1974). Approximate algorithms for combinatorial problems. In: Journal of Computer and Systems Sciences, 9. |
[Johnson, 1974]![]() |
David E. Johnson (1974). On the role of grammatical relations in Linguistic theory. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 10. pp. 269--283. |
[Johnson, 1983]![]() |
Roderick L. Johnson (1983). Parsing -- an MT perspective. In: K. S. Jones and Yorick Wilks (eds.), Automatic Natural Language Parsing. Ellis Horwood Ltd., Chichester, Great Britain. |
[Johnson, 1988]![]() |
David E. Johnson (1988). JETS: A Japanese-English Translation system based on Relational Grammar. Technical Report. IBM Research Report, Tokyo Scientific Center, Tokyo, Japan. |
[Johnson, 1998]![]() |
Ian Johnson (1998). The Multilingual Information Society: New applications from Sharp. In: ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network in Language and Speech, 7(1):6--7. |
[Johnson-Laird, 1980]![]() |
P. N. Johnson-Laird (1980). Mental models in cognitive science. In: Cognitive Science, 4:91--115. |
[Johnson and Olsen, 1989]![]() |
Rod Johnson and Leslie Olsen (1989). Towards a better measure of readability: explanation of empirical performance results. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Johnston, 1988]![]() |
Jason Johnston (1988). Explorations in systemic phonology. B.A. Honours thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. |
[Johnston, 1992]![]() |
Trevor Johnston (1992). The realization of the linguistic metafunctions in a sign language. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):317--355. |
[Jokinen, 1994]![]() |
K. Jokinen (1994). Response planning in information-seeking Dialogues. Doctor of Philosophy, University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology. |
[Jones, 1992]![]() |
Danny Jones (1992). Non-hybrid example-based machine translation architectures. In: Proceedings of TMI-92. Montréal, Canada, pp. 163--171. |
[Jones, 1996]![]() |
Daniel Jones (1996). Analogical natural language processing. Studies in Computational Linguistics. UCL Press, London. |
[Jones, 1996]![]() |
Aled Jones (1996). Powers of the press: newspapers, power and the public in nineteenth-century England. Scolar Press, Aldershot, Hants. |
[Joos, 1964]![]() |
M. Joos (1964). The English Verb. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison and Milwaukee. |
[Jordan, 1984]![]() |
Michael P. Jordan (1984). Prose Structures in Everyday English Texts. George Allen and Unwin, London. |
[Jörding and Wachsmuth, 2001]![]() |
Tanja Jörding and Ipke Wachsmuth (2001). An anthropomorphic agent for the use of spatial language. In: Spatial language: cognitive and computational aspects. 4. Kluwer. |
[Joshi, 1982]![]() |
Aravind K. Joshi (1982). Mutual Beliefs in Question-Answer Systems. In: N. Smith (ed.), Mutual Beliefs. Academic Press, New York. |
[Joshi, 1987]![]() |
Aravind K. Joshi (1987). An introduction to Tree Adjoining Grammar. In: Alexis Manaster-Ramer (ed.), Mathematics of Language. pp. 87--114. John Benjamins Company. |
[Joshi and Weinstein, 1981]![]() |
A. Joshi and S. Weinstein (1981). Control of Inference: the role of some aspects of discourse structure centering. |
[Just and Carpenter, 1987]![]() |
M. A. Just and P. A Carpenter (1987). The psychology of reading and language comprehension. Allyn and Bacon, London. |
[Kachru, 1980]![]() |
Braj B. Kachru (1980). Socially realistic linguistics: the Firthian tradition. In: Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 10. |
[Kalita, 1989]![]() |
J. Kalita (1989). Automatically Generating Natural Language Reports. In: Int. J. Man-Machine Studies, 30:399--423. |
[Kalita and Shende, 1988]![]() |
J. Kalita and S. Shende (1988). Automaticaly Generating Natural Language Reports in an Office Environment. In: 2nd Conf. on Appl. Natural Language Processing. Austin. |
[Kamler, 1993]![]() |
B. Kamler (1993). The construction of gender in early writing. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, Series S(10):129--146. |
[Kamps, 1993]![]() |
Thomas Kamps (1993). Automatic visualization for Hypermedia Publications. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme. |
[Kamps, 1997]![]() |
Thomas Kamps (1997). A constructive theory for diagram design and its algorithmic implementation. PhD thesis, Darmstadt University of Technology, Darmstadt, Germany. |
[Kanda et al., 2001]![]() |
T. Kanda and H. Ishiguro and T. Ishida (2001). Psychological Analysis on Human-Robot Interaction. In: IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation (ICRA 2001). |
[Kaplan and Davidson, 1981]![]() |
S. J. Kaplan and J. Davidson (1981). Interpreting Natural Language Database Updates. In: Proceedings of 19th Meeting of ACL. pp. 139--142. ACL. |
[Kaplan et al., 1993]![]() |
C. Kaplan and J. Fenwick and J. Chen (1993). Adaptive Hypertext Navigation Based on User's Goals and Context. In: User Modeling and User-Adapted Interaction, 3(3):193--220. |
[Kaplan, 1977]![]() |
S. J. Kaplan (1977). Cooperative Responses from a Natural Language Data Base Query System. Technical Report. Moore School of Engineering, University of Pennsylvania. |
[Kaplan, 1979]![]() |
S. J. Kaplan (1979). Cooperative Responses from a Portable Natural Language Database Query System. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. |
[Kaplan, 1982]![]() |
S. J. Kaplan (1982). Cooperative Responses from a Portable Natural Language Query System. In: Artificial Intelligence, 2(19). |
[Karlsson, 1976]![]() |
F. Karlsson (1976). Finskans struktur. Liber Läromedel, Lund. |
[Karttunen, 1969]![]() |
Lauri Karttunen (1969). Pronouns and variables. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 5. |
[Kartunnen, 1974]![]() |
Lauri Kartunnen (1974). Presupposition and Linguistic context. In: Theoretical Linguistics, 1. |
[Kasper and Whitney, 1989]![]() |
Robert Kasper and Richard Whitney (1989). SPL: A Sentence Plan Language for text generation. Technical Report. USC/ISI. |
[Kasper, 1987]![]() |
Robert. Kasper (1987). Feature Structures: A Logical Theory with Application to Language Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Michigan. |
[Kasper, 1987]![]() |
Robert T. Kasper (1987). Feature Structures: A Logical Theory with Application to Language Analysis. PhD thesis, University of Michigan, Computer and Communication Sciences. |
[Kasper, 1989]![]() |
Robert Kasper (1989). SPL: A Sentence Plan Language for text generation. Technical Report. USC/ISI. |
[Kasper, 1989]![]() |
Robert T. Kasper (1989). A flexible interface for linking applications to PENMAN's sentence generator. In: Proceedings of the DARPA Workshop on Speech and Natural Language. |
[Kass and Finn, 1989]![]() |
Robert Kass and Tim Finn (1989). Modeling the user in natural language systems. In: Computational Linguistics Journal, 14:5--22. Special Issue on User Modelling. |
[Katz, 1977]![]() |
J. J. Katz (1977). The real status of semantic representation. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8:559--584. |
[Jerrold and Fodor, 1963]![]() |
J. Katz, Jerrold and Jerry Fodor (1963). The structure of a semantic theory. In: Language, 39(2):170--210. |
[Kay et al., 1994]![]() |
Martin Kay and J. M. Gawron and P. Norvig (1994). Verbmobil: a translation system for face-to-face dialog. CSLI, Stanford, CA. |
[Kay, 1979]![]() |
Martin Kay (1979). Functional Grammar. In: Proceedings of the 5th meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society. pp. 142--158. Published by Berkeley Linguistics Society. |
[Kay and Röscheisen, 1993]![]() |
Martin Kay and Martin Röscheisen (1993). Text-translation alignment. In: Computational Linguistics, 19(1):121--142. |
[Keenan, 1972]![]() |
Edward L. Keenan (1972). On semantically based grammar. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 3:413--462. |
[Keenan, 1974]![]() |
Edward L. Keenan (1974). The functional principle : Generalising the notion 'Subject of'. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 10:298--308. |
[Keenan, 1975]![]() |
Edward L. Keenan (1975). Some universals of passive in Relational Grammar. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 11. |
[Keenan, 1976]![]() |
Edward Keenan (1976). Towards a universal definition of "Subject of". In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Keenan, 1976]![]() |
Edward Keenan (1976). Remarkable subjects in Malagasy. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Keenan and Comrie, 1977]![]() |
Edward Keenan and Bernard Comrie (1977). Noun phrase accessibility and universal grammar. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8(1). |
[Keenan and Klein, 1975]![]() |
E. O. Keenan and E. Klein (1975). Coherency in children's discourse. In: Journal of Psycholinguistic research, 4:365--378. |
[Keenan and Schieffelin, 1976]![]() |
E. O. Keenan and B. B. Schieffelin (1976). Topic as a discourse notion. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Keene, 1989]![]() |
Sonya E. Keene (1989). Object-Oriented Programming in Common Lisp: A programmer's guide to CLOS. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Cambridge, MA. |
[Kehl, 1986]![]() |
Walter Kehl (1986). GEOTEX -- Ein System zur Verbalisierung geometrischen Konstruktionen. Stuttgart, Germany. Diplomarbeit. Stuttgart University, Institut für Informatik. |
[Keller, 1994]![]() |
E. Keller (ed.) (1994). Fundamentals of Speech Synthesis and Speech Recognition. Ellis Harwood, Chichester. |
[Kempen and Hoenkamp, 1979]![]() |
Gerard Kempen and E. Hoenkamp (1979). A Procedural Grammar for Sentence Production. Technical Report. University of Nijmegen, Department of Psychology, The Netherlands. |
[Kempen and Hoenkamp, 19871987]![]() |
Gerard Kempen and E. Hoenkamp (19871987). A incremental procedural grammar for sentence formulation. In: Cognitive science, 11:201--258. |
[Kempson, 1975]![]() |
Ruth M. Kempson (1975). Presupposition and the delimitation of semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Kempson, 1988]![]() |
R. M. Kempson (1988). Logical form: the grammar cognition interface. In: Journal of Linguistics, 24(2):393--432. |
[Kennelly and Reniers, 1999]![]() |
Sarah Kennelly and Fabien Reniers (1999). Cumulativity and Distributivity: Interaction of Polyadic Quantifiers. In: Proceedings of 12th Amsterdam Colloquium. |
[Kent, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
R. Kent (2001). A KIF formalization for the IFF category theory ontology. In: Working Notes of the IJCAI-2001 Workshop on the IEEE Standard Upper Ontology. |
[Kent, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Robert E. Kent (2002). The Information Flow Foundation (IFF) Ontology. IEEE SUO report Nr. Version 2002-01-02. IEEE, Standard Upper Ontology Working Group. |
[Kerner and Thiel, 1991]![]() |
A. Kerner and U. Thiel (1991). Graphical Support for Users' Inferences within Retrieval Dialogues. In: Proceedings of the IEEE Workshop on Visual Languages. pp. 211--216. |
[Kienpointner, 1992]![]() |
Manfred Kienpointner (1992). Alltagslogik. Struktur und Funktion von Argumentationsmustern. ??, Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt. |
[Kilger, 1994]![]() |
A. Kilger (1994). Using UTAGs for Incremental and Parallel Generation. 10(4):591--603. |
[Kilger and Finkler, 1995]![]() |
A. Kilger and W. Finkler (1995). Incremental generation for real-time applications. Technical Report Nr. RR-95-11. DFKI,, Saarbrücken. |
[Kim, 2002]![]() |
Henry Kim (2002). Predicting how ontologies for the semantic web will evolve. In: Communications of the ACM, 45(2):48--54. |
[Kingscott, 1990]![]() |
Geoffrey Kingscott (1990). The translation of names and titles. In: Language International, 2(6):13--21. |
[Kintch, 1974]![]() |
W. Kintch (1974). The Representation of Meaning in Memory. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J.. |
[Kintsch, 1988]![]() |
Walter Kintsch (1988). The Role of Knowledge in Discourse Comprehension: A construction-intergration Model. In: Psychological Review, 95(2):163--182. |
[Kirschmeier-Andersen, 1991]![]() |
Sabine Kirschmeier-Andersen (1991). Implementing monolingual grammars and transfer components in the Eurotra formalism. In: Machine Translation, 6(3):149--170. |
[Kirschmeier-Anderson, 1991]![]() |
Sabine Kirschmeier-Anderson (1991). Implementing monolingual grammars and transfer components in the Eurotra formalism. In: Machine Translation, 6(3):149--170. |
[Kirsner, 19761976]![]() |
R. S. Kirsner (19761976). On the subjectless 'pseudo-passive' in standard Dutch. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Kirsner and Thompson, 1976]![]() |
R. Kirsner and S. Thompson (1976). The role of inference in semantics: a study of sensory verb complements in English. In: Glossa, 10:200--240. |
[Kiss, 1994]![]() |
Tibor Kiss (1994). Unicorns in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 191--200. |
[Kitis, 1997]![]() |
Eliza Kitis (1997). Ads--\em part of our lives: linguistic awareness of powerful advertising. In: Word and Image, 13(3):304--313. |
[Kittredge et al., 1986]![]() |
R. Kittredge and A. Polguère and E. Goldberg (1986). Natural Language Report Synthesis: an Application to Marine Weather Forecasts. In: 6th Canadian Conference on AI. |
[Kittredge et al., 1991]![]() |
Richard Kittredge and Tanya Korelsky and Owen Rambow (1991). On the need for domain communication knowledge. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4):305--314. |
[Kittredge, 1992]![]() |
Richard Kittredge (1992). Guest Editor's Note: On the Relevance of Text Generation Research in Machine Translation. In: Machine Translation, 7(4):1--4. |
[Kittredge, 1995]![]() |
Richard Kittredge (ed.) (1995). Proceedings of the IJCAI~95 workshop on Multilingual Text Generation. AAAI, Montréal, Québec. |
[Kittredge and Lehrberger, 1982]![]() |
Richard Kittredge and J. Lehrberger (eds.) (1982). Sublanguage: Studies of language in restricted semantic domains. de Gruyter, Berlin and New York. |
[Kittredge and Mel'ɩuk, 1983]![]() |
Richard Kittredge and Igor A. Mel'ɩuk (1983). Towards a computable model of meaning-text relations within a natural sublanguage. In: Proceedings of the IJCAI 1983. |
[Klabbers et al., 1998]![]() |
E. Klabbers and E. Krahmer and M. Theune (1998). A generic algorithm for generating spoken monologues. In: Proceedings of ICSLP 1998. Sydney, Australia. |
[Klatt, 1987]![]() |
D. H. Klatt (1987). Review of text-to-speech conversion for English. In: Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 82(3):737--793. |
[Klein, 1965]![]() |
S. Klein (1965). Automatic paraphrasing in essay format. In: Mechanical Translation, 8(3). |
[Klein, 1980]![]() |
Wolfgang Klein (1980). Der Stand der Forschung zur deutschen Satzintonation. In: Linguistische Berichte, 68:3--33. |
[Klein, 1980]![]() |
Wolfgang Klein (1980). Verbal planning in route directions. In: H. W. Dechert and M. Raupach (eds.), Temporal Variables in Speech. pp. 159--168. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Klein and Simmons, 1963]![]() |
Sheldon Klein and R. F. Simmons (1963). Syntactic Dependence and the Computer Generation of Coherent Discourse. In: Mechanical Translation, 7(2). |
[Klenner, 1991]![]() |
M. Klenner (1991). TELOS: Ein System zur Generierung temporaler Konjunktionalsätze. Research Report Nr. 75. Psychological Institute, University of Freiburg, Freiburg, Germany. |
[Klimonow et al., 1989]![]() |
G. Klimonow and I. Starke and V. M. Grigorjan and R. L. Urutjan (1989). Zur Syntax und Semantik prädikativer Strukturen. Akademie-Verlag Berlin, Berlin. |
[Klimonow, 1989]![]() |
G. Klimonow (1989). Valenz als eine theoretische Grundlage der automatischen Sprachverarbeitung. Volume XXX of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Knaus, 1975]![]() |
R. Knaus (1975). Incremental sentence processing. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Fiche 33. |
[Knott, to appear]![]() |
Alistair Knott (to appear). A Data-Driven Methodology for Motivating a Set of Coherence Relations. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh. |
[Knott and Dale, 1994]![]() |
Alistair Knott and Robert Dale (1994). Using linguistic phenomena to motivate a set of coherence relations. In: Discourse Processes, 18(1):35--62. |
[Knott and Mellish, 1996]![]() |
A. Knott and C. Mellish (1996). A feature-based account of the relations signalled by sentence and clause connectives. In: Language and Speech, 39(2-3):143--183. |
[Knuth, 1999]![]() |
Donald E. Knuth (1999). Digital Typography. CSLI Lecture Notes. Center for the Study of Language and Information. |
[Knuth and Plass, 1981]![]() |
Donald E. Knuth and Michael F. Plass (1981). Breaking paragraphs into lines. In: Software--Practice and Experience, 11:1119--1184. |
[Knuth and Plass, 1982]![]() |
Donald E. Knuth and Michael F. Plass (1982). Choosing better line breaks. In: Nievergelt (ed.), Document Preparation Systems. pp. 221--242. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Kobayashi, 1995]![]() |
Ichiro Kobayashi (1995). A social system simulation based on human information processing. PhD thesis, Tokyo Institute of Technology. |
[Kobsa and Wahlster, 1989]![]() |
Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster (eds.) (1989). User Models in Dialog Systems. Symbolic Computation Series. Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo. |
[Koevecses, 2000]![]() |
Zoltan Koevecses (2000). Metaphor and Emotion. Cambridge University Press. |
[Koevecses, 1990]![]() |
Zoltan Koevecses (1990). Emotion Concepts. Cambridge University Press. |
[Kohl et al., 1989]![]() |
D. Kohl and A. Plainfossé and M. Reape and C. Gardent (1989). Text Generation from Semantic Representation. ESPRIT Project Accord Nr. 393. |
[Kohl et al., 1990]![]() |
D. Kohl and A. Plainfossé and Claire Gardent (1990). The General Architecture of Generation in ACCORD. In: COLING. Helsinki. Architecture. |
[Kohler, 1977]![]() |
K. J. Kohler (1977). Einführung in die Phonetik des Deutschen. Berlin. |
[Kohler, 1987]![]() |
K. J. Kohler (1987). Funktionen von F0-Gipfeln im Deutschen. In: H. Tillmann and G. Wille (eds.), Analyse und Synthese gesprochener Sprache. pp. 133--140. Hildesheim, Germany. |
[Kolodner, 1980]![]() |
Janet L. Kolodner (1980). Retrieval and Organizational Strategies in Conceptual Memory: A Computer Model. Technical Report Nr. 187. Yale University, Department of Computer Science. |
[Konig, ]![]() |
Ekkhard Konig (). The Semantics of Focus Particles. To Appear. |
[Konolige and Nilsson, 1980]![]() |
K. Konolige and N. J. Nilsson (1980). Multiple-agent planning systems. In: Proceedings of the First Annual National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. ???. |
[Korhonen, 1977]![]() |
J. Korhonen (1977). Studien zu Dependenz, Valenz und Satzmodell. Volume 1. Verlag Peter Lang, Frankfurt. |
[Kornai and Pullum, 1990]![]() |
A. Kornai and G. K. Pullum (1990). The X-bar theory of phrase structure. In: Language, 66(1):24--50. |
[Kosseim and Lapalme, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Leila Kosseim and Guy Lapalme (2000). Choosing rhetorical structures to plan instructional texts. In: Computational Intelligence, 16(3):408--445. |
[Kraus, 2002]![]() |
Dirk Kraus (2002). Text Generation in Clinical Medicine - a Review. In: Methods of information in Medicine, . |
[Krause and Hitzenberger, 1992]![]() |
J. Krause and L. Hitzenberger (1992). Computertalk. Olms, Hildesheim. |
[Krauwer and des Tombe, 1984]![]() |
S. Krauwer and L. des Tombe (1984). Transfer in a multilingual MT system. In: Proceedings of COLING-84. Stanford, California, pp. 464--467. |
[Kress, 1988]![]() |
Gunther R. Kress (1988). Textual matters: the social effectiveness of style. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. pp. 126--141. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Kress et al., 2000]![]() |
G. R. Kress and C. Jewitt and J. Ogborn and C. Tsatsarelis (eds.) (2000). Multimodal teaching and learning. Continuum, London. |
[Kress and Leeuwen, 2001]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Theo Van Leeuwen (2001). Multimodal discourse: the modes and media of contemporary communication. Arnold, London. |
[Halliday, 1976]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1976). Halliday: system and function in language. Oxford University Press, London. Edited by Gunther R. Kress. |
[Kress, 1976]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1976). Structuralism and popular culture. In: C. Bigsby (ed.), Approaches to Popular Culture. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Kress, 1976]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1976). You name it, sort of thing..: some syntactic correlates of code. In: University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics, 2:36--42. |
[Kress, 1977]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1977). Tense as modality. In: University of East Anglia papers in Linguistics, 5:40--52. |
[Kress, 1979]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1979). Conjoined sentences in the writing of 7 to 9 year old children. In: University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics, 10:1--18. |
[Kress, 1980]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1980). The development of the concept of sentence in children's writing. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 3(2):63--76. |
[Kress, 1982]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1982). Learning to Write. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Kress, 1983]![]() |
G. Kress (1983). Linguistic and ideological transformations in news reporting. In: Howard Davis and Paul Walton (eds.), Language, Image, Media. pp. 120--138. Basil Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Kress, 1983]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1983). Media Analysis and the study of discourse. In: Media Information Australia, 28:3--12. |
[Kress, 1983]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1983). The politics of newspaper language. In: International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 32:43--58. |
[Kress, 1984]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1984). Things children read and things children write. In: the Fifth Macarthur Reading/Language Symposium.. Sydney. Published by Macarthur Institute of Higher Education. |
[Kress, 1985]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1985). Ideological structures in discourse. In: T. van Dijk (ed.), Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Academic Press, London. |
[Kress, 1985]![]() |
Gunther R. Kress (1985). Linguistic processes in sociocultural experience. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic. |
[Kress, 1985]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1985). Sociolinguistic development and the mature language user. In: G. Wells and J. Nicholls (eds.), Language and Learning: an international perspective. Falmer, London. |
[Kress, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1986). The politics of children's writing. In: Frances Christie (ed.). |
[Kress, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1986). Interrelations of reading and writing. In: A. Wilkinson (ed.), The Writing of Writing. Open University Press, Stony Stratford. |
[Kress, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1986). Language in the media: the construction of the domains of public and private. In: Media Culture and Society, 8(4):395--419. |
[Kress, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1986). Discourses, texts, readers and the pro-nuclear arguments. In: Paul Chilton (ed.), Language and the nuclear arms debate: nukespeak today. Pinter, London. |
[Kress, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1986). Reading, writing, power. In: C. Painter and J. R. Martin (eds.). |
[Kress, 1987]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1987). Genre in a social theory of language. In: I. Reid (ed.). |
[Kress, 1987]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1987). Educating readers: language in advertising. In: J. Hawthorn (ed.), Propaganda, Persuasion and Polemic. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Kress, 1987]![]() |
Gunther Kress (ed.) (1987). Communication and culture. University of New South Wales Press, Sydney. |
[Kress, 1988]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1988). Textual matters: the social effectiveness of style. In: D. Birch and M. O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. Pinter, London. |
[Kress, 1989]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1989). Texture as meaning. In: R. Andrews (ed.), Narrative and Argument. Open University Press, Milton Keynes. |
[Kress, 1989]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1989). History and language: towards a social account of linguistics change. In: Journal of Pragmatics, . |
[Kress, 1994]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1994). Learning to write. Routledge, New York. (2nd edition). |
[Kress, 1997]![]() |
Gunther Kress (1997). Before writing: rethinking paths into literacy. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Kress and Aers, 1982]![]() |
Gunther Kress and D. Aers (1982). The politics of style in Measure for Measure. In: Style, 16(1):22--37. |
[Kress and Hodge, 1979]![]() |
Gunther R. Kress and Robert Hodge (1979). Language as ideology. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Kress and Hodge, 1982]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge (1982). The semiotics of love and power: King Lear and the new stylistics. In: Southern review, 15(2):143--156. |
[Kress and Hodge, 1983]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge (1983). Functional semiotics: key concepts fo the analysis of media, culture and society. In: Australian Journal of Cultural Studies, 1(1):1--17. |
[Kress and Hodge, 1986]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Robert Hodge (1986). Re-reading as exorcism: semiotics and the ghost of Saussure. In: Southern review, 16(2):38--52. |
[Kress and Jones, 1981]![]() |
Gunther Kress and G. Jones (1981). Classifications at work: the case of middle management. In: Text, 1(1):65--83. |
[Kress and Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Terry Threadgold (1988). Toward a social theory of genre. In: Southern Review, 21(3):215--243. |
[Kress and Trew, 1978]![]() |
Gunther Kress and Tony Trew (1978). Transformations and discourse: a study of conceptual change. In: Journal of Literary Semantics, 7(1):29--48. |
[Kress and van Leeuwen, 1990]![]() |
Guenther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen (1990). Reading Images. Sociocultural aspects of language and education. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Victoria, Australia. |
[Kress and van Leeuwen, 1996]![]() |
Guenther Kress and Theo van Leeuwen (1996). Reading Images: the grammar of visual design. Routledge, London and New York. |
[Kreyss, 1994]![]() |
Jutta Kreyss (1994). Planung von aufmerksamkeitssteuernden Diskursen: Erwartungsverletzung als Strategie fuer die Inhaltsplanung. Ph.D, Hamburg. |
[Kreyss and Novak, 1990]![]() |
Kreyss and H. Novak (1990). The Textplanning Component PIT of the LILOG System. In: 13 COLING. Helsinki. |
[Krieger and Schäfer, 1993]![]() |
Hans-Ulrich Krieger and Ulrich Schäfer (1993). TDL - A type description language for unification-based grammars. Technical Report. DFKI, Saarbrücken. |
[Krifka, 1989]![]() |
Manfred Krifka (1989). Nominalreferenz und Zeitkonstitution: zur Semantik von Massentermen, Pluraltermen und Aspektklassen. Wilhelm Fink Verlag, Muenchen. |
[Kripke, 1977]![]() |
S. Kripke (1977). Speaker's Reference and Semantic Reference. In: T. E. Uehling P. A. French and H. K. Wettstein (eds.), Midwest Studies in Philosophy. pp. 255--276. ???, Minneapolis. |
[Kripke, 1977]![]() |
S. Kripke (1977). Speaker reference and semantic reference. In: P. A. French (ed.), Contemporary Perspectives in the Philosophy of Language. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis. |
[Kronfeld, 1986]![]() |
A. Kronfeld (1986). Donnellan's distinction and a computational model of reference. In: Proceedings of the 24th annual Meeting of the ACL. New York, NY, pp. 186--191. |
[Kuɩera, 1983]![]() |
Henry Kuɩera (1983). A semantic Model of Verbal Aspect. In: S. Flier (ed.), American Contributions to the ninth international congress of slavists. Volume I. Kiev. Published by Slavica. |
[Küstner, 1990]![]() |
A. Küstner (1990). VIRTEX - ein System zur deutsch - russischen maschinellen Übersetzung. Presentation at TU und FU, Berlin. |
[Kuhlen, 1991]![]() |
Rainer Kuhlen (1991). Hypertext -- Ein nicht-lineares Medium zwischen Buch und Wissensbank. Springer, Berlin. |
[Kuhn, 2001]![]() |
Werner Kuhn (2001). Ontologies in support of activities in geographical space. In: International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):679--687. |
[Kukich, 1988]![]() |
Karen Kukich (1988). Fluency in Natural Language Reports. In: D. McDonald and L. Bolc (eds.), Natural Language Generation Systems. pp. 280--311. Springer. |
[Kukich, 1986]![]() |
Karen Kukich (1986). Fluency in Natural Language Reports. In: D. McDonald and L. Bolc (eds.), Readings in Text Generation. Carl Hanser Verlag, München. |
[Kukich, 1983]![]() |
Karen Kukich (1983). Design of a Knowledge-Based Report Generator. In: Proceedings of the 21st Annual Conference. Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Kukich, 1983]![]() |
Karen Kukich (1983). Knowledge-Based Report Generation: A Knowledge-Engineering Approach to Natural Language Report Generation. PhD thesis, University of Pittsburgh. |
[Kumar and Smith, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Anand Kumar and Barry Smith (2003). Ontology for Task-Based Clinical Guidelines. In: AMIE 2003 -- 9th Conference on Artificial Intelligence in Medicine Europe. |
[Kuno, 1972]![]() |
Susumo Kuno (1972). Functional sentence perspective. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 3:269--320. |
[Kuno, 1972]![]() |
Susumo Kuno (1972). Pronominalisation and reflexivisation. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 3:161--195. |
[Kuno, 1973]![]() |
Susumo Kuno (1973). The structure of the Japanese language. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Kuno, 1976]![]() |
Susumo Kuno (1976). Subject, Theme and the Speaker's Empathy. In: Charles N. Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Kuno and Kaburaki, 1977]![]() |
Susumo Kuno and E. Kaburaki (1977). Empathy and Syntax. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8:627--672. |
[Kunze, 1975]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1975). Abhängigkeitsgrammatik. Volume XII of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Kunze, 1988]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1988). Semantische Emphase und Aktanten bei deutschen Besitzwechselverben. In: Sprache und Datenverarbeitung, (2):19--46. |
[Kunze, 1989]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1989). Semantic Emphasis and Case Frames, KIT-Report 74. Technical Report. TU Berlin, Berlin. |
[Kunze, 1991]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1991). Kasusrelationen und semantische Emphase. Volume XXXII of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Kunze, 1992]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1992). Verbfeldstrukturen und Übersetzung. In: Zeitschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik, 84:67--103. |
[Kunze, 1993]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze (1993). Sememstrukturen und Feldstrukturen. Volume XXXVI of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Kunze and Firzlaff, 1993]![]() |
Jürgen Kunze and Beate Firzlaff (1993). Sememstrukturen und Feldstrukturen. Volume XXXVI of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Kwasny and Sondheimer, 1981]![]() |
S. Kwasny and N. Sondheimer (1981). Relaxation Techniques for Parsing Ill-Formed Input. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 7(2):99--108. |
[Kwee, 1980]![]() |
T. L. Kwee (1980). In Search of an Appropriate Relative Clause. In: M. Moortgat T. Hoekstra, H. van der Hulst (ed.), Perspectives on Functional Grammar. Foris. |
[Kwee, 1987]![]() |
Tjoe-Liong Kwee (1987). A computer model of Functional Grammar. In: Gerard Kempen (ed.), Natural Language Generation. pp. 315--331. Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, Boston/Dordrecht. |
[Labov, 2001]![]() |
William Labov (2001). Principles of linguistic change, Volume 2: social factors. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Labov, 1969]![]() |
William Labov (1969). Contraction, deletion, and inherent variability of the English copula. In: Language, 45(4):715--762. |
[Labov, 1972]![]() |
William Labov (1972). Language in the inner city: studies in the Black English vernacular. University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA. |
[Labov, 1972]![]() |
W. Labov (1972). Rules for ritual insults. In: D. Sudnow (ed.), Studies in Social Interaction. pp. 120--169. The Free Press, New York. |
[Labov, 1984]![]() |
William Labov (1984). Intensity. In: Deborah Schiffrin (ed.), Meaning, form and use in context: linguistic applications (GURT'84). pp. 43--70. Georgetown University Press. |
[Labov, 1994]![]() |
William Labov (1994). Principles of linguistic change, Volume 1: internal factors. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Labov and Fanshel, 1977]![]() |
William Labov and D. Fanshel (1977). Therapeutic Discourse. Academic Press, New York. |
[Laird and Newell, 1983]![]() |
John E. Laird and Allen Newell (1983). A Universal Weak Method. Technical Report Nr. CMU-CS-83-141. Carnegie-Mellon University Department of Computer Science, Pittsburgh, PA. |
[Lakoff, 1968]![]() |
George Lakoff (1968). Instrumental adverbs and the concept of deep structure. In: Foundations of Language, 4:4--29. |
[Lakoff, 1972]![]() |
Robin Lakoff (1972). Language in context. Volume 48. |
[Lakoff, 1974]![]() |
Robin Lakoff (1974). Remarks on THIS and THAT. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 10:345--356. |
[Lakoff, 1977]![]() |
Robin Lakoff (1977). Politeness, pragmatics and performatives. In: Proceedings of the Texas Conference on Performatives, Presuppositions, and Implicatures. Austin, Texas, pp. 79--106. |
[Lakoff, 1977]![]() |
George Lakoff (1977). Linguistic Gestalts. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 13:236--287. |
[Lakoff, 1987]![]() |
George Lakoff (1987). Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things. Chicago University Press, Chicago, Mi. |
[Lakoff and Johnson, 1980]![]() |
George Lakoff and Mark Johnson (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago University Press, Chicago, Mi. |
[Lakoff and Thompson, 1975]![]() |
George Lakoff and Henry Thompson (1975). Introducing Cognitive Grammar. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 1. |
[Lamb, 1966]![]() |
Sidney M. Lamb (1966). Outline of Stratificational Grammar. Georgetown University Press, Washington. |
[Lambrecht, 1994]![]() |
Knud Lambrecht (1994). Information Structure and Sentence Form. Topic, Focus, and the Mental Representation of Discourse Referents. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Lancelot, 1653]![]() |
Claude Lancelot (1653). Nouvelle méthode pour facilement et un peu de temps comprendre la langue latine. Pierre le Petit, Paris, 3rd edition. |
[Landau and Jackendoff, 1993]![]() |
Barbara Landau and Ray Jackendoff (1993). 'What' and 'where' in spatial language and cognition. In: Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 16:217--238. |
[Landow, 1989]![]() |
George P. Landow (1989). The rhetoric of hypermedia: some rules for authors. In: Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 1:39--64. |
[Landow, 1991]![]() |
George P. Landow (1991). Hypertext, hypermedia and literary studies: the state of the art. In: ?? (ed.), Hypermedia and literary studies. pp. 3--50. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Landow, 1992]![]() |
George P. Landow (1992). Hypertext: the convergence of contemporary critical theory and technology. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London. |
[Landow, 1994]![]() |
George P. Landow (ed.) (1994). Hyper / Text / Theory. John Hopkins University Press, Baltimore and London. |
[Langacker, 1978]![]() |
R. Langacker (1978). Form and meaning of the English auxiliary. In: Language, 54. |
[Langacker, 1982]![]() |
R. Langacker (1982). Remarks on English Aspect. In: P. J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: between Semantics and Pragmatics. John Benjamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia. |
[Langacker, 1987]![]() |
Ronald W. Langacker (1987). Foundations in Cognitive Grammar. Volume 1, Theoretical Prerequisites. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California. |
[Langacker, 1987]![]() |
Ronald W. Langacker (1987). Foundations in Cognitive Grammar. Volume 2, Descriptive application. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California. |
[Lange, 1981]![]() |
B Lange (1981). Making sense with schemata. In: Journal of Reading, 24(5):442--445. |
[Langel et al., 1988]![]() |
Jean-Marie Langel and Miyo Otani and Nathalie Simonin and Laurence Danlos (1988). SAGE: a sentence parsing and generation system. In: Proceedings of COLING-88, :359--364. |
[Langkilde, 2000]![]() |
I. Langkilde (2000). Forest-Based Statistical Sentence Generation. In: Proceedings of NAACL'00. Seattle, WA. |
[Langkilde and Knight, 1998]![]() |
I. Langkilde and K. Knight (1998). Generation that Exploits Corpus-based Statistical Knowledge. In: Proceedings of the ACL/COLING-98. Montreal, Quebec. |
[Larsson et al., 1999]![]() |
S. Larsson and P. Bohlin and J. Bos and D. Traum (1999). TRINDIKIT 1.0 Manual. TRINDI Project. Deliverable D2.2. |
[Lascarides and Asher, 1993]![]() |
Alex Lascarides and Nicholas Asher (1993). In: Linguistics and Philosophy, 16(5):437--495. |
[Laspina, 1998]![]() |
James A. Laspina (1998). The visual turn and the transformation of the textbook. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahway, NJ. |
[Lavid et al., 1994]![]() |
Julia Lavid and Francisco José Ballesteros and Isabel Alonso (1994). Conjunctive Relations Analysis of the Fund-raising texts corpus. |
[Lavoie et al., 1996]![]() |
Benoit Lavoie and Owen Rambow and Ehud Reiter (1996). The ModelExplainer. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 9--12. Demonstration. |
[Lavoie and Rambow, 1998]![]() |
B. Lavoie and O. Rambow (1998). A Framework for Customizable Generation of Hypertext Presentations. In: Coling-ACL '98. Montréal, pp. 718--722. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). Representing Complex Events Simply. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). Memory-Based Parsing. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Memory-Based Parsing. In: Artificial Intelligence, 21(4):363--404. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Intelligent Information Systems. In: Proceedings of the Sixth International ACM SIGIR Conference. Washington, DC. ACM SIGIR. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Generalization from Natural Language Text. In: Cognitive Science, 7(1):1--40. |
[Lebowitz, 1984]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1984). Conceptual Processing When Things Go Wrong. In: Cognition and Brain Theory, . in press. |
[Lebowitz, 1984]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1984). Using Memory in Text Understanding. In: Proceedings of ECAI-84. Pisa, Italy. |
[Lebowitz, 1986]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1986). An experiment in intelligent information systems: RESEARCHER. In: R. Davies (ed.), Intelligent Library and Information Systems. Ellis Horwood, London. |
[Lebowitz, 1980]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1980). Generalization and Memory in an Integrated Understanding System. Technical Report Nr. 186. Yale University Department of Computer Science. PhD Thesis.. |
[Leckie-Tarry, 1995]![]() |
Helen Leckie-Tarry (1995). Language and context: a functional linguistic theory of register. Pinter, London. Edited by David Birch. |
[Lee, 1974]![]() |
Patricia Ann Lee (1974). Impositive Speech Acts. PhD thesis, Ohio State University. |
[Leech, 1969]![]() |
Geoffrey N. Leech (1969). Towards a Semantic Description of English. Longmans', London. |
[Leech, 1971]![]() |
G. Leech (1971). Meaning and the English Verb. Longman, London. |
[Leech, 1974]![]() |
G. Leech (1974). Semantics. Penguin Books. |
[Leech, 1983]![]() |
Geoffrey Leech (1983). Principles of Pragmatics. Longman, London. |
[Leech and Svartvik, 1975]![]() |
G. Leech and J. Svartvik (1975). A Communicative Grammar of English. Longman. |
[van Leeuwen, 1983]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1983). Levels of formality in the television interview. In: Australian Journal of Screen Theory, 13/14:59--69. |
[van Leeuwen, 1984]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1984). Impartial speech: observations on the intonation of newsreaders. In: Australian Journal of Cultural Studies, 2(1):84--98. |
[van Leeuwen, 1985]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1985). Persuasive speech: the intonation of the live radio commercial. In: Australian Journal of Communication, 7:25--35. |
[van Leeuwen, 1986]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1986). Proxemics of the television interview. In: Australian Journal of Screen Theory, 17/18:125--141. |
[van Leeuwen, 1987]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1987). Generic strategies in press journalism. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 10(2):199--220. |
[Lehnert, 1978]![]() |
Wendy G Lehnert (1978). The Process of Question Answering. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, N. J.. |
[Lehnert, 1977]![]() |
W. Lehnert (1977). Human and computational question answering.. In: Cognitive Science, 1(1):47--63. |
[Lehtinen and Lyytinen, 1986]![]() |
E. Lehtinen and K. Lyytinen (1986). Action Based Model of Information Systems. In: Information Systems, 11(4):299--317. |
[Lemire, 1995]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Gilles Lemire (1995). Langue fran\ccaise: vision systémique. Les éditions L.E, Québec. |
[Lemke, 1983]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1983). Thematic analysis: systems, structures, and strategies. In: Semiotic Inquiry, 3(2):159--187. |
[Lemke, 1984]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1984). Semiotics and education. Toronto Semiotic Circle, Toronto. |
[Lemke, 1985]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1985). Using language in the classroom. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Vic.. |
[Lemke, 1987]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1987). The topology of genre: text structures and text types.. Technical Report. MS.. |
[Lemke, 1988]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1988). Genres, semantics and classroom education. In: Linguistics and Education, 1(1):81--100. |
[Lemke, 1988]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1988). Text structure and text semantics. In: Erich Steiner and Robert Veltman (eds.), Pragmatics, discourse and text: explorations in systemic semantics. Pinter, London. |
[Lemke, 1989]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1989). Semantics and social values. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Lemke, 1990]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1990). Talking science: language, learning and values. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Lemke, 1991]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1991). Text production and dynamic text semantics. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Functional and systemic linguistics: approaches and uses. pp. 23--38. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Lemke, 1993]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1993). Discourse, dynamics, and social change. In: Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):243--276. |
[Lemke, 1995]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1995). Textual Politics: discourse and social dynamics. Taylor and Francis, London and Bristol, PA. |
[Lemke, 1998]![]() |
Jay L. Lemke (1998). Resources for attitudinal meaning: evaluative orientations in text semantics. In: Functions of Language, 5(1):33--56. |
[Lenat, 1995]![]() |
D. Lenat (1995). Cyc: a large-scale investment in knowledge infrastructure. In: Communications of the ACM, 38(11). |
[Lenat and Guha, 1989]![]() |
Doug Lenat and R. V. Guha (1989). Building large knowledge-based systems: representation and inference in the CYC project. Addison-Wesley Publishers, New York. |
[Leontjeva and Nikogosov, 1980]![]() |
N. N. Leontjeva and S. L. Nikogosov (1980). Sistema FRAP: Problema ocenki kaɩestva avtomatiɩeskogo perevoda. In: Mashinnij perevod i prikladnaja lingvistika, 20. |
[Leube, 2000]![]() |
Karen Leube (2000). Information structure and word order in the advanced learner variety. BoD, Norderstedt. |
[Levelt, 1981]![]() |
Willem J. M. Levelt (1981). The Speaker's Linearisation Problem. In: Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, London, B295:305--315. |
[Levelt, 1982]![]() |
Willem J. M. Levelt (1982). Linearization in Describing Spatial Networks. In: Stanley Peters and E. Saarinen (eds.), Processes, Beliefs and Questions. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland. |
[Levelt, 1989]![]() |
Willem J. M. Levelt (1989). Speaking. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Levelt, 1992]![]() |
W. Levelt (1992). Accessing Words in Speech Production: Stages, Processes and Representations. In: Cognition, 42:1--22. |
[Levelt, 1993]![]() |
W. Levelt (1993). Lexical selection, or how to bridge the major rift in language processing. In: Beckmann and G. Heyer (eds.), Theorie und Praxis des Lexicons. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Levin, 1989]![]() |
Beth Levin (1989). English Verb Diathesis. In: Lexicon Project Working Papers, 32. |
[Levin, 1993]![]() |
Beth Levin (1993). English Verb Classes and Alternations: a preliminary investigation. University of Chicago Press, Chicago and London. |
[Levin and Goldman, 1978]![]() |
J. A. Levin and N. M. Goldman (1978). Process Models of Reference in Context. Technical Report Nr. RR-78-72. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Levin and Moore, 1977]![]() |
J. A. Levin and James A. Moore (1977). Dialogue-games: Meta-communication structures for natural language interaction. In: Cognitive Science, 1(4). |
[Levinson, 2003]![]() |
Stephen C. Levinson (2003). Space in language and cognition: explorations in cognitive diversity. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Levinson, 1980]![]() |
S. C. Levinson (1980). Speech act theory: the state of the art. In: Language Teaching and Linguistics:Abstracts, 13. |
[Levinson, 1983]![]() |
S. C. Levinson (1983). Pragmatics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Levy, 1979]![]() |
David M. Levy (1979). Communicative goals and strategies: Between discourse and semantics. In: Talmy Givòn (ed.), Syntax and Semantics, Volume 12. pp. 183--210. Academic Press, New York. |
[Levy, 1979]![]() |
D. M. Levy (1979). The Architecture of the Text. PhD thesis, Stanford University, Department of Computer Science. |
[Lewis, 1972]![]() |
David Lewis (1972). General semantics. Semantics of Natural Language. In: D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.). Reidel, Dordrecht. |
[Li, 1975]![]() |
Charles N. Li (ed.) (1975). Word Order and word order change. University of Texas, Austin, Texas. |
[Li, 1976]![]() |
Charles Li (ed.) (1976). Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Hang, 1988]![]() |
Li Hang (1988). Chugoku-go bun seisei no tame no systemic bunpou no sakusei' (The development of a systemic grammar for the generation of Chinese text). Kyoto, Japan. Batchelor's thesis. |
[Li and Thompson, 19761976]![]() |
Charles Li and Sandra Thompson (19761976). Subject and topic: A new typology of language. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Thompson, 1976]![]() |
SA Li, CN, Thompson (1976). Strategies for signalling grammatical relations in Wappo. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 12:450--459. |
[Li and Thompson, 1981]![]() |
Charles N. Li and Sandra Thompson (1981). A reference grammar of Mandarin Chinese. University of California, California. |
[Liberman, 1979]![]() |
Mark Y. Liberman (1979). The intonational system of English. Garland, New York. |
[Liberman and Prince, 1977]![]() |
M. Liberman and A. Prince (1977). On stress and linguistic rhythm. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8:249--336. |
[Sag, 1974]![]() |
IA Liberman, M, Sag (1974). Prosodic form and discourse function. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 10. |
[Lie, 1991]![]() ![]() ![]() |
H. K. Lie (1991). The Electronic Broadsheet: All the news that fits the display. Masters thesis, School of Architecture and Planning, MIT, Boston. |
[Lieb, 1980]![]() |
H.-H. Lieb (1980). Intonation als Mittel verbaler Kommunikation. In: Linguistische Berichte, 68:34--48. |
[Ligozat and Zock, 1992]![]() |
G. Ligozat and M. Zock (1992). How to visualize time, tense and aspect. In: Proceedings of COLING '92. Nantes, pp. 475--482. |
[Lin, 1986]![]() |
Jicheng Lin (1986). Lexical items as a means of cohesion in English texts. In: Foreign Languages, 5:20--6. |
[Linde, 1974]![]() |
Charlotte Linde (1974). Information Structures in Discourse. PhD thesis, Columbia University, New York. |
[Linde and Goguen, 1978]![]() |
C. Linde and J. A. Goguen (1978). Structure of Planning Discourse. In: Journal of Social and Biological Structures, 1:219--251. |
[Linde and Labov, 1975]![]() |
Charlotte Linde and William Labov (1975). Spatial networks as a site for the study of language and thought. In: Language, 50(4):924--939. |
[Lindop and Tsujii, 1991]![]() |
J. Lindop and Jun-ichi Tsujii (1991). Complex transfer in MT: a survey of examples. Technical Report Nr. Report 91/5. Center for Computational Linguistics/UMIST. |
[Lindsay and Norman, 1972]![]() |
P. Lindsay and D. Norman (1972). Human Information Processing. Academic Press, New York. |
[Linggard, 1985]![]() |
R. Linggard (1985). Electronic synthesis of speech. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Linke et al., 1991]![]() |
A. Linke and M. Nussbaumer and Paul R. Portmann (eds.) (1991). Studienbuch Linguistik. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Lipkis, 1985]![]() |
Thomas Lipkis (1985). NIKL Documentation. |
[List, 1984]![]() |
K. L. List (1984). Coherence and Cohesion; contextualization of Oswald Ducrot's general theory of linguistic semantic. PhD thesis, University of Michigan. |
[Listen, 1999]![]() |
Paul Listen (1999). The emergence of German polite Sie: cognitive and sociolinguistic parameters. Lang, New York. |
[Litteral, 1972]![]() |
R. Litteral (1972). Rhetorical predicates and time topology in Anggor. In: Foundations of Language, 8. |
[Lock, 1978]![]() |
A. Lock (ed.) (1978). Action, Gesture and Symbol. Academic Press, London. |
[Lock, 1995]![]() |
Graham Lock (1995). Functional English grammar: an introduction for second language teachers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Lock, 1996]![]() |
Graham Lock (1996). Functional English Grammar: An introduction for second language teachers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Lockwood et al., 2000]![]() |
David Lockwood and Peter H. Fries and James Copeland (eds.) (2000). Functional Approaches to Language, Culture and Cognition. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Lockwood, 1972]![]() |
D. Lockwood (1972). Introduction to Stratificational Linguistics. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York. |
[Lötscher, 1987]![]() |
A. Lötscher (1987). Text und Thema. Studien zur thematischen Konstituenz von Texten. ?, Tübingen. |
[Lombardi, 1989]![]() |
C. Lombardi (1989). Experiments for Determining the Assignment of Information to Media in COMET. Columbia University, New York, N.Y., USA. |
[Long, 1982]![]() |
Rijin Long (1982). A brief introduction to the London School's theory of language variation. In: Linguistics Abroad, 4:58--61. |
[Longacre, 1965]![]() |
RE Longacre (1965). Some fundamental insights of Tagmemics. In: Language, 41:61--76. |
[Longacre, 1976]![]() |
Robert Longacre (1976). An anatomy of speech notions. de Ridder, Lisse. |
[Longacre, 1983]![]() |
Robert E. Longacre (1983). The Grammar of Discourse: Notional and Surface Structures. Plenum Press, New York. |
[Longacre, 1976]![]() |
Robert E. Longacre (1976). An Anatomy of Speech Notions. The Peter de Ridder Press, Lisse. |
[Lowth, 1762]![]() |
Lowth (1762). English grammar. |
[Luce et al., 1983]![]() |
P. A. Luce and T. C. Feustel and D. B. Pisoni (1983). Capacity demands in short-term memory for synthetic and natural speech. In: Human Factors, 25:17--32. |
[Luckmann, 1970]![]() |
T Luckmann (1970). On the boundaries of the Social World. In: M. Natanson (ed.), Phenomenology and Social Reality: Essays in memory of Alfred Schutz. pp. 73--100. Nijhoff, The Hague. |
[Luckmann, 1978]![]() |
T. Luckmann (1978). Phenomenology and Sociology. Penguin, London. |
[Lutzeier, 1985]![]() |
Peter R. Lutzeier (1985). Die semantische Struktur des Lexikons. In: Christoph Schwarze and Dieter Wunderlich (eds.), Handbuch der Lexikologie. Athenäum, Königstein/Ts. |
[Lyne, 1988]![]() |
Athony Lyne (1988). Systemic syntax from a lexical point of view. In: M. Cummings and W. Greaves and J. Benson (eds.), Linguistics in a Systemic perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Chemy, 1999]![]() |
Lynn Chemy (1999). Conversation and Community: Discourse in a Social MUD. CSLI Publications, Stanford, CA. |
[Lyons, 1977]![]() |
J. Lyons (1977). Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Martin and Fateman, 1971]![]() |
William Martin and Richard Fateman (1971). The MACSYMA System. In: Proceedings of the Second Symposium on Symbolic and Algebraic Manipulation, . |
[Marcus, 1980]![]() |
Mitch Marcus (1980). A Theory of Syntactic Recognition for Natural Language. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Charniak, 1982]![]() |
Eugene Charniak (1982). Passing markers: A theory of contextual inference in language comprehension. Technical Report Nr. CS-80. Brown University Department of Computer Science. |
[Michalski, 1983]![]() |
R. S. Michalski (1983). A Theory and Methodology of Inductive Learning. In: Artificial Intelligence, 20:111--161. |
[Minton, 1984]![]() |
Steve Minton (1984). Constraint-Based Generalization. In: Proceedings of the Fourth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Austin, TX. |
[Mitchell, 1982]![]() |
T. M. Mitchell (1982). Generalization as Search. In: Artificial Intelligence, 18:203--226. |
[Mitchell, 1983]![]() |
T. M. Mitchell (1983). Learning and Problem Solving. In: Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Karlsruhe, West Germany. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). The Nature of Interest. unpublished manuscript. |
[Moore et al., 1977]![]() |
J. A. Moore and J. A. Levin and W. C. Mann (1977). A Goal-Oriented Model of Human Dialogue. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Microfiche 67. |
[Mann et al., 1975]![]() |
William C. Mann and J. A. Moore and J. A. Levin and J. H. Carlisle (1975). Observation Methods for Human Dialogue. Technical Report Nr. RR-75-33. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Montague, 1974]![]() |
Richard Montague (1974). Selected Papers of Richard Montague. Volume 7 of Synthese Language Library. D. Reidel, Dordrecht, Holland. Edited by David R. Dowty. |
[Genesereth and Smith, 1981]![]() |
Michael R. Genesereth and David E. Smith (1981). Meta-Level Architecture. Technical Report Nr. HPP-81-6. Department of Computer Science, Stanford University. |
[Somers, 1993]![]() |
H. Somers (ed.) (1993). Machine Translation. Volume 47. |
[Shortliffe, 1976]![]() |
Edward Shortliffe (1976). MYCIN: Computer-Based Medical Consultations. American Elsevier. |
[Maas, 1984]![]() |
H. D Maas (1984). The MT system SUSY. Geneva. Paper presented at the ISSCO Tutorial on Machine Translation. |
[Maat, 1998]![]() |
H. P. Maat (1998). Classifying negative coherence relations on the basis of linguistic evidence. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 30(2):177--204. |
[Lane, 1998]![]() |
Saunders Mac Lane (1998). Categories for the working mathematician. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Springer, New York / Berlin, 2nd. edition edition. |
[MacGiffert, 1967]![]() |
R. MacGiffert (1967). The art of editing the news. Philadelphia/New York/London. |
[MacGregor, 1989]![]() |
William MacGregor (1989). The Metafunctional Hypothesis and syntagmatic relations. Bond University, Gold Coast, Australia. Draft manuscript. |
[MacGregor, 1993]![]() |
Robert M. MacGregor (1993). Representing reified relations in Loom. In: Journal of Experimental and Theoretical Artificial Intelligence, 5:179--193. |
[MacGregor, 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Robert MacGregor (1999). Retrospective on Loom. Technical Report. University of Southern California, Information Sciences Institute, Los Angeles. |
[MacGregor and Brill, 1989]![]() |
Robert MacGregor and David Brill (1989). The LOOM Manual. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[MacKeown and Weekes, 1995]![]() |
P. K. MacKeown and T. C. Weekes (1995). Cosmic rays from Cygnus X-3. In: Scientific American, 253(5). |
[MacKeown and Weekes, 1996]![]() |
P. K. MacKeown and T. C. Weekes (1996). Kosmische Strahlen von Cygnus X-3. In: Spektrum der Wissenschaft, . |
[MacWhinney, 1977]![]() |
Brian MacWhinney (1977). Starting Points. In: Language, 53:152--168. |
[Macheiner, 1991]![]() |
Judith Macheiner (1991). \em Das grammatische Varieté. Eichborn Verlag, Frankfurt am Main. |
[Mackay and Mountford, 1978]![]() |
R. Mackay and A. Mountford (1978). English for Specific Purposes. Longman, London. |
[Lachlan and Gómez-González, in press]![]() |
Mackenzie, J. Lachlan and Mar\'ia L. A. Gómez-González (eds.) (in press). A New Architecture for Functional Grammar. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin/New York. |
[Mackinlay, 1986]![]() |
Jock D. Mackinlay (1986). Automatic design of graphical presentations. PhD thesis, Computer Science Department, University of Stanford, Stanford, CA. |
[Mackworth, 1977]![]() |
A. Mackworth (1977). Consistency in networks of relations. In: Artificial Intelligence, 8:99--118. |
[Made, 1988]![]() |
Sutjaja I. Gusti Made (1988). The nominal group in Bahasa Indonesia. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Magnini, 1994]![]() |
B. Magnini (1994). Specification of the upper model. Technical Report Nr. LRE Project 062-09 Deliverable TST-1. IRST. |
[Maier et al., 1997]![]() |
Elisabeth Maier and Marion Mast and Susan Luperfoy (eds.) (1997). Dialogue Processing in Spoken Language Systems. Springer, Berlin/Heidelberg/New York. |
[Maier, forthcoming]![]() |
Elisabeth A. Maier (forthcoming). Ein modularer Ansatz für die Textplanung. PhD thesis, University of Stuttgart. \bf preliminary title.... |
[Maier, 1990]![]() |
Elisabeth Maier (1990). Report about the implementation of the first text planning prototype. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt. |
[Maier, 1991]![]() |
Elisabeth Maier (1991). Die automatische Erzeugung von Texten. In: Der GMD-Spiegel, 21(1):32--34. |
[Mairdirussian, 1975]![]() |
G. Mairdirussian (1975). Noun incorporation in Universal Grammar. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 11. |
[Makkai, 1972]![]() |
A. Makkai (1972). Idiom Structure in English. The Hague, Mouton. |
[Malcolm, 1987]![]() |
K. Malcolm (1987). Alternative approaches to casual conversation in linguistic description. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 1:111--134. |
[Malcolm, 1984]![]() |
Karen Malcolm (1984). Different approaches to the description of casual conversation. In: Tenth LACUS Forum. Columbia, SC. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Malcolm, 1989]![]() |
Karen Malcolm (1989). Coherence in Chaucer's Tales. In: The fifteenth LACUS Forum. Lake Bluff, Ill.. Published by Linguistics Association of Canada and the United States (LACUS). |
[Malhotra, 1975]![]() |
A. Malhotra (1975). Design Criteria for a Knowledge-Based English Language System for Management.. Technical Report Nr. Technical Report TR-146. MIT, Project MAC. |
[Maling-Keepes and Keepes, 1979]![]() |
Jillian Maling-Keepes and Bruce D. Keepes (eds.) (1979). Language in education: the Language Development Project Phase I. Curriculum Development Centre, Canberra. |
[Malinowski, 1923]![]() |
Branislaw Malinowski (1923). Supplement I. Harcourt, Brace, and Co., Inc.. Supplement to C.K. Ogden and I.A. Richards \em The Meaning of Meaning. |
[Mallery, 1994]![]() |
John C. Mallery (1994). A Common LISP Hypermedia Server. In: Proceedings of the 1st. International Conference on the World-Wide Web. Geneva. CERN. |
[Malouf et al., 2000]![]() |
Robert Malouf and John Carroll and Ann Copestake (2000). Efficient feature structure operations without compilation. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):29--46. |
[Mani and Maybury, 2000]![]() |
Inderjeet Mani and Mark T. Maybury (eds.) (2000). Advances in automatic text summarization. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Mann, 1982]![]() |
William C. Mann (1982). A characterization of language comprehension. (in preparation).. |
[Mann and Matthiessen, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1983). NIGEL: A Systemic Grammar for Text Generation. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-85-105. USC/ISI. |
[Mann, 1975]![]() |
William C. Mann (1975). Dialogue Based Research in Man-Machine Communication. Technical Report Nr. RR-75-41. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Mann, 1975]![]() |
William C. Mann (1975). Why Things are so Bad for Computer-Naive User. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-75-32. Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, Ca. |
[Mann, 1977]![]() |
William C. Mann (1977). Man-Machine Communication Research: Final Report. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-77-57. Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, Ca. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). An Overview of the PENMAN Text Generation System. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-83-114. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). An Overview of the PENMAN Text Generation System. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-83-114. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). The Anatomy of a Systemic Choice. In: Discourse Processes, . Also available as USC/Information Sciences Institute, Research Report ISI/RR-82-104, 1982. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). Systemic encounters with computation. In: Network: news, views and reviews in systemic lingustics and related areas, 5:27--32. |
[Mann, 1984]![]() |
William C. Mann (1984). Discourse Structures for Text Generation. In: Proceedings of COLING 84. Stanford, Ca.. Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Mann, 1985]![]() |
William C. Mann (1985). An Introduction to the Nigel text generation grammar. In: James D. Benson and Williams S. Greaves (eds.), Systemic perspectives on discourse. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Mann, 1985]![]() |
William C. Mann (1985). Janus Abstraction Structure -- Draft 1. An informal project technical memo of the Janus project at ISI. |
[Mann and Moore, 1981]![]() |
William C. Mann and James A. Moore (1981). Computer Generation of Multiparagraph Text. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 7(1):17--29. |
[Mann and Thompson, 1988]![]() |
William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson (1988). Rhetorical Structure Theory: Toward a Functional Theory of Text Organization. In: Text, 8(3):243--281. |
[Mann and Thompson, 1992]![]() |
William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson (eds.) (1992). Discourse Description: Diverse linguistic analyses of a fund-raising text. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Mann and Thompson, 1992]![]() |
William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson (eds.) (1992). Discourse Description: Diverse linguistic analyses of a fund-raising text. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Marburger, 1986]![]() |
H. Marburger (1986). A Strategy for Producing Cooperative NL Reactions in a Database Interface. In: Proceedings of AISMA. |
[Marcu, 2000]![]() |
Daniel Marcu (2000). The rhetorical parsing of unrestricted texts: a surface-based approach. In: Computational Linguistics, 26(3):395--448. |
[Marcu, 1997]![]() |
Daniel Marcu (1997). From local to global coherence: a bottom-up approach to text planning. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI'97). |
[Marcu, 1997]![]() |
Daniel Marcu (1997). The rhetorical parsing, summarization, and generation of natural language texts. PhD thesis, Department of Computer Science, University of Toronto. |
[Marfurth, 1977]![]() |
B. Marfurth (1977). Textsorte Witz. Möglichkeiten einer sprachwissenschaftlichen Textsorten-Bestimmung. Tübingen. |
[Garcia, 1993]![]() |
Mario R. Garcia (1993). Contemporary newspaper design: a structural approach. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 3rd. edition. |
[Mark, 1981]![]() |
William Mark (1981). Representation and inference in the Consul system. In: Proceedings of the 7th. international Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence, IJCAI'81. |
[Markee, 2000]![]() |
Numa Markee (2000). Conversation Analysis. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
[Marks, 1991]![]() |
Joe W. Marks (1991). A formal specification scheme for network diagrams. In: Journal of Visual Languages and Computing, 2(4):395--414. |
[Mark, 1976]![]() |
William Mark (1976). The Reformulation Model of Expertise. Technical Report. MIT Laboratory for Computer Science. |
[Marr, 1982]![]() |
David Marr (1982). Vision. 3: From images to surfaces, pp. 99--267. W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco. |
[Marshall, 1989]![]() |
C. Marshall (1989). Representing the structure of a legal argument. In: Proceedings of the Second International Conference on AI and Law. Vancouver, B.C., pp. 121--127. |
[Marsi, 2001]![]() |
Erwin Marsi (2001). Intonation in spoken language generation. LOT (Landelijke Onderzoekschool Taalwetenschap), Utrecht. |
[Martin, 1992]![]() |
James R. Martin (1992). English text: systems and structure. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Martin and Rothery, 1981]![]() |
J. R. Martin and J. Rothery (1981). The Ontogenesis of Written Genre. Technical Report. Sydney University, Australia. Working papers in Linguistics, Linguistic Department. |
[Martin et al., 1989]![]() |
James R. Martin and F. Christie and J. Rothery (1989). Genres make meaning: another reply to Sawyer and Watson. In: English in Australia, 90:43--59. |
[Martin et al., 41990]![]() |
James R. Martin and P. Wignell and S. Eggins (41990). The discourse of geography: ordering and explaining the experiential world. In: Linguistics and Education, 1. |
[Martin et al., 1997]![]() |
J. R. Martin and C. M. I. M. Matthiessen and C. Painter (1997). Working with Functional Grammar. Arnold, London. |
[Martin, 2000]![]() |
James R. Martin (2000). Grammar meets genre - reflections on the `Sydney School'. In: Arts, 22:47--95. |
[Martin, 2000]![]() |
James R. Martin (2000). Factoring out exchange: types of structure. In: M. Coulthard and J. Cotterill and F. Rock (eds.), Working with Dialogue. pp. 19--40. Niemeyer, Tubingen. |
[Martin, 2000]![]() |
James R. Martin (2000). Sin and grace: nought for naughts? In: Text, 20(2):227--238. |
[Martin and McCormack, 2001]![]() |
James R. Martin and R. McCormack (2001). Mapping meaning: profiling with integrity in a post-modern world. In: Applied Language Studies, 1(1):6--18. |
[Martin, 2001]![]() |
James R. Martin (2001). Cohesion and texture. In: D. Schiffrin and D. Tannen and H. Hamilton (eds.), Handbook of Discourse Analysis. pp. 35--53. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Martin, 2002]![]() |
James R. Martin (2002). Meaning beyond the clause: area:sfl perspectives. In: Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 22. |
[Martin, 2002]![]() |
James R. Martin (2002). A universe of meaning - how many practices? In: A. M. Johns (ed.), Genres in the Classroom: multiple perspectives. pp. 269--278. Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ. |
[Martin et al., 1977]![]() |
James R. Martin and S. Rochester and S. Thurston (1977). Thought process disorder in schizophrenia: the listener's task. In: Brain and Language, 4:94--114. |
[Martin, 1978]![]() |
James R. Martin (1978). Review of M. A. K. Halliday ``Learning How to Mean". In: Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 23(1-2):187--194. |
[Martin, 1980]![]() |
J. R. Martin (1980). The Development of Register. Technical Report. Sydney University, Australia. Working papers in Linguistics, Linguistic Department. |
[Martin, 1980]![]() |
James R. Martin (1980). Review of P. Robinson ``Language Management in Education - the Australian context''. In: English in Australia, . |
[Martin, 1981]![]() |
James R. Martin (1981). Conjunction and continuity in Tagalog. In: M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin (eds.), Readings in Systemic Linguistics. pp. 310--336. Batsford, London. |
[Martin, 1981]![]() |
James R. Martin (1981). How many speech acts? In: University of East Anglia Papers in Linguistics, 14. |
[Martin and Halliday, 1982]![]() |
James R. Martin and M. A. K. Halliday (1982). Some dimensions of language variation: discussion. In: English Teachers Association Newsletter (NSW), 5(vii-viii):34--9. |
[Martin, 1982]![]() |
James R. Martin (1982). Review of G. Sampson ``Schools of Linguistics''. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 2(1):97--115. Republished in Network 13/14, 1990:20-28. |
[Martin, 1982]![]() |
James R. Martin (1982). What is language? Commentary on Schwartz. In: The Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 5(4):607--608. |
[Martin, 1983]![]() |
James R. Martin (1983). Participant identification in English, Tagalog and Kate. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3(1):45--74. |
[Martin, 1983]![]() |
James R. Martin (1983). Participant identification in English, Tagalog and Kâte. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 3(1):45--74. |
[Martin, 1983]![]() |
James R. Martin (1983). The development of register. In: Roy O. Freedle and Jonathan Fine (eds.), Developmental Issues in Discourse. Ablex, Norwood. |
[Martin, 1984]![]() |
James R. Martin (1984). Functional components in a grammar: a review of deployable recognition criteria. In: Nottingham Linguistics Circular, 13. |
[Martin, 1984]![]() |
James R. Martin (1984). Types of writing in infants and primary school. In: Leonard Unsworth (ed.), Reading, Writing, Spelling. Macarthur Institute, Milperra, NSW. |
[Martin, 1987]![]() |
James R. Martin (1987). Pre-writing: oral models for written text. In: Prospect: The Journal of the Adult Migrant Education Program, 3(1):75--90. |
[Martin, 11987]![]() |
James R. Martin (11987). Pre-writing: oral models for written text. In: Prospect: The Journal of the Adult Migrant Education Program, 3:75--90. |
[Martin, 1989]![]() |
James R. Martin (1989). Factual Writing: exploring and challenging social reality. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Martin, 1991]![]() |
James R. Martin (1991). Instrinsic functionality: implications for contextual theory. In: Social Semiotics, 1(1):99--162. |
[Martin, 1992]![]() |
James R. Martin (1992). English text: systems and structure. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Martin, 1993]![]() |
James R. Martin (1993). Technology, bureaucracy and schooling: discursive resources and control. In: Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):84--131. |
[Martin, 1993]![]() |
James R. Martin (1993). Genre and literacy - modelling context in educational linguistics. In: Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 13:141--172. |
[Martin, 1993]![]() |
James R. Martin (1993). The model. In: M. A. K. Halliday and J. R. Martin (eds.), Writing Science: literacy as discursive power. pp. 22--50. Falmer, London. |
[Martin, 1995]![]() |
James R. Martin (1995). Logical meaning, interdependency and the linking particle -ng/na in Tagalog. In: Functions of Language, 2(2):189--228. |
[Martin, 1995]![]() |
James R. Martin (1995). Reading positions/positioning readers: judgement in English. In: Prospect: a journal of Australian TESOL, 10(2):27--37. |
[Martin, 1995]![]() |
James R. Martin (1995). Interpersonal meaning, persuasion and public discourse: packing semiotic punch. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 15(1):33--67. |
[Martin, 1995]![]() |
James R. Martin (1995). Text and clause: fractal resonance. In: Text, 15(1):5--42. |
[Martin, 1997]![]() |
James R. Martin (1997). Linguistics and the consumer: theory in practice. In: Linguistics and Education, 9(4):409--446. |
[Martin, 1997]![]() |
C. A. Martin (1997). Staging the reality principle: systemic-functional linguistics and the context of theatre. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[Martin, 1999]![]() |
James R. Martin (1999). Grace: the logogenesis of freedom. In: Discourse Studies, 1(1):31--58. |
[Martin and Painter, 1986]![]() |
James R. Martin and Clare Painter (1986). Writing to mean: teaching genres across the curriculum. In: Occasional Papers.Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 9. |
[Martin and Rochester, 1975]![]() |
James R. Martin and S. Rochester (1975). Cohesion and reference in schizophrenic speech. In: The First LACUS Forum. Columbia, SC.. Published by Hornbeam Press. |
[Martin and Rothery, 1981]![]() |
J. R. Martin and Joan Rothery (1981). The ontogenesis of written genre. In: University of Sydney Working Papers in Linguistics, 2:1--59. |
[Martin and Rothery, 1980]![]() |
James R. Martin and Joan Rothery (1980). Writing project report 1. Linguistics Department, Sydney University. |
[Martin and Rothery, 1986]![]() |
James R. Martin and Joan Rothery (1986). What a functional approach to the writing task can show teachers about 'good. Linguistics Department, Sydney University. |
[Martin and Veel, 1998]![]() |
J. R. Martin and Robert Veel (eds.) (1998). Reading science: critical and functional perspectives on discourses of science. Routledge, London. |
[Martinec, 2001]![]() |
R. Martinec (2001). Interpersonal resources in action. In: Semiotica, 135(1-4):117--145. |
[Martinec, 2002]![]() |
Radan Martinec (2002). Rhythmic hierarchy in monologue and dialogue. In: Functions of Language, 9(1):39--59. |
[Martinec, 2000]![]() |
Radan Martinec (2000). Construction of identity in M. Jackson's Jam. In: Social semiotics, 10(3):313--329. |
[Martinec, 2000]![]() |
Radan Martinec (2000). Types of process in action. In: Semiotica, 130(3-4):243--268. |
[Martinec, ]![]() |
Radan Martinec (). Rhythm in multimodal texts. In: Leonardo, 33(4):289--297. |
[Martinec, 1995]![]() |
Radan Martinec (1995). Hierarchy of rhythm in English speech. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Martinec, 1998]![]() |
R. Martinec (1998). Cohesion in action. In: Semiotica, 120(1-2):161--180. |
[Maslov, 1962]![]() |
Jurij S. Maslov (1962). Voprosy glagol'nogo vida v zarubeenom jazykoznanii (Fragen des Verbalaspekts in der internationalen Sprachwissenschaft). In: Voprosy glagol'nogo vida, . |
[Massam and Roberge, 1989]![]() |
D. Massam and Y. Roberge (1989). Recipe context null objects in English. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 20(1):134--139. |
[Mathews, 1966]![]() |
P. H. Mathews (1966). The concept of Rank in 'Neo-Firthian' grammar. In: Journal of Linguistics, 2:101--109. |
[Matiasek, 1994]![]() |
Johannes Matiasek (1994). Conditional Constraints in a CLP-Based HPSG Implementation. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 230--239. |
[Matiasek and Trost, 1994]![]() |
J. Matiasek and H. Trost (1994). The German Tactical Generator. Technical Report. Austrian Research Institute for Artificial Intelligence. GIST deliverable. |
[Matthews, 1971]![]() |
R. J. Matthews (1971). Concerning a linguistic theory of metaphor. Volume 7. |
[Matthews, 1974]![]() |
P. H. Matthews (ed.) (1974). Morphology --- An introduction to the theory of word-structure. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Matthews, 1981]![]() |
P. H. Matthews (1981). Syntax. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Matthews, 1984]![]() |
Kevin Matthews (1984). Taking the Initiative in Problem-Solving Discourse. Technical Report Nr. CUCS-114-84. Columbia University. |
[Matthiessen, 1992]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1992). Lexicogrammatical cartography: English systems. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department. Ongoing expanding draft. |
[Matthiessen, 1992]![]() |
Christian Matthiessen (1992). Lexicogrammatical cartography: English systems. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department. |
[Matthiessen, 1992]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1992). Lexicogrammatical cartography: English systems. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department. Ongoing expanding draft. |
[Matthiessen, 1995]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1995). Lexicogrammatical cartography: English systems. International Language Science Publishers, Tokyo, Taipei and Dallas. |
[Matthiessen, ]![]() |
C. M. I. M. Matthiessen (). Hallidayan linguistics. |
[Matthiessen, 1983]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1983). The systemic framework in text generation: Nigel. In: Mann and Matthiessen (eds.). |
[Matthiessen, 1983]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1983). Choosing Primary Tense in English. In: Studies in Language, 7(3):369--430. |
[Matthiessen, 1984]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1984). Choosing Tense in English. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-84-143. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[Matthiessen, 1988]![]() |
Christian Matthiessen (1988). Organizing Text: Rhetorical Schemas and GSP. Technical Report. USC/ Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey. |
[Matthiessen, 1988]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1988). Generic Structure Potential and Rhetorical Schemas. ms. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Matthiessen, 1988]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1988). Text-generation as a linguistic research task. PhD thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. |
[Matthiessen, 1989]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1989). Text Generation as a Linguistic Research Task. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA. |
[Matthiessen, 1991]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1991). Language on language: the grammar of semiosis. In: Social Semiotics, 1(2). |
[Matthiessen, 1992]![]() |
C. Matthiessen (1992). The Object of study in cognitive science in relation to its construal and enactment in language. Department of Linguistic, University of Sidney. |
[Matthiessen, 1992]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1992). Lexicogrammatical cartography: English systems. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department. Draft 5. |
[Matthiessen, 1993]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen (1993). The object of study in cognitive science in relation to its construal and enactment in language. In: Halliday (ed.). |
[Matthiessen and Halliday, 1997]![]() |
Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen and M. A. K. Halliday (1997). Systemic functional grammar: a first step into the theory. Technical Report. University of Sydney. |
[Matthiessen, 1983]![]() |
C. M. I. M. Matthiessen (1983). Choosing primary tense in English. In: Studies in Language, 7(3). |
[Matthiessen, 1983]![]() |
C. M. I. M. Matthiessen (1983). Choosing Tense in English. Masters thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. |
[Mauldin, 1984]![]() |
M. Mauldin (1984). Semantic rule Based Text Generation. In: COLING-84. Stanford. |
[Maxwell, 1979]![]() |
D. N. Maxwell (1979). Strategies of relativisation and Noun Phrase accessibility. In: Language, 55. |
[Maybury, 1988]![]() |
Mark Maybury (1988). EXPLANATION RHETORIC: The Rhetorical Progression of Justifications. Rome Air Development Center, Griffiss AFB, Rome NY 13441-5700. |
[Maybury, 1995]![]() |
Mark T. Maybury (1995). Research in multimedia and multimodal parsing and generation. In: Artificial Intelligence Review, 9(2/3):103--127. |
[Maybury, 1989]![]() |
Mark T. Maybury (1989). GENNY: a knowledge-based text generation system. In: International Journal of Information Processing and Management, 25(2):137--150. |
[Maybury, 1993]![]() |
Mark T. Maybury (1993). Intelligent Multimedia Interfaces. AAAI Press and MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Maynard, 1980]![]() |
Senko K. Maynard (1980). Discourse functions of the Japanese theme marker \em wa. PhD thesis, Northwestern University, Illinois. |
[Maynard, 1980]![]() |
D. W. Maynard (1980). Placement of topic changes in conversation. In: Semiotica, 30:263--290. |
[Mayne, 1993]![]() |
Alan Mayne (1993). The imagined slum: newspaper representation in three cities, 1870-1914. Leicester University Press, Leicester. |
[Mays, 1980]![]() |
Eric Mays (1980). Correcting Misconceptions about Data Base Structure. In: Proceedings 3-CSCSI. Victoria, B. C.. Canadian Society of Computational Studies of Intelligence. |
[Mays, 1983]![]() |
Eric Mays (1983). Model Temporal Logic for Reasoning about Change. PhD thesis, The Moore School, University of Pennsylvania. Report number MS-CIS-83-29. |
[McCarthy, 1973]![]() |
T. A. McCarthy (1973). A theory of communicative competence. In: Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 3:135--156. |
[McCawley, 1971]![]() |
J. McCawley (1971). Tense and time reference in English. In: C. Fillmore and D. T. Langedoen (eds.), Studies in Linguistic Semantics. Holt, New York. |
[McCawley, 1981]![]() |
James D. McCawley (1981). Everything that Linguists have Always Wanted to Know about Logic*...*but were ashamed to ask. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[McCawley, 1981]![]() |
J. McCawley (1981). Notes on the English Present Perfect. In: Australian Journal of Linguistics, 1:81--90. |
[McCoard, 1976]![]() |
R. McCoard (1976). The English Perfect: Tense-Choice and Pragmatic Inference. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[McCombs and Shaw, 1999]![]() |
Maxwell E. McCombs and Donald L. Shaw (1999). The agenda-setting function of mass media. In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 320--328. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[McCord, 1975]![]() |
Michael C. McCord (1975). On the form of a systemic grammar. In: Journal of Linguistics, 11:195--212. |
[McCord, 1977]![]() |
Michael C. McCord (1977). Procedural systemic grammars. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 9:255--286. |
[McCord, 1989]![]() |
Michael C. McCord (1989). Design of LMT: A Prolog-based machine translation system. In: Computational Linguistics, 15(1):33--52. |
[McCoy, 1981]![]() |
K. F. McCoy (1981). Automatic Enhancement of a Database Knowledge Representation for Natural Language Generation. Technical Report Nr. MS-CIS-81-6. University of Pennsylvania. |
[McCoy, 1988]![]() |
Kathleen F. McCoy (1988). Reasoning on a Dynamically Highlighted User Model to Respond to Misconceptions. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3). |
[McCutchen, 1986]![]() |
D. McCutchen (1986). Domain knowledge and linguistic knowledge in the development of written ability. In: Journal of Memory and Language, 25:431--444. |
[McDermott, 1975]![]() |
D McDermott (1975). Symbol-mapping. In: SIGART Newsletter, 51:4--5. |
[McDermott, 1975]![]() |
D. McDermott (1975). A packet-based approach to the symbol-mapping problem. In: SIGART Newsletter, 53:6--7. |
[McDermott, 1982]![]() |
D. McDermott (1982). A Temporal Logic for Reasoning about Processes and Plans. In: Cognitive Science, 6(2):101--155. |
[McDonald, 1975]![]() |
D. D. McDonald (1975). A framework for writing generation grammars for interactive computer programs. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Fiche 33. |
[McDonald, 1978]![]() |
D. D. McDonald (1978). Subsequent references: Syntactic and rhetorical constraints. In: Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing - 2 (TINLAP). ACM, New York. |
[McDonald, 1980]![]() |
David D. McDonald (1980). Natural Language Production as a Process of Decision Making under Constraint. PhD thesis, MIT, Cambridge, Mass. |
[McDonald, 1981]![]() |
David D. McDonald (1981). Language production: The source of the dictionary. In: The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Stanford University. |
[McDonald, 1990]![]() |
Edward McDonald (1990). A new teaching grammar of Chinese. Maquarie University, North Ryde, N.S.W. |
[McDonald, 1992]![]() |
Edward McDonald (1992). Outline of a functional grammar of Chinese for teaching purposes. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):435--461. |
[McDonald, 1993]![]() |
David D. McDonald (1993). Issues in the choice of a source for natural language generation. In: Computational Linguistics, 19(1):191--197. |
[McDonald, 1994]![]() |
Edward McDonald (1994). Completive verb compounds in Modern Chinese: a new look at an old problem. In: Journal of Chinese Linguistics, 22(2):317--62. |
[McDonald and Bolc, 1988]![]() |
David D. McDonald and Leonard Bolc (1988). Natural Language Generation Systems. Springer, New York, Berlin. |
[McDowell, 1980]![]() |
J. McDowell (1980). Meaning, Communication, and Knowledge. Philosophical Subjects: Essays presented to P.F. Strawson. In: Z. van Straaten (ed.). pp. 117--139. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[McDowell, 1981]![]() |
J. McDowell (1981). Anti-realism and the Epistemology of Understanding. In: H. Parret and J. Bouveresse (eds.), Meaning and Understanding. pp. 79--111pp. 225--248. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[McEnery and Wilson, 2001]![]() |
Tony McEnery and Andrew Wilson (2001). Corpus Linguistics. Edinburgh Textbookds in Empirical Linguistics. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, 2nd. edition edition. |
[McGregor, 1990]![]() |
William McGregor (1990). A functional grammar of Gooniyandi. Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia. |
[McGregor, 1992]![]() |
William McGregor (1992). Clause types in Gooniyandi. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):355--385. |
[McGregor, 1993]![]() |
William McGregor (1993). Speaking in black and white: differences in the representation of Australian Aborigines and whites as speakers. In: Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):10--42. |
[McGuire, 1980]![]() |
Rod McGuire (1980). Political Primaries and Words of Pain. Technical Report. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[McInnes, 1992]![]() |
D. McInnes (1992). Attending to the instance: towards a systemic based dynamic and responsive analysis of composite performance text. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[McIntosh, 1966]![]() |
A. McIntosh (1966). Predictive Statements. In: C. E. et al. Bazell (ed.), In Memory of J.R. Firth. Longman, London. |
[McKeown et al., 1994]![]() |
K. McKeown and K. Kukich and J. Shaw (1994). Practical issues in automatic documentation generation.. In: 4th ANLP. Stuttgart, pp. 7--14. |
[McKeown et al., 1995]![]() |
Kathleen McKeown and Jacques Robin and Karen Kukich (1995). Generating concise natural language summaries. In: Information Processing and Management, 31(5):703--733. |
[McKeown, 1980]![]() |
K. R. McKeown (1980). Generating Descriptions and Explanations: Applications to Questions about Database Structure. Technical Report Nr. MS-CIS-80-9. University of Pennsylvania. |
[McKeown, 1983]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (1983). Focus Constraints on Language Generation. In: Proceedings of the Eighth International Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Karlsruhe, Germany. |
[McKeown, 1983]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (1983). Strategies and Constraints for Generating Natural Language text. In: Artificial Intelligence, . |
[McKeown, 1983]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (1983). Natural Language Systems: How Are They Meeting Human Needs? In: Proceedings of ACM '83. New York, N.Y.. Association for Computing Machinery. |
[McKeown, January-March 1983]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (January-March 1983). Paraphrasing Questions Using Given and New Information. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, . |
[McKeown, 1983]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (1983). User-Oriented Explanation for Expert Systems. Technical Report. Department of Computer Science, Columbia University. |
[McKeown, 1984]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown (1984). Using Focus to Constrain Language Generation. In: G. B. Bara and B. Guida (eds.), Natural Language Processing. North Holland Publishing Company. |
[McKeown, 1985]![]() |
Kathleen R McKeown (1985). Text Generation: Using Discourse Strategies and Focus Constraints to Generate Natural Language Text. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[McKeown, 1979]![]() |
K. McKeown (1979). Paraphrasing Using Given and New Information in a Question-Answer System. In: 17th Annual Meeting of the ACL. San Diego, pp. 67--72. |
[McKeown and Swartout, 1987]![]() |
Kathleen R. McKeown and William R. Swartout (1987). Language Generation and Explanation. In: Annual Reviews in Computer Science. |
[McKnight et al., 1991]![]() |
C. McKnight and A. Dillon and J. Richardson (1991). Hypertext in context. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[McLean, 1992]![]() |
Ian McLean (1992). Example-based machine translation using connectionist matching. In: Proceedings of TMI-92. Montréal, Canada, pp. 35--43. |
[McLuhan, 1966]![]() |
M. McLuhan (1966). Understanding Media: the extensions of man. McGraw-Hill, New York. |
[McMahon and Bonner, 1983]![]() |
Thomas A. McMahon and John Tyler Bonner (1983). On Size and Life. Scientific American Library, New York. |
[Mead, 1934]![]() |
G. H. Mead (1934). Mind, Self and Society. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Meehan, 1975]![]() |
J. R. Meehan (1975). Using planning structures to generate stories. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Fiche 33. |
[Meehan, 1976]![]() |
J. R. Meehan (1976). The Metanovel: Writing Stories by Computer. Technical Report Nr. 74. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Meehan, 1977]![]() |
James R. Meehan (1977). TALE-spin, an interactive program that writes stories. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'77. Published by International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Meehan, 1980]![]() |
J. Meehan (1980). The Metanovel: Writing Stories by Computer. Garland, New York. |
[Mehlig, 1981]![]() |
Hans R. Mehlig (1981). Satzsemantik und Aspektsemantik im Russischen (Zur Verbklassifikation von Zeno Vendler). Volume XV of Novoe v zarubenoj lingvistike. Moskva. |
[Mehlig, 1988]![]() |
Hans R. Mehlig (1988). Verbalaspekt und Determination. Volume 230 of Slavistische Beiträge. Sagner, München. |
[Mel'ɩuk, 1970]![]() |
Igor Mel'ɩuk (1970). Towards a Functioning Model of Language. In: M. Bierwisch and K. E. Heidolph (eds.), Progress in Linguistics. Mouton, The Hague, Paris. |
[Mel'ɩuk, 1974]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk (1974). Opyt teorii lingvistiɩeskix modelej ``Smysl --- Tekst''. Nauka, Moscow. |
[Mel'cuk, 1981]![]() |
Igor Mel'cuk (1981). Meaning-text models: a recent trend in Soviet linguistics. In: Annual Review of Anthropology, 10:27--62. |
[Mel'ɩuk, 1988]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk (1988). Dependency Syntax: Theory and Practice. State University of New York Press, Albany. |
[Mel'ɩuk and Percov, 1987]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk and Nikolaj V. Percov (1987). Surface Syntax of English. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam. |
[Mel'ɩuk and Pertsov, 1987]![]() |
Igor Mel'ɩuk and Nikolai Pertsov (1987). Surface Syntax of English. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Mel'ɩuk and Polguère, 1987]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk and Alain Polguère (1987). A Formal Lexicon in the Meaning-Text Theory (or How to Do Lexica with Words). In: Computational Linguistics, 13(3-4):276--289. |
[Igor and holkovskij, 1970]![]() |
A. Mel'ɩuk, Igor and A. K. holkovskij (1970). Towards a Functioning ``Meaning-Text'' Model of Language. In: Linguistics, 57:10--47. |
[Mel'ɩuk and olkovskij, 1970]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk and Alexander K. olkovskij (1970). Towards a Functioning Meaning-Text Model of Language. In: Linguistics, 57:10--47. |
[Mel'ɩuk and olkovskij, 1984]![]() |
Igor A. Mel'ɩuk and A. K. olkovskij (1984). Explanatory Combinatorial Dictionary of Modern Russian. Wiener Slawistischer Almanach, Vienna. |
[Mellish et al., 1998]![]() |
C. Mellish and M. O'Donnell and J. Oberlander and A. Knott (1998). An architecture for opportunistic text generation. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 28--37. |
[Mellish et al., 1998]![]() |
C. Mellish and A. Knott and J. Oberlander and M. O'Donnell (1998). Experiments using stochastic search for text planning. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 98--107. |
[Mellish, 1988]![]() |
Christopher S. Mellish (1988). Implementing Systemic Classification by Unification. In: Journal of Computational Linguistics, 14(1):40--51. |
[Mellish, 1986]![]() |
C. Mellish (1986). Generating natural language explanations from plans.. In: L. Sterling (ed.), The Practice of Prolog. pp. 181--223. MIT Press, Cambridge. |
[Mellish and Evans, 1989]![]() |
C. Mellish and R. Evans (1989). Natural Language Generation from Plans. In: Computational Linguistics, 15:233--249. |
[Melrose, 1979]![]() |
Robin Melrose (1979). General word and particular text: a study of cohesion in academic writing. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Melrose and Melrose, 1988]![]() |
Robin Melrose and Susan F. Melrose (1988). Drama, 'style', stage. In: D. Birch and M. O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. Pinter, London. |
[Melrose, 1991]![]() |
Robin Melrose (1991). The communicative syllabus: a systemic-functional approach to language teaching. Pinter, London and New York. (Issued in paperback 1995). |
[Melrose, 1995]![]() |
Robin Melrose (1995). The communicative syllabus: a systemic-functional approach to language teaching. Pinter, London and New York. Paper back version. |
[Memmi, 1979]![]() |
D. Memmi (1979). Génération Automatique de Phrases. PhD thesis, Paris 7. |
[MerleauPonty, 1964]![]() |
M. MerleauPonty (1964). Signs. Northwestern University Press, Evanston, Illinois. (trans. by R.C.McCleary, originally published: 1960). |
[Merril, 1982]![]() |
P. Merril (1982). Telicity and the Progressive in English. UCLA MA thesis. |
[Meteer, 1989]![]() |
Marie W. Meteer (1989). The SPOKESMAN Natural Language Generation System. Technical Report Nr. BBN Report No. 7090. BBN Systems and Technologies Corporation, Cambridge, MA. |
[Meteer, 1991]![]() |
Marie W. Meteer (1991). Bridging the generation gap between text planning and linguistic realization. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4):296--304. |
[Meteer, 1992]![]() |
Marie W. Meteer (1992). Expressibility and the Problem of Efficient Text Planning. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[L., 1970]![]() |
ed. Garvin, Paul L. (1970). Method and Theory in Linguistics. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Groner et al., 1983]![]() |
Rudolf Groner and Marina Groner and eds. Walter F. Bischof (1983). Methods of Heuristics. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Meunier, 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
F. Meunier (1997). Implémentation d'un formalisme de génération inspiré de TAG. Thèse de doctorat en Informatique Fondamentale et Applications, université de Paris 7, Jussieu. |
[Meunier, 1999]![]() |
Frédérique Meunier (1999). Plate-forme de développement de générateurs multilingues. In: GAT-99, 2'eme Colloque Francophone de Génération automatique de Textes. Grenoble. |
[Meunier and Danlos, 1998]![]() |
F. Meunier and L. Danlos (1998). FLAUBERT: user-friendly, multilingual NLG. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 284--287. software demonstration. |
[Meurers, 1994]![]() |
Walt Detmar Meurers (1994). On Implementing an HPSG theory. Technical Report. Arbeitspapiere des Sonderforschungsbereich 340, Nr.58, Universitaet Tuebingen. |
[Meyer et al., 2000]![]() |
M. Meyer and S. Titscher and E. Vetter and R. Wodak (2000). Methods of Text and Discourse Analysis. Sage, London. |
[Meyer, 1975]![]() |
B. J. Meyer (1975). The Organization of Prose and its Effects on Memory. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Meyer, 1975]![]() |
P. G. Meyer (1975). Satzverknupfungsrelationen. G. Narr, Tubingen. |
[Meyer, 1982]![]() |
Bonnie J. F. Meyer (1982). Signaling the Structure of Text. In: Jon Assen (ed.), The Technology of Text. Volume 2. Educational Technology Publications, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.. |
[Meyer and Steele, 1990]![]() |
Ingrid Meyer and James Steele (eds.) (1990). Meaning-Text Theory --- Linguistics, Lexicography, and Implications. University of Ottawa Press, Ottawa. |
[Michalski et al., 1983]![]() |
R. S. Michalski and J. G. Carbonell and eds. Mitchell, T. M. (1983). Machine Learning, An Artificial Intelligence Approach. Tioga Press, Palo Alto, CA. |
[Miller et al., 1960]![]() |
G. A. Miller and E. Gallanter and K. H. Pribram (1960). Plans and the structure of behaviour. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. |
[Miller, 1990]![]() |
G. Miller (1990). WordNet: an online lexical database. In: International Journal of Lexicography, 3(4). |
[Miller and Rennels, 1988]![]() |
P. Miller and G. Rennels (1988). Prose Generation from Expert Systems. In: AI-Magazine. pp. 37--44. |
[Milosavljevic, 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Maria Milosavljevic (1997). Content Selection in Comparison Generation. In: W. Hoeppner (ed.), 6th European Workshop on Natural Language Generation (6th EWNLG). pp. 72--81. |
[Milosavljevic and Dale, 1996]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Maria Milosavljevic and Robert Dale (1996). Strategies for Comparison in Encyclopedia Descriptions. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 161--170. |
[Mitchell, 1978]![]() |
T. M. Mitchell (1978). An Approach to Concept Learning. Technical Report Nr. HPP-79-2. Stanford University, Ca. |
[MitchelKernan and ErvinTrip, 1977]![]() |
C. MitchelKernan and S. ErvinTrip (eds.) (1977). Child Discourse. Academic Press, New York. |
[Mithun, 1984]![]() |
Marianne Mithun (1984). How To Avoid Subordination. In: Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting. Berkeley. Berkeley Linguistics Society. |
[Mitkov, 1990]![]() |
R. Mitkov (1990). Generating Explanations of Geometrical Concepts. In: Computers and Artificial Intelligence, 9(6):589--598. |
[Mitkov, 1990]![]() |
R. Mitkov (1990). A tutoring System which Explains in Natural Language. In: J. Grabowski (ed.), BIT-89. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Mittal, 1999]![]() |
Vibhu O. Mittal (1999). Generating natural language descriptions with integrated text and examples. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New Jersey. |
[Mittal and Paris, 1993]![]() |
V. Mittal and C. Paris (1993). Automatic Documentation Generation: The Interaction of Texts and Examples. In: IJCAI. pp. 1158--1163. |
[Mittelberg, 1967]![]() |
E. Mittelberg (1967). Wortschatz und Syntax der BILD-Zeitung. Marburger Beiträge zur Germanistik, Marburg. Band 19. |
[Mizutani and Mizutani, 1987]![]() |
Osamu Mizutani and Noboko Mizutani (1987). How to be polite in Japanese. The Japan Times, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan. |
[Moardh, 1980]![]() |
Ingrid Moardh (1980). Headlinese: on the grammar of English front page headlines. Gleerup, Lund. |
[Mock, 1969]![]() |
Carol C. Mock (1969). The grammatical units of the Nzema Language: A systemic analysis. PhD thesis, University of London. |
[Mock, 1985]![]() |
Carol C. Mock (1985). Relations between pitch accent and stress. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 21:256--74. |
[Mock, 1985]![]() |
Carol C. Mock (1985). A systemic phonology of Isthmus Zapotec prosodies. In: Benson and Greaves (eds.), Systemic perspectives on Discourse. pp. 349--373. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.. |
[Mock, 1987]![]() |
Carol C. Mock (1987). Systemic phonology: a partial bibliography of publications. In: Paper presented at the 14th. International Systemic Workshop (ISW 14). |
[Mock, 198?]![]() |
Carol C. Mock (198?). Pitch accent and stress in Isthmus Zapotec. In: H. van der Hulst and N. Smith (eds.), Autosegmental approaches to pitch accent. Foris Publications, Dordrecht. |
[Brooks and Warren, 1972]![]() |
C. Brooks and R. Penn Warren (1972). Modern Rhetoric. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc., New York. |
[Möhr and Schmidt, 1999]![]() |
Wiebke Möhr and Ingrid Schmidt (eds.) (1999). SGML und XML: Anwendungen und Perspektiven. Springer, Berlin, New York. |
[Moen, 1989]![]() |
Daryl R. Moen (1989). Newspaper Layout and Design: a team approach. Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa, 2nd. edition edition. |
[Moens and Steedman, 1988]![]() |
M. Moens and M. Steedman (1988). Temporal ontology and Temporal reference. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(2). |
[Moghrabi, 1980]![]() |
C. Moghrabi (1980). Un Programme de Génération Conceptuel de l'Arabe: Application aux Recettes de Cuisine. PhD thesis, Paris 6. |
[Mohan, 1986]![]() |
Bernhard A. Mohan (1986). Language and content. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass.. |
[Mohan, 1989]![]() |
Bernhard A. Mohan (1989). A situation-based approach to language socialization. In: Word, 40(1-2):99--117. |
[Monaghan, 1979]![]() |
James Monaghan (1979). The Neo-Firthian Tradition and its Contribution to General Linguistics. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Montague, 1974]![]() |
R. Montague (1974). Formal Philosophy. Yale University Press, New Haven. |
[Mooney, 1993]![]() |
D. Mooney (1993). Generating High-Level Structure for Extended Explanations. PhD thesis, University of Delaware, Dept. of Computer and Information Sciences. |
[Moore and Swartout, 1988]![]() |
Johanna D. Moore and William R. Swartout (1988). A Reactive Approach to Explanation. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI Workshop on Explanations. |
[Moore and Mittal, 1996]![]() |
J. D. Moore and V. O. Mittal (1996). Dynamically generated follow-up questions. In: Computer, 29(7):75--8. |
[Moore, 1975]![]() |
R. C. Moore (1975). A serial scheme for inheritance of properties. In: SIGART Newsletter, 53:8--9. |
[Moore et al., 1977]![]() |
J. A. Moore and J. A. Levin and William C. Mann (1977). A Goal-Oriented Model of Human Dialogue. Submitted to American Journal of Computational Linguistics. ?????. |
[Moore, 1980]![]() |
R. Moore (1980). Reasoning about Knowledge and Action. Technical Note Nr. 191. SRI International, Artificial Intelligence Center. |
[Moore, 1981]![]() |
R. C. Moore (1981). Problems in Logical Form. In: Proceedings of the 19rd Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Stanford, Ca, pp. 117--24. |
[Moore, 1989]![]() |
Johanna D. Moore (1989). A reactive approach to explanation in expert and advice-giving systems. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles. |
[Moore and Arens, 1985]![]() |
Johanna D. Moore and Yigal Arens (1985). A Hierarchy for Entities. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Internal Draft. |
[Moore and Pollack, 1992]![]() |
Johanna D. Moore and Martha E. Pollack (1992). A problem for RST: the need for multi-level discourse analysis. In: Computational Linguistics, 18(4):537--544. |
[Morales-Cueto, 1998]![]() |
A. Morales-Cueto (1998). Adaption of the resource model of ILEX/WAG to Spanish. Masters thesis, Division of Informatics, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland. |
[Moravcsik and Wirth, 1980]![]() |
E. Moravcsik and J. Wirth (eds.) (1980). Syntax and Semantics, volume 13: Current Approaches to Syntax. Academic Press, New York. |
[Morgan and Green, 1977]![]() |
J. L. Morgan and G. M. Green (1977). Pragmatics and Reading Comprehension. University Of Illinois. |
[Morgan, 1973]![]() |
Jerry L. Morgan (1973). How can you be in two places at once when you're not anywhere at all? In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 9:410--427. |
[Morik, 1986]![]() |
Katharina Morik (1986). Modeling the User's Wants. Presented at the First International Workshop on User Modelling, Maria Laach, West Germany. |
[Morik, 1987]![]() |
k. Morik (ed.) (1987). GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin. |
[Morley, 2000]![]() |
G. David Morley (2000). Syntax in functional grammar: an introduction to lexicogrammar in systemic linguistics. Continuum, London and New York. |
[Morley, 1985]![]() |
David Morley (1985). An introduction to systemic grammar. Macmillan, London. |
[Moser and Moore, 1996]![]() |
Megan Moser and Johanna D. Moore (1996). Towards a synthesis of two accounts of discourse structure. In: Computational Linguistics, 22(3):409--419. |
[Moses, ]![]() |
Lisa Moses (). TOPS-20 User's manual. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Internal manual, Marina del Rey, California. |
[Mueller, 1990]![]() |
Erik T. Mueller (1990). Daydreaming in humans and machines: A computer model of the stream of thought. Ablex/Intellect, Norwood, NJ. |
[Mueller, 1990]![]() |
Erik T. Mueller (1990). Daydreaming in humans and machines: A computer model of the stream of thought. Appendix B: description of generator, pp. 351--363. Ablex/Intellect, Norwood, NJ. |
[Mueller, 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Erik T. Mueller (1998). Natural language processing with ThoughtTreasure. Signiform, New York. Available at: http://www.signiform.com/tt/book/. |
[Mugler, 1988]![]() |
Alfred Mugler (1988). Tempus und Aspekt als Zeitbeziehung. Volume 9 of Studien zur theoretischen Linguistik. Fink, München. |
[Mühlhäusler and Harré, 1990]![]() |
Peter Mühlhäusler and Rom Harré (1990). Pronouns and people: the linguistic construction of social and personal identity. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Muir, 1972]![]() |
James Muir (1972). A Modern Approach to English Grammar. An Introduction to Systemic Grammar. Batsford, London. |
[MULTILEX, 1993]![]() |
MULTILEX (1993). Linguistic description of the MULTILEX standard. Technical Report. CAP GEMINI Innovation, Boulogne-Billancourt. |
[Munro, 1977]![]() |
Allen Munro (1977). Speech Act Understanding in Context. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego. |
[Murcia-Bielsa, 1999]![]() |
Susanna Murcia-Bielsa (1999). Instructional texts in English and Spanish: a contrastive study. PhD thesis, University of Cordoba, Cordoba, Spain. |
[Murray, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Arthur T. Murray (2002). AI4U: Mind-1.1 Programmer's Manual. iUniverse, Lincoln, Nebraska. |
[Nakhimovsky, 1988]![]() |
Alexander Nakhimovsky (1988). Aspect, Aspectual Class, and the Temporal Structure of Narrative. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(2):29--43. |
[Namer, 1989]![]() |
F. Namer (1989). Subject Erasing and Pronominalization in Italian Text Generation. In: EACL. Manchester. |
[Namer, 1990]![]() |
F. Namer (1990). Pronominalisation et Effacement du Sujet en Génération Automatique de Textes en Langues romanes. PhD thesis, |
[Napoli, 1989]![]() |
Donna Jo Napoli (1989). Predication theory: a case study in indexing theory. Cambridge University Press. |
[Natanson, 1970]![]() |
M. Natanson (ed.) (1970). Phenomenology and Social Reality: Essays in memory of Alfred Schutz. Nijhoff, The Hague. |
[Nebel et al., 1991]![]() |
Bernhard Nebel and Christof Peltason and Kai von Luck (1991). Proceedings of International Workshop on Terminological Logics. Technical Report Nr. DFKI-D-91-13. DFKI, Saarbrücken. |
[Neches et al., 1991]![]() |
R. Neches and R. Fikes and T. Finin and T. Gruber and R. Patil and T. Senator and W. R. Swartout (1991). Enabling technology for knowledge sharing. In: AI Magazine, 12(3):16--36. |
[Negrine, 1994]![]() |
R Negrine (1994). Politics and the Mass Media in Britain. Routledge, London. |
[Nerbonne et al., 1994]![]() |
John Nerbonne and Klaus Netter and Carl Pollard (eds.) (1994). German in Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. Volume 46 of Lecture Note Series. CSLI, Stanford. |
[Nerbonne, 1992]![]() |
John Nerbonne (1992). Representing grammar, meaning and knowledge. Berlin, Germany. (Papers from KIT-FAST Workshop, Technical University Berlin, October 9th - 11th 1991). |
[Nesbitt, 1994]![]() |
Christopher F. Nesbitt (1994). Construing linguistic resources: consumer perspectives. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Nessen, 1986]![]() |
E. Nessen (1986). SCUM; User Modeling in the SINIX-Consultant. Presented at the First International Workshop on User Modelling, Maria Laach, West Germany. |
[Neuhold, 1988]![]() |
Erich J. Neuhold (1988). Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme. In: Der GMD-Spiegel, 18(4). |
[Neuhold, 1991]![]() |
Erich J. Neuhold (1991). Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme. In: Der GMD-Spiegel, 21(1):16--17. |
[Neumann, 1991]![]() |
Günter Neumann (1991). A Bidirectional Model for Natural Language Processing. In: Proceedings of the 5th Conference of the European Chapter of the ACL. Berlin, Germany, pp. 245--250. |
[Neumann and Novak, 1986]![]() |
B. Neumann and H.-J. Novak (1986). NAOS: Ein System zur natürlichen Beschreibung zeitveränderter Szenen. In: Informatik: Forschung und Entwicklung, 1:83--92. |
[Mann, 1988]![]() |
William C. Mann (1988). Dialogue Games. In: Argumentation, . also available as USC/Information Sciences Institute report RR-79-77.. |
[Mann, 1990]![]() |
William C. Mann (1990). The Origins of Text Structuring Relations. In Preparation.. |
[Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, 1969]![]() |
Ch. Perelman and L. Olbrechts-Tyteca (1969). The New Rhetoric: A Treatise on Argumentation. University of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Indiana. |
[Newell and Simon, 1972]![]() |
A. Newell and H. A. Simon (1972). Human Problem Solving. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.. |
[Newmark, 1988]![]() |
Peter Newmark (1988). A textbook of translation. Prentice Hall. |
[Newmeyer, 1976]![]() |
F. J. Newmeyer (1976). Relational Grammar and autonomous syntax. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 12:506--515. |
[Nichols, 1978]![]() |
J. Nichols (1978). Secondary Predicates. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 114--127. |
[Nichols, 1986]![]() |
J. Nichols (1986). Head-marking and dependent-marking grammar. In: Language, 62(1):56--119. |
[Nida, 1949]![]() |
Eugene A. Nida (1949). Morphology. The descriptive analysis of words. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. |
[Nida, 1964]![]() |
Eugene Nida (1964). Toward a Science of Translating. E. J. Brill, Leiden. |
[Nielsen, 2000]![]() |
Jakob Nielsen (2000). Designing web usability: the practice of simplicity. New Riders Publishing, Indianapolis, Indiana. |
[Niemeier and Dirven, 1998]![]() |
Susanne Niemeier and Rene Dirven (eds.) (1998). The Language of Emotions. Benjamins. |
[Project, 1989]![]() |
Penman Project (1989). The Nigel Manual. Technical Report. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, California. |
[Nilson, 1980]![]() |
Nils J. Nilson (1980). Principles of Artificial Intelligence. Tioga Publishing Company, Palo Alto, Ca.. |
[Nirenburg et al., 1992]![]() |
Sergei Nirenburg and Jaime Carbonell and Masaru Tomita and Kenneth Goodman (eds.) (1992). Knowledge-based Machine Translation. |
[Nirenburg, 1987]![]() |
Sergei Nirenburg (ed.) (1987). Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Machine Translation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Nirenburg, 1990]![]() |
Sergei Nirenburg (1990). Practical Computational Linguistics. Technical Report. Center for Machine Translation, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA.. |
[Nirenburg and Nirenburg, 1988]![]() |
Sergei Nirenburg and Irene Nirenburg (1988). A Framework for Lexical Selection in Natural Language Generation. In: Proceedings of COLING 88. Budapest, Hungary. |
[Nirenburg and Raskin, 1987]![]() |
Sergei Nirenburg and Victor Raskin (1987). The subworld concept lexicon and the lexicon management system. In: Computational Linguistics, 13(3-4). |
[Nisbett and Wilson, 1977]![]() |
R. E. Nisbett and T. D. Wilson (1977). Telling More Than We Know: Verbal Reports on Mental Processes. In: Psychological Review, 84:231--259. |
[Nixon and Jones, 1956]![]() |
Raymond Nixon and Robert L. Jones (1956). The content of non-competitive and competitive newspapers. In: Journalism Quarterly, 33(3):299--314. |
[Noel, 1986]![]() |
Dirk Noel (1986). Towards a Functional Characterization of the News of the BBC World News Service. Antwerp, Belgium. |
[Nogier, 1991]![]() |
J.-F. Nogier (1991). Géneration automatique de langage et graph conceptuels. Hermes, Paris. |
[Noonan, 1977]![]() |
M. Noonan (1977). On subjects and topics. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 3. pp. 372--385. |
[Noonan, 1978]![]() |
M. Noonan (1978). The passive analog in Lango. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 128--139. |
[Nord, 1988]![]() |
Christiane Nord (1988). Textanalyse und Übersetzen. Julius Groos, Heidelberg. |
[Nordenfelt, 1977]![]() |
L. Nordenfelt (1977). Events, actions, and ordinary language. Doxa, Lund. |
[Norman and Rumelhart, 1975]![]() |
D. A. Norman and D. E. Rumelhart (1975). Explorations in Cognition. W. H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco, CA. |
[Norman, 1973]![]() |
D. Norman (1973). Memory, Knowledge and the Answering of Question. In: R. Solso (ed.), Contemporary Issues in Cognitive Psychology. Winston, E, Washington, D. C.. |
[Norman, 1988]![]() |
Donald A. Norman (1988). The design of everyday things. Doubleday Press, New York. |
[Norrish, 1987]![]() |
Patricia Norrish (1987). The graphic translatability of text. British Library Board and University of Reading. |
[Novak, 1986]![]() |
H. J. Novak (1986). Generating a Coherent Text Describing a Traffic Scene. In: 11th COLING. Bonn. |
[Novak, 1988]![]() |
H. J. Novak (1988). Textgenerierung aus visuellen Daten: Beschreibung von Strassenszenen. Springer. |
[Nunberg, 1978]![]() |
G. Nunberg (1978). The pragmatics of reference. Indiana Linguistics Club, Bloomington. |
[Nunberg, 1990]![]() |
Geoffrey Nunberg (1990). The Linguistics of Punctuation. Volume 18 of CSLI Lecture Notes. Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford. |
[Nwogu, 1990]![]() |
Kevin Nwogu (1990). Discourse variation in medical texts: schema, theme and cohesion. PhD thesis, Department of English, Nottingham University, Nottingham. |
[O'Brien, 1995]![]() |
T. O'Brien (1995). Rhetorical structure analysis and the case of the inaccurate, incoherent source-hopper. In: Applied Linguistics, 16(4):442--482. |
[O'Donnell, 1989]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1989). Experiments in Parsing. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Linguistics Department, Sydney, Australia. |
[O'Donnell, 1990]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1990). Function Potential Grammar. Technical Report. Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. |
[O'Donnell, 1990]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1990). A dynamic model of exchange. In: Word, 41(3):293--328. |
[O'Donnell, 1994]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1994). Sentence analysis and generation: a systemic perspective. PhD thesis, University of Sydney, Department of Linguistics, Sydney, Australia. |
[O'Donnell, 1995]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1995). Evaluation of natural language analysis systems. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI. |
[O'Donnell, 1997]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell (1997). RST-Tool: an RST analysis tool. In: Proceedings of the 6th. European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Duisburg, Germany. |
[O'Donnell, 1999]![]() |
Michael J. O'Donnell (1999). Context in dynamic modelling. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Text and Context in Functional Linguistic. (CILT Series IV). pp. 63--99. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[O'Donnell and Sefton, 1995]![]() |
Michael O'Donnell and Peter Sefton (1995). Modelling telephonic interaction: a dynamic approach. In: INTERFACE. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 10(1):63--78. |
[O'Grady et al., 1996]![]() |
William O'Grady and Michael Dobrovolsky and Francis Katamba (eds.) (1996). Contemporary Linguistics. An introduction. Longman, London and New York, 3rd. edition. |
[O'Halloran, 2000]![]() |
Kay L. O'Halloran (2000). Classroom Discourse in Mathematics: A Multisemiotic Analysis. In: Linguistics and Education, 10(3):359--388. |
[O'Halloran, 1996]![]() |
Kay L. O'Halloran (1996). The Discourses of Secondary School Mathematics. PhD thesis, Murdoch University, Western Australia. |
[O'Halloran, 1999]![]() |
Kay L. O'Halloran (1999). Interdependence, Interaction and Metaphor in Multisemiotic Texts. In: Social Semiotics, 9(3):317--354. |
[O'Halloran, 1999]![]() |
Kay L. O'Halloran (1999). Towards a Systemic Functional Analysis of Multisemiotic Mathematics Texts. In: Semiotica, 124(1/2):1--29. |
[O'Toole, 1988]![]() |
Michael O'Toole (1988). Henry Reed, and what follows the `Naming of Parts'. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. pp. 12--30. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[O'Toole, 1989]![]() |
Michael O'Toole (1989). Semiotic systems in painting and poetry. In: C. Poke and R. Russell and M. Falchikov (eds.), A Festschrift for Dennis Ward. Astra Press, Nottingham. |
[O'Toole, 1994]![]() |
Michael O'Toole (1994). The language of displayed art. Leicester University Press (Pinter), London. |
[Oates, 1999]![]() |
S. L. Oates (1999). State of the art report on discourse markers and relations. Technical Report Nr. ITRI-99-08. ITRI, University of Brighton. |
[Oberlander, 1998]![]() |
Jon Oberlander (1998). Do the right thing ... but expect the unexpected. In: Computational Linguistics, 24(3):501--508. |
[Ochs et al., 1996]![]() |
Elinor Ochs and Emanuel Schegloff and Sandra Thompson (1996). Interaction and Grammar. Cambridge University Press. |
[Ochs and Schieffelin, 1979]![]() |
E. Ochs and B. Schieffelin (eds.) (1979). Developmental Pragmatics. Academic Press, New York. |
[Oepen and Carroll, 2000]![]() |
Stephan Oepen and John Carroll (2000). Parser engineering and performance profiling. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):81--97. |
[Ogden and Bernick, 1997]![]() |
W. C. Ogden and P. Bernick (1997). Using Natural Language Interfaces. In: M. Helander (ed.), Handbook of Human-Computer Interaction. Elsevier, North Holland. |
[Oh and Dineen, 1979]![]() |
Choon-kyu Oh and David A. Dineen (eds.) (1979). Presupposition. Volume 11 of Syntax and Semantics. Academic Press, New York. |
[Olaszy, 1991]![]() |
G. Olaszy (1991). The inherent time structure of speech sounds. In: Gósy Mária (ed.), Temporal factors in speech. pp. 107--138. Budapest. |
[Olaszy, 1991]![]() |
G. Olaszy (1991). Timing algorithms in the MULTIVOX automatic multilingual text-to-speech system. In: Gósy Mária (ed.), Temporal factors in speech. pp. 153--173. Budapest. |
[Olaszy and Németh, 1997]![]() |
Gábor Olaszy and Géza Németh (1997). Prosody Generation for German Concept-to-Speech Systems. In: Speech Communication, 21(1--2). |
[J., 1986]![]() |
Oldenburg (Torr), J. (1986). The transitional stage of a second child -- 18 months to 2 years. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 9(1):123--135. |
[Olive and Liberman, 1985]![]() |
J. P. Olive and M. Y. Liberman (1985). Text-to-speech: an overview. In: Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 78. |
[Olivier and Gapp, 1998]![]() |
Patrick Olivier and Klaus-Peter Gapp (eds.) (1998). Representation and processing of spatial expressions. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, New Jersey. |
[Olsen, 1970]![]() |
D. R. Olsen (1970). Language and thought : Aspects of a cognitive theory of semantics. In: Psychological Review, 77:257--273. |
[Olsen, 1978]![]() |
M. Olsen (1978). Switch reference in Barai. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 140--156. |
[Ortony et al., 1987]![]() |
Andrew Ortony and Gerald L. Clore and Mark A. Foss (1987). The Referential Structure of the Affective Lexicon. In: Cognitive Science, 11:341--364. |
[Ortony et al., 1988]![]() |
Andrew Ortony and Gerald L. Glore and Allan Collins (1988). The Cognitive Structure of Emotions. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Ortony and Clore, 1989]![]() |
Andrew Ortony and Gerald L. Clore (1989). Emotions, Moods, and Conscious Awareness. In: Cognition and Emotion, 3(2):125--137. |
[Osthoff and Brugmann, 1878]![]() |
Hermann Osthoff and Karl Brugmann (1878). Morphologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen. Volume 1. Hirzel, Leipzig. |
[Ottmers, 1996]![]() |
Clemens Ottmers (1996). Rhetorik. Weimar, Stuttgart. |
[Oviatt, 1997]![]() |
Sharon L. Oviatt (1997). Multimodal interactive maps: designing for human performance. In: Human-Computer Interaction, 12:93--129. |
[Oviatt, 1999]![]() |
Sharon L. Oviatt (1999). Ten myths of multimodal interaction. In: Communications of the ACM, 42(11):74--81. |
[Engelien and McBryde, 1991]![]() |
Brigitte Engelien and Ronnie McBryde (1991). Ovum: Natural Language Markets: Commercial Strategies. Ovum Ltd., London, England. |
[Pereira, 1983]![]() |
F. C. N. Pereira (1983). Can Drawing Be Liberated From The Von Neumann Style. In: Proc. of 1983 ACM database week. ACM. |
[Paducheva, 1974]![]() |
E. V. Paducheva (1974). \em O semantike sintaksisa. Nauka, Moskva. |
[Paducheva, 1985]![]() |
E. V. Paducheva (1985). \em Vyskazyvanie i ego sootnesennost' s dejstvitel'nost'ju. Nauka, Moskva. |
[Painter, 2001]![]() |
Claire Painter (2001). Learning through language in early childhood. Open Linguistics. Continuum Press, London. |
[Painter, 1984]![]() |
Clare Painter (1984). Into the Mother Tongue: a case study in early language development. Frances Pinter, London. (Open Linguistics Series). |
[Painter, 1985]![]() |
Clare Painter (1985). Learning the mother tongue. Deakin University Press, Geelong. |
[Painter, 1989]![]() |
Clare Painter (1989). Learning language: a fuctional view of language development. In: Ruqaiya Hasan and James R. Martin (eds.), Language Development. pp. 18--65. Ablex, Norwood, NJ. |
[Painter, 1990]![]() |
Clare Painter (1990). Learning the mother tongue. Deakin University Press, Geelong, 2nd. edition edition. |
[Painter, 1996]![]() |
Claire Painter (1996). Learning about language: Construing semiosis in the pre-school years. In: Functions of Language, 3(1):95--125. |
[, 1986]![]() |
(1986). Writing to mean: teaching genres across the curriculum. In: Occasional Papers. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, . |
[Palmer, 1965]![]() |
F. Palmer (1965). A Linguistic Study of the English Verb. Longman, London. |
[Palmer, 1974]![]() |
F. Palmer (1974). The English Verb. Longman, London. |
[Palmer, 1979]![]() |
F. Palmer (1979). Modality and the English modals. Longman, London. |
[Palmer, 1986]![]() |
F. R. Palmer (1986). Mood and modality. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Pan and McKeown, 1996]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Shimei Pan and Kathleen McKeown (1996). Spoken language generation in a multimedia system. In: Proc. ICSLP '96. Volume 1. Philadelphia, PA, pp. 374--377. |
[Maat, 1999]![]() |
Henk Pander Maat (1999). the differential linguistic realization of comparative and additive coherence relations. In: Cognitive Linguistics, 10(2):147--184. |
[Pansegrau, 1997]![]() |
Petra Pansegrau (1997). Dialogizität und Degrammatikalisierung in E-mails. In: Rüdiger Weingarten (ed.), Sprachwandel durch Computer. pp. 86--104. ??, Opladen. |
[Paolini and Cantoni, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Paolo Paolini and Lorenzo Cantoni (2001). Hypermedia Analysis. Some Insights from Semiotics and Ancient Rhetoric. In: Studies in Communication Science, 1(1):33--53. |
[Paris et al., 2001]![]() ![]() |
Cécile Paris and Stephen Wan and Ross Wilkinson and Mingfang Wu (2001). Generating Personal Travel Guides - and who wants them? In: 8th International Conference on User Modeling. |
[Paris et al., 1998]![]() |
C. Paris and K. Vander Linden and S. Lu (1998). Automatic Document Creation from Software Specifications. In: Proceedings of the Australian Document Computing Symposium. Sydney. |
[Paris, 1984]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1984). Determining the Level of Expertise of a User of a Question Answering System. Technical Report Nr. 84-3-paris-1. Columbia University. New York City, New York. |
[Paris, 1988]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1988). Tailoring Object Descriptions to the User's Level of Expertise. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3):64--78. Special Issue on User Modelling. |
[Paris, 1991]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1991). Text generation: a survey paper. In: Nancy M. Ide (ed.), Methodologies in Humanities Computing. University of Pennsylvania Press. |
[Paris, 1993]![]() |
Cécile L. Paris (1993). User modelling in text generation. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Parker-Rhodes, 1978]![]() |
A. Frederick Parker-Rhodes (1978). Inferential Semantics. The Humanities Press, New Jersey. (Harvester Studies in Cognitive Science). |
[Parret and Bouveresse, 1981]![]() |
H. Parret and J. Bouveresse (eds.) (1981). Meaning and Understanding. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Parsons, 1990]![]() |
T. Parsons (1990). Events in the semantics of English: a study in subatomic semantics. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA / London. |
[Parsons, 1997]![]() |
K. Parsons (1997). An Authoring Tool for Customizable Documents. Masters thesis, Department of Computer Science, University of Waterloo. |
[Partee, 1972]![]() |
Barbara H. Partee (1972). Opacity, Coreference, and Pronouns. Semantics of Natural Language. In: D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.). Reidel, Dordrecht. |
[Partee, 1975]![]() |
Barbara Partee (1975). Montague Grammar and Transformational Grammar. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 6:203--300. |
[Partee, 1992]![]() |
Barbara Partee (1992). Syntactic categories and semantic type. In: Michael Rosner and Roderick Johnson (eds.), Computational linguistics and formal semantics. Cambridge Univeristy Press. |
[Partington, 2000]![]() |
Alan Partington (2000). Patterns and meanings. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Passonneau and Litman, 1997]![]() |
R. J. Passonneau and D. H. Litman (1997). Discourse segmentation by human and automated means. In: Computational Linguistics, 23(1):103--139. |
[Patil, 1981]![]() |
Ramesh S. Patil (1981). Causal Representation of Patient Illness for Electrolyte and Acid-Base Diagnosis. PhD thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. MIT/LCS/TR-267. |
[Patten, 1986]![]() |
Terry Patten (1986). Interpreting Systemic Grammar as a Computational Representation: A Problem Solving Approach to Text Generation. PhD thesis, Edinburgh University, Scotland. |
[Patten and Ritchie, 1987]![]() |
Terry Patten and Graeme Ritchie (1987). A formal model of systemic grammar. In: Gerard Kempen (ed.), Natural Language Generation. Martinus Nijhof, Dordrecht. |
[Patten, 1988]![]() |
Terry Patten (1988). Compiling the interface between text planning and realization. St Paul, Minnesota, USA. Workshop on text planning and Natural Language Generation, Sponsored by AAAI. |
[Patten, 1988]![]() |
Terry Patten (1988). Systemic Text Generation as Problem Solving. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Thorndyke, 1977]![]() |
Perry Thorndyke (1977). Pattern-Directed Processing of Knowledge from Texts. Technical Report Nr. P-5806. RAND Corp.. |
[Have, 1998]![]() |
Paul Ten Have (1998). Doing Conversation Analysis. Sage, London. |
[Pawley, 1987]![]() |
A. Pawley (1987). Encoding events in Kalam and English: different logics for reporting experience. In: R. Tomlin (ed.), Coherence and grounding in discourse. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Payne, 1985]![]() |
T. Payne (1985). Negation. In: T. Shopen (ed.), Language typology and syntactic description. Volume 1: clause structure. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Pease and Niles, 2002]![]() |
A. Pease and I. Niles (2002). IEEE Standard Upper Ontology: A Progress Report. In: Knowledge Engineering Review, 17. Special Issue on Ontologies and Agents. |
[Pemberton, 1989]![]() |
L. Pemberton (1989). A modular approach to story generation. In: 4th European Conference of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Manchester. |
[Peng, 1992]![]() |
Fred C. C Peng (1992). Review article: Studies in systemic phonology, edited by Paul Tench. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):659--682. |
[Perfetti, 1997]![]() |
C. A. Perfetti (1997). Sentences, individual differences and multiple texts: three issues in text comprehension. In: Discourse Processes, 23(3):337--355. |
[Perfetti and Goldman, 1974]![]() |
C. A. Perfetti and S. A. Goldman (1974). Thematization and sentence retrieval. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13:70--79. |
[Perlmutter, 1983]![]() |
D. Perlmutter (1983). Studies in Relational Grammar I. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Perrault and Cohen, 1978]![]() |
C. R. Perrault and P. R. Cohen (1978). Planning Speech Acts. Technical Report. University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science. |
[Perrault and Allen, 1980]![]() |
Ray C. Perrault and James F. Allen (1980). A Plan-Based Analysis of Indirect Speech Acts. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 6(3-4). |
[Peter and Rösner, 1994]![]() |
Gerhard Peter and Dietmar Rösner (1994). User-Model-Driven Generation of Instructions. In: User Modeling and User Adapted Interaction, . |
[Peters, 1998]![]() |
Hans Peters (1998). Scottish identities? The use of Scots by Scottish authors. In: Rainer Schulz (ed.), Meaningful choices in English. pp. 157--?. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Peters and Ritchie, 1973]![]() |
Stanley P. Peters and Richard W. Ritchie (1973). On the generative power of transformational grammars. In: Information Sciences, 6:49--83. |
[Petrick, 1973]![]() |
S. R. Petrick (1973). Transformational Analysis. In: R. Rustin (ed.), Natural Language Processing. Algorithmics Press, New York. |
[Petter, 1988]![]() |
Yvonne Petter (1988). Argumentationsstrategien. In: Barbara Sandig (ed.), Stilistisch-rhetorische Diskursanalyse. pp. 103--120. ??, Tübingen. |
[Peyragrosse, 1993]![]() |
J. J. Peyragrosse (1993). GASPAR: a system for automatic natural language paraphrase of SQL queries. |
[Pheby, 1969]![]() |
John Pheby (1969). Intonation und Grammatik im Deutschen. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin. (2nd. edition, 1980). |
[Pheby, 1980]![]() |
John Pheby (1980). Intonation. In: K. E. Heidolph and W. Fämig and W. Motsch (eds.), Grundzüge einer deutschen Grammatik. pp. 839--897. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin. |
[Phillips, 1986]![]() |
Joy Phillips (1986). The development of modality and hypothetical meaning: Nigel 1;7 1/2 - 2;7 1/2. Working Papers Nr. 3. University of Sydney Linguistics Department. |
[Phillips, 1989]![]() |
J. Phillips (1989). Lexical expansion: The role of comparing and contrasting. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 12(2):17--33. |
[Phillips, 1991]![]() |
J. Phillips (1991). Generation from indexed logical forms.. In: 3d European Workshop of Natural Language Generation. Judenstein. |
[Philo, 1995]![]() |
Greg Philo (ed.) (1995). Glasgow Media Group Reader, Volume 2: Industry, Economy, War and Politics. Routledge, London. |
[Philo, 1999]![]() |
Greg Philo (ed.) (1999). Message received: Glasgow Media Group research 1993-1998. Addison Wesley Longman, Harlow. |
[Phillips, 1988]![]() |
J. Phillips (1988). The development of comparisons and contrasts. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 11(1):54--65. |
[Pianese, 1994]![]() |
F. Pianese (1994). Elaborazione del linguaggio naturale e multilingualita. In: Reiner Arntz (ed.), La traduzione: nuovi approcci tra teoria e pratica. Accademia Europea Bolzano, CUEN. |
[Pianese and Pianta, 1994]![]() |
Fabio Pianese and Emanuele Pianta (1994). Description of the Italian Tactical Generator. GIST (Generating InStructional Text: EU-LRE 062-09) Deliverable Nr. PR-2b. IRST. |
[Piccioli, 1987]![]() |
M. T. Piccioli (1987). Bilingual development of Italo-Australian children. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, Series S(4):81--100. |
[Pickbourn, 1789]![]() |
J. Pickbourn (1789). A Dissertation on the English Verb. The Scolar Press Limited, Menston, England. Facsimile edition by Scolar, 1968. |
[Pierrehumbert, 1980]![]() |
Janet B. Pierrehumbert (1980). The phonology and phonetics of English intonation. PhD thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Ma. |
[Pignataro, 1988]![]() |
V. Pignataro (1988). A Computational Approach to Topic and Focus in a Production Model. In: COLING-88. |
[Pike, 1967]![]() |
K. L. Pike (1967). Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behaviour. Mouton, The Hague, (2nd. edition) edition. |
[Pike and Pike, 1982]![]() |
Kenneth L. Pike and E. Pike (1982). Text and Tagmeme. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Pike and Pike, 1983]![]() |
Kenneth L. Pike and Evelyn G. Pike (1983). Text and Tagmeme. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Pinto, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
S. Pinto (2001). Revising and Extending the Units of Measure "Subontology". In: Working Notes of the IJCAI-2001 Workshop on the IEEE Standard Upper Ontology. |
[Pirlein, 1993]![]() |
Thomas Pirlein (1993). Reusing a large domain-independent knowledge base. In: Fifth International Conference on Software Engineering and Knowledge Engineering (SEKE'93). San Francisco. |
[Pitkin, 1977]![]() |
W. L. Jr Pitkin (1977). Hierarchies and the Discourse Hierarchy. In: College English, 38(7):648--659. |
[Pitkin, 1977]![]() |
W. L. Jr Pitkin (1977). X/Y: Some Basic Strategies of Discourse. In: College English, 38(7):660--672. |
[Piwek et al., 1999]![]() |
P. Piwek and Roger Evans and Richard Power (1999). Dialogue as Knowledge Editing. Technical Report Nr. ITRI-99-11. ITRI, University of Brighton. |
[Planalp, 1999]![]() |
Sally Planalp (1999). Communicating Emotion. Cambridge University Press. |
[Plátek and Sgall, 1978]![]() |
M. Plátek and P. Sgall (1978). A scale of context-sensitive languages: applications to natural language. In: Information and Control, 38:1--20. |
[Plath, 1976]![]() |
W. J. Plath (1976). REQUEST: A Natural Language Question Answering System. In: IBM Journal of Research and Development, July:pages 326--335. |
[Platzack, 1978]![]() |
S. Platzack (1978). Tempus i svenska. Department of Linguistics, Lund University. |
[Platzack, 1979]![]() |
C. Platzack (1979). The Semantic Interpretation of Aspect and Aktionsarten. A Study of Internal Time Reference in Swedish. Foris, Dordrecht. |
[Plum, 1981]![]() |
Guenter A. Plum (1981). Second-language development in unnatural situations: a functional critique of the NSW Home Tutor Scheme. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 4(1). |
[Plum, 1986]![]() |
Guenter A. Plum (1986). Quantification of text and context. In: University of Sydney Linguistics Department: Working Papers in Linguistics, 3. |
[Plum, 1988]![]() |
Guenter A Plum (1988). Textual and contextual conditioning in spoken English: a genre-based approach. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Poesio, 1987]![]() |
Massimo Poesio (1987). An Organization of Lexical Knowledge for Generation. In: K. Morik (ed.), GWAI-87: 11th German Workshop on Artificial Intelligence. Springer, Berlin. |
[Polanyi, to appear]![]() |
Livia Polanyi (to appear). The Structure of Discourse. Ablex, Norwood, NJ. To Appear. |
[Polanyi, 1978]![]() |
Livia Polanyi (1978). On meaning and coherence relations in text. Semiotica. 23:343--358. |
[Polanyi, 1978]![]() |
Livia Polanyi (1978). False starts can be true. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. |
[Polanyi, 1978]![]() |
Livia Polanyi (1978). The American Story: Cultural constraints on the meaning and structure of stories in conversation. PhD thesis, University of Michigan. |
[Polanyi, 1986]![]() |
Livia Polanyi (1986). The linguistic discourse model: Towards a formal theory of discourse s tructure. Technical Report Nr. 6409. BBN Laboratories Inc, Cambridge, MA. |
[von Polenz, 1988]![]() |
Peter von Polenz (1988). Deutsche Satzsemantik. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Polguère, 1989]![]() |
Alain Polguère (1989). Grammatical and lexical formalisms in FOG-89. Technical Report. System Documentation, Odyssey Research Associaties, Inc., Montréal, Canada. |
[Poliac et al., 1987]![]() |
M. O. Poliac and J. R. Sagle and E. B. Lee and M. R. Wick (1987). A Crew Scheduling Problem. In: Proceedings of the First Annual International Conference on Neural Networks, IEEE. |
[Pollack, 1983]![]() |
Martha Pollack (1983). A Framework for Providing Appropriate Advice. Technical Report Nr. CIS-83-28. University of Pennsylvania, Department of Computer and Information Science. |
[Pollack, 1986]![]() |
M. Pollack (1986). Inferring domain plans in question-answering. PhD thesis, University of Pennsylvania. |
[Pollard, 1985]![]() |
Carl Pollard (1985). Lecture notes on head-driven phrase structure grammar. Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford, California. unpublished. |
[Pollard, 1985]![]() |
Carl Pollard (1985). Lecture notes on Head-driven Phrase Structure Grammar. Technical Report. Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University, Stanford, CA. |
[Pollard and Sag, 1994]![]() |
Carl Pollard and Ivan A. Sag (1994). Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. University of Chicago Press and CSLI Publications, Chicago, Illinois. |
[deSola Pool, 1952]![]() |
Ithiel deSola Pool (1952). The `Prestige Papers': a survey of their editorials. Stanford University Press, Stanford, California. |
[de Sola Pool, 1959]![]() |
Ithiel de Sola Pool (ed.) (1959). Trends in content analysis. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois. |
[Wile, 1981]![]() |
D. Wile (1981). POPART: Producer of Parsers and Related Tools. System Builders' Manual. USC Information Sciences Institute. |
[Wile, 1981]![]() |
D. Wile (1981). POPART: Producer of Parsers and Related Tools. System Builders' Manual. USC/ISI. |
[Postal, 1964]![]() |
Paul Postal (1964). Constituent structure: a study of contemporary models of syntactic description. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Potter and Wetherell, 1987]![]() |
Jonathan Potter and Margaret Wetherell (1987). Discourse and social psychology: beyond attitudes and behaviour. Sage, London. |
[Potter and Wetherell, 1988]![]() |
Jonathan Potter and Margaret Wetherell (1988). Accomplishing attitudes: fact and evaluation in racist discourse. In: Text, 8(1-2):51--68. |
[Power, 2000]![]() |
Richard Power (2000). Mapping Rhetorical Structures to Text Structures by Constraint Satisfaction. Technical Report Nr. ITRI-00-01. ITRI, University of Brighton. |
[Power, 1979]![]() |
R Power (1979). The organisation of purposeful dialogues. In: Linguistics, 17:107--151. |
[Power and Cavallotto, 1996]![]() |
Richard Power and Nico Cavallotto (1996). GIST: Multilingual Generation of Administrative Forms.. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 17--19. Demonstration. |
[Poynton, 1984]![]() |
Cate McK. Poynton (1984). Names as vocatives: forms and functions. In: Nottingham Linguistics Circular, 13:1--34. |
[Poynton, 1989]![]() |
Cate Poynton (1989). Language and gender: making the difference. Oxford University Press, Oxford, (2nd. edition) edition. |
[Poynton, 1993]![]() |
C. Poynton (1993). Grammar, language and the social: poststructuralism and systemic functional linguistics. In: Social Semiotics, 3:1--22. |
[van Dijk, 1981]![]() |
Teun van Dijk (1981). Studies in the Pragmatics of Discourse. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Prakasam and Prakasam, 1972]![]() |
V. Prakasam and V. Prakasam (1972). A systemic treatment of certain aspects of Telugu phonology. Phil. thesis, University of York. |
[Prakasam, 1975]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1975). Morpheme revisited. In: Indian Linguistics, 36:308--12. |
[Prakasam, 1976]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1976). A functional view of phonological features. In: Acta Linguistica Hungaricae, 26(1-2):77--88. |
[Prakasam, 1977]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1977). An outline of the theory of systemic phonology. In: International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics, 6:24--42. |
[Prakasam, 1979]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1979). Aspects of sentence phonology. In: Archivum Linguisticum (New Series), 10:57--82. |
[Prakasam, 1979]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1979). An outline of the theory of systemic phonology. In: International Journal of Dravidian Linguistics, 6:24--42. |
[Prakasam, 1982]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1982). The system of length in Telegu. In: Pakha Sanjam, 15:349--56. |
[Prakasam, 1985]![]() |
V. Prakasam (1985). The linguistic spectrum. Punjabi University, Patiala, India. |
[Pratt, 1987]![]() |
R. L. Pratt (1987). Quantifying the performance of text-to-speech synthesizers. In: Speech Technology, :54--64. |
[Prevost and Steedman, 1994]![]() ![]() ![]() |
S. Prevost and M. Steedman (1994). Specifying Intonation from Context for Speech Synthesis. In: Speech Communication, 15(1--2):139--153. |
[Prince, 1978]![]() |
Ellen F. Prince (1978). On the function of existential presupposition in discourse. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 14:362--376. |
[Prince, 1979]![]() |
Ellen F. Prince (1979). On the given/new distinction. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 15:267--278. |
[Prince, 1981]![]() |
Ellen F. Prince (1981). Toward a taxonomy of given-new information. In: P. Cole (ed.), Syntax and semantics: Vol. 14. Radical Pragmatics. pp. 223--255. Academic Press, New York. |
[Prince, 1982]![]() |
E. Prince (1982). The Simple Futurate: Not simply Progressive Futurate minus Progressive. In: CLS 18. |
[Prior, 1967]![]() |
A. N. Prior (1967). Past, present and future. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Danes and Viegweger, 1976]![]() |
Frantisek Danes and Dieter Viegweger (1976). Probleme der Textgrammatik. Volume ? of Studiaa grammatic XI. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin. |
[Weber and Mann, 1979]![]() |
D. J. Weber and W. C. Mann (1979). Prospects for Computer-Assisted Dialect Adaption. In: Notes on Linguistics, Special Issue No. 1. Available from SIL, cost: \$.75. |
[Proszeky and Roosmaa, 1997]![]() |
G. Proszeky and T. Roosmaa (1997). English for Estonians, Hungarians and Bulgarians. In: Proceedings of the Language Teaching and Language Technology Conference. Groningen. |
[Prüst et al., 1994]![]() |
H. Prüst and R. Scha and M. van den Berg (1994). Discourse grammar and verb phrase anaphora. In: Linguistics and Philosophy, . |
[Prüst, 1992]![]() |
Hub Prüst (1992). On discourse structuring, VP anaphora and gapping. PhD thesis, Universiteit van Amsterdam, Amsterdam. |
[Psathas, 1995]![]() |
G. Psathas (1995). Conversation Analysis. The Study of Talk-in-Interaction. Sage, Thousand Oaks, London, New Delhi. |
[Pullum, 1991]![]() |
Geoffrey K. Pullum (1991). The great Eskimo vocabulary hoax, and other irreverent essays on the study of language. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. |
[Pulman, 2000]![]() |
Stephen G. Pulman (2000). Bidirectional contextual resolution. In: Computational Linguistics, 26(4):497--538. |
[Pulman, 1996]![]() |
Stephen G. Pulman (1996). Unification encodings of grammatical notations. In: Computational Linguistics, 22(3):295--327. |
[Purser, 2000]![]() |
Emily Purser (2000). Telling stories: text analysis in a museum. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics. pp. 169--198. Gunter Narr, Tübingen. |
[Pustejovsky, 1988]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1988). Event Semantic Structure. Technical Report. Brandeis University, Waltham, MA.. |
[Pustejovsky, 1989]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1989). The Generative Lexicon. Technical Report. Brandeis University, Waltham, MA.. |
[Pustejovsky, 1991]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1991). The Generative Lexicon. In: Computational Linguistics, 17(4):409--441. |
[Pustejovsky, 1991]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1991). The syntax of event structure. In: Cognition, 41:47--81. |
[Pustejovsky, 1995]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1995). The Generative Lexicon. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.. |
[Pustejovsky, 1997]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (ed.) (1997). Lexical semantics: the problem of polysemy. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Pustejovsky and Boguraev, 1991]![]() |
James Pustejovsky and Bran Boguraev (1991). Lexical Knowledge Representation and Natual Language Processing. In: ??, 17(3). |
[Putnam, 1973]![]() |
Hilary Putnam (1973). Reductionism and the Nature of Psychology. In: Cognition, 2:131--146. |
[Pylyshyn, 1973]![]() |
Z. W. Pylyshyn (1973). What the mind's eye tells the mind's brain : A critique of mental imagery. In: Psychological Bulletin, 80(1). |
[Pylyshyn, 1974]![]() |
Z. W. Pylyshyn (1974). Minds, machines and phenomenology: some reflections on Dreyfus's 'What computers can't do'. In: Cognition, 3:57--77. |
[Quinlan, 1979]![]() |
J. R. Quinlan (1979). Induction Over Large Data Bases. Technical Report Nr. HPP-79-14. Stanford University Computer Science Department. |
[Quantz et al., 1994]![]() |
J. Quantz and M. Gehrke and U. Küssner and B. Schmitz (1994). The VERBMOBIL domain model version 1.0. Verbmobil Report Nr. 29. University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken, Germany. |
[Quilici et al., 1988]![]() |
Alex Quilici and Michael Dyer and Margot Flowers (1988). Providing Explanatory Responses to Plan-Oriented Misconceptions. In: Computational Linguistics, 14(3). |
[Quirk et al., 1985]![]() |
Randolph Quirk and Sidney Greenbaum and Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartik (1985). A comprehensive grammar of the English language. Longman, London. |
[Quirk et al., 1991]![]() |
Randolph Quirk and Sidney Greenbaum and Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvik (1991). A Grammar of Contemporary English. Longman, London. |
[Quirk et al., 1972]![]() |
R. Quirk and S. Greenbaum and G. Leech and J. Svartik (1972). A Grammar of Contemporary English. Longman, London. |
[, 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
(ed.) (1999). Proceedings of the AISB'99 Workshop on Reference Architectures and Data Standards for NLP. Edinburgh, Scotland. AISB. |
[Lebowitz, 1982]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1982). Intelligent Information Systems. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Restle, 1962]![]() |
F. Restle (1962). The Selection of Strategies in Cue Learning. In: Psychological Review, 69:329--343. |
[Rich, 1979]![]() |
Elaine A. Rich (1979). Building and Exploiting User Models. PhD thesis, CMU, Computer Science Department. |
[Rosch, 1973]![]() |
E. Rosch (1973). Natural Categories. In: Cognitive Psychology, 4:328--350. |
[Bates and Bobrow, 1983]![]() |
M. Bates and R. J. Bobrow (1983). The RUS Parser User's Guide. Technical Report. Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc.. |
[Rada et al., 1993]![]() |
R. Rada and W. G. Wang and A. Birchall (1993). Retrieval hierarchies in hypertext. In: Information Processing and Management, 29(3):359--371. |
[Radev and McKeown, 1998]![]() |
Dragomir R. Radev and Kathleen R. McKeown (1998). Generating natural language summaries from multiple on-line sources. In: Computational Linguistics, 24(3):469--500. |
[Radzinski, 1994]![]() |
Daniel Radzinski (1994). Review of: `Machine Translation: A view from the lexicon' (Bonnie Dorr). In: Computational Linguistics, 20(4):670--676. |
[Ragan, 1989]![]() |
Peter Ragan (1989). Applying functional grammar to teaching the writing of ESL. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Ramm, 2000]![]() |
Wiebke Ramm (2000). Textual variation in travel guides. In: Eija Ventola (ed.), Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics. pp. 147--168. Gunter Narr, Tübingen. |
[Ramsay, 1991]![]() |
Alan Ramsay (1991). A common framework for analysis and generation.. In: 5th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Berlin. |
[Rankin, 1988]![]() |
Ivan Rankin (1988). Towards Effective Text Generation in Critiquing Expert Systems. Technical Report Nr. ASLAB 88-03. |
[Rankin, 1989]![]() |
Ivan Rankin (1989). Deep Generation of a Critique. In: Second European Natural Language Generation Workshop. |
[Ransom, 1977]![]() |
E. Ransom (1977). Definiteness, animacy, and noun phrase ordering. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 3. |
[Rassudova, 1984]![]() |
O. P. Rassudova (1984). Aspectual Usage in Modern Russian. Moskva. |
[Raubal, 2001]![]() |
Martin Raubal (2001). Ontology and epistemology for agent-based wayfinding simulation. In: International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):653--665. |
[Ravelli, 1985]![]() |
Louise J. Ravelli (1985). Metaphor, Mode and Complexity: an Exploration of Co-Varying Patterns. B.A. Honours Thesis in Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Ravelli, 1985]![]() |
Louise J. Ravelli (1985). Metaphor, Mode and Complexity: an exploration of co-varying patterns. Technical Report. University of Sydney, Department of Linguistics. B.A. Honours thesis. |
[Ravelli, 1991]![]() |
Louise J. Ravelli (1991). Language from a dynamic perspective: models in general and grammar in particular. PhD thesis, Birmingham University. |
[Rayner et al., 1996]![]() |
M. Rayner and D. Carter and P. Bouillon (1996). Adapting the Core Language Engine to French and Spanish. In: Proceedings of NLP-IA-96. Moncton, new Brunswick. |
[Rayner and Carter, 1996]![]() |
Manny Rayner and David Carter (1996). Fast parsing using pruning and grammar specialization. In: Proceedings of ACL'96. |
[Reah, 1998]![]() |
Danuta Reah (1998). The language of newspapers. Routledge, London. |
[Reape, 1999]![]() |
M. Reape (1999). The RAGS Abstract Syntactic Representation. University of Edinburgh. |
[Reddy, 1979]![]() |
Michael Reddy (1979). The Conduit Metaphor. In: A. Ortony (ed.), Metaphor and Thought. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Redeker, 1986]![]() |
G. Redeker (1986). Language use in informal narratives. PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley. |
[Redeker, 1990]![]() |
G. Redeker (1990). Ideational and pragmatic markers of discourse structure. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 14:367--381. |
[Redeker, 1990]![]() |
G. Redeker (1990). Lexical marking of transitions between discourse segments. Barcelona. Poster presented at the International Pragmatics Conference. |
[Redeker, 1991]![]() |
Gisela Redeker (1991). Linguistic markers of discourse structure. In: Linguistics, 29:1139--1172. |
[Redeker, 1992]![]() |
Gisela Redeker (1992). Coherence and structure in text and discourse. Manuscript. Tilburg University. |
[Reeves, 1983]![]() |
Keith Reeves (1983). British Racial Discourse. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Reichenbach, 1947]![]() |
Hans Reichenbach (1947). Elements of Symbolic Logic. Macmillan, London and New York. |
[Reichling, 1961]![]() |
A. J. B. D. Reichling (1961). Principles and methods of syntax: Cryptanalytical formalism. In: Lingua, 10:1--17. |
[Reichman, 1978]![]() |
Rachel Reichman (1978). Conversational Coherency. In: Cognitive Science, 2:283--327. |
[Reichman, 1981]![]() |
Rachael Reichman (1981). Plain Speaking: A Theory and Grammar of Spontaneous Discourse. Technical Report Nr. Report No. 4681. Bolt, Baranek and Newman, Inc.. |
[Reichman, 1985]![]() |
Rachael Reichman (1985). Making computers speak like you and me. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Reid, 1956]![]() |
T. Reid (1956). Linguistics, Structuralism, and Philology. In: Archivum Linguisticum, 8:28--37. |
[Reid, 1987]![]() |
Ian Reid (ed.) (1987). The place of genre in learning: current debates. Typereader Publications 1. Deakin University Press, Geelong, Victoria. |
[Reinhart, 1981]![]() |
T. Reinhart (1981). Pragmatics and Linguistics: an analysis of sentence topics. In: Philosophica, . |
[Reinke, 1994]![]() |
Uwe Reinke (1994). Zur Leistungsfähigkeit integrierter Übersetzungssystem. In: Lebende Sprachen, 3(3):97--104. |
[Reis and Rosengren, 1991]![]() |
Marga Reis and Inger Rosengren (eds.) (1991). Fragesätze und Fragen. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Reiß, 1976]![]() |
Katherine Reiß (1976). Texttyp und Übersetzungsmethode. Der operative Text. Kronberg/Ts.. Monographien Literatur + Sprache + Didaktik 11. Reprinted: Heidelberg, 1983. |
[Reiß, 1977]![]() |
Katherine Reiß (1977). Textsortenkonventionen. Vergleichende Untersuchungen zur Todesanzeige. In: Le Langage et l'homme, 35:46--54. (Second part in Volume 36 (1978), pp60--68). |
[Reiss, 1990]![]() |
Katherine Reiss (1990). Das Misverständnis vom eigentlichen Übersetzen. In: R. Arntz and G. Thome (eds.), Übersetzungswissenschaft: Ergebnisse und Perspektiven. Narr, Tübingen. |
[Reiß\ and Vermeer, 1984]![]() |
Katharine Reiß\ and H. J. Vermeer (1984). Grundlegung einer allgemeinen Translationstheorie. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Reiter et al., 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
E. Reiter and R. Robertson and L. Osman (2003). Lessons from a Failure: Generating Tailored Smoking Cessation Letters. In: Artificial Intelligence, 144:41--58. |
[Reiter et al., 1995]![]() |
Ehud Reiter and Chris Mellish and John Levine (1995). Automatic Generation of Technical Documentation. In: Applied Artificial Intelligence, 9. |
[Reiter, 1990]![]() |
Ehud Reiter (1990). The Computational Complexity of Avoiding Conversational Implicatures. In: Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the ACL-90. pp. 97--104. |
[Reiter, 1990]![]() |
Ehud Reiter (1990). A New Model for Lexical Choice of Open-Class Words. In: 5th. International Workshop on Natural Language Generation, 3-6 June 1990. Pittsburgh, PA.. |
[Reiter, 1991]![]() |
Ehud Reiter (1991). A New Model of Lexical Choice for Nouns. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4):240--251. |
[Reiter, 1991]![]() |
E. Reiter (1991). A New Model of Lexical Choice for Nouns. DAI Research Paper Nr. 547. Dept. of Artificial Intelligence, University of Edinburgh. |
[Reiter, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Ehud Reiter (2000). Pipelines and Size Constraints. In: Computational Linguistics, 26(2):251--259. |
[Reiter and Dale, 2000]![]() |
Ehud Reiter and Robert Dale (2000). Building Natural Language Generation Systems. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, U.K.. |
[Reiter and Dale, 1997]![]() |
Ehud Reiter and Robert Dale (1997). Building applied natural language generation systems. In: Journal of Natural Language Engineering, 3(1):57--87. |
[Reiter and Mellish, 1992]![]() |
Ehud Reiter and Chris Mellish (1992). Using Classification to Generate Text. In: Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the ACL. University of Delaware, pp. 265--272. |
[Reiter and Sripada, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Ehud Reiter and Somayajulu G. Sripada (forthcoming). Human Variation and Lexical Choice. In: Computational Linguistics, . |
[Reithinger et al., 2000]![]() |
Norbert Reithinger and Michael Kipp and Ralf Engel and Jan Alexandersson (2000). Summarizing Multilingual Spoken Negotiation Dialogues. In: Proceedings of ACL'2000. |
[Reithinger, 1987]![]() |
N. Reithinger (1987). Ein erster Blick auf POPEL - Wie wird was gesagt ? In: GWAI. |
[Mann and Thompson, 1986]![]() |
William C. Mann and Sandra A. Thompson (1986). Relational Propositions in Discourse. In: Discourse Processes, 9(1):57--90. Also available as ISI/RR-83-115.. |
[Ren, 1995]![]() |
Shaozeng Ren (ed.) (1995). Language, system and structure: proceedings of the 1993 Hangzhou 3rd National Seminar on Systemic-Functional Linguistics. Peking University Press, Beijing. |
[Renner, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Karl Nikolaus Renner (2001). Die Text-Bild-Schere. In: Studies in Communication Science, 1(2):23--44. |
[Rentier, 1994]![]() |
Gerrit Rentier (1994). A Lexicalist Approach to Dutch Preposition Stranding. In: Harald Trost (ed.), KONVENS '94. Vienna, pp. 280--289. |
[Reuther, 1978]![]() |
T. Reuther (1978). Plädoyer für das Wörterbuch. In: Linguistische Berichte, 57:25--48. |
[Reyle, 1987]![]() |
Uwe Reyle (1987). Zeit und Aspekt bei der Verarbeitung natürlicher Sprachen. Technical Report Nr. LILOG-Report No. 9. IBM Deutschland GmbH, Stuttgart. |
[Reyle, 1995]![]() |
Uwe Reyle (1995). Reasoning with Ambiguities. In: Proceedings of EACL95. |
[Christiansen and Christiansen, 1978]![]() |
F. Christiansen and B. Christiansen (1978). Notes toward a New Rhetoric. Harper and Row. |
[Rhodes, 1977]![]() |
R. Rhodes (1977). Semantics in an RG. In: Chicago Linguistic Society, 13:503--514. |
[Rich, 1979]![]() |
Elaine A. Rich (1979). User Modeling Via Stereotypes. In: Cognitive Science, 3:329--354. |
[Richards, 1976]![]() |
Barry Richards (1976). Adverbs: from a logical point of view. In: Synthese, 32:329--372. |
[Richardson, 1981]![]() |
K. Richardson (1981). Sentences in discourse. In: Malcolm Coulthard and Michael Montgomery (eds.), Studies in Discourse Analysis. pp. 51--60. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Ricoeur, 1971]![]() |
P. Ricoeur (1971). The model of the text: Meaningful action considered as a text. In: Social Research, 8:529--562. |
[Rieger, 1976]![]() |
C. Rieger (1976). An organisation of knowledge for problem solving and language comprehension. In: Artificial Intelligence, 7:89--127. |
[Riesbeck, 1975]![]() |
Christopher K. Riesbeck (1975). Conceptual Analysis. In: Roger C. Schank (ed.), Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Rieser, 1999]![]() |
Hannes Rieser (1999). The structure of task-oriented dialogue and the introduction of new objects. In: Proceedings of the Amstelog99 conference. Amsterdam. |
[Rijin, 1981]![]() |
Long Rijin (1981). Transitivity in Chinese. M.A. thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Riviere, 1980]![]() |
C. Riviere (1980). Tense, aspect and time location. In: Linguistics, 18. |
[Robin, 1990]![]() |
Jacques Robin (1990). Lexical Choice in Natural Language Generation, CUCS-040-90. Technical Report. Columbia University, New York. |
[Robin and McKeown, 1996]![]() |
Jacques Robin and Kathy McKeown (1996). Empirically designing and evaluating a new revision-based model for summary generation. In: Artificial Intelligence, 85(1-2). |
[Robins, 1967]![]() |
Robert H. Robins (1967). A short history of linguistics. Longman, London. |
[Robins, 1986]![]() |
Gabriel Robins (1986). The NIKL Manual. Marina del Rey, CA. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Internal draft. |
[Robinson, 1970]![]() |
Jane J. Robinson (1970). Dependency structures and transformational rules. In: Language, 46(2):259--285. |
[Roche, 1989]![]() |
J. Roche (1989). Xenolekte. Struktur und Variation im Deutsch gegenüber Ausländern. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. |
[Rochester et al., 1977]![]() |
S. Rochester and James R. Martin and S. Thurston (1977). Thought process disorder in schizophrenia: the listener's task. In: Brain and Language, 4:94--114. |
[Rochester and Martin, 1979]![]() |
S. Rochester and J. R. Martin (1979). Crazy Talk: A Study of the Discourse of Schizophrenic Speakers. Plenum Press, New York. |
[Rochowiak, 1988]![]() |
Daniel Rochowiak (1988). Simple Explanations and Reasoning: From Philosophy of Science to Expert Systems. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI Workshop on Explanations. |
[Roeh and Nir, 1990]![]() |
Itzhak Roeh and Raphael Nir (1990). Ideological constraints and rhetorical strategies. In: Text, 10(3):225--244. |
[Rösner, 1986]![]() |
Dietmar Rösner (1986). Ein System zur Generierung von deutschen Texten aus semantischen Repräsentationen. PhD thesis, Institut für Informatik, Stuttgart University, Stuttgart, Germany. |
[Roh et al., 2001]![]() |
J. E. Roh and S. J. Kang and J. H. Lee (2001). Korean Text Generation from database for homeshopping sites. In: NLPRS 2001. Tokyo, Japan, pp. 419--426. |
[Rohrer, 1985]![]() |
Christian Rohrer (1985). Indirect discourse and ``consecutio temporum. In: V. Lo Casico and C. Vet (eds.), Temporal structure in sentence and discourse. pp. 79--97. Foris, Dordrecht. |
[Rohrer, 1986]![]() |
Christian Rohrer (1986). Linguistic Bases for Machine Translation. In: Proceedings of COLING 86. pp. 353--355. 11th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics; Bonn, August. |
[Rorty, 1972]![]() |
Richard Rorty (1972). Dennett on Awareness. In: Philosophical Studies, 23:153--162. |
[Rorty, 1979]![]() |
Richard Rorty (1979). Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature. Princeton University Press, Princeton. |
[Rorty, 1982]![]() |
Richard Rorty (1982). Contemporary Philosophy of Mind. In: Synthese, 53:323--348. |
[Rorty, 1982]![]() |
Richard Rorty (1982). Consequences of Pragmatism. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis. |
[Rosch et al., 1976]![]() |
E. Rosch and C. B. Mervis and W. D. Gray and D. M. Johnson and P. Boyes-Braem (1976). Basic objects in natural categories. In: Cognitive Psychology, 8:382--439. |
[Rosch, 1975]![]() |
E. Rosch (1975). Cognitive reference points. In: Cognitive Psychology, 7:532--547. |
[Rosch, 1975]![]() |
E. Rosch (1975). Cognitive representations of semantic categories. In: Journal of Experimental Psychology - General, 104(3):192--233. |
[Rosch, 1978]![]() |
E. Rosch (1978). Principles of categorization. In: E. Rosch and B. Lloyd (eds.), Cognition and Categorization. Lawrence Erlbaum, New Jersey. |
[Rosch and Mervis, 1975]![]() |
E. Rosch and C. B. Mervis (1975). Family Resemblances: studies in the internal structure of categories. In: Cognitive Psychology, 7:573--605. |
[Rose et al., 1992]![]() |
David Rose and H. Korner and David McInnes (1992). Scientific Literacy. Metropolitan East Region Disadvantage School program (Write It Right), Erskinville, N.S.W. |
[Rose, 1993]![]() |
David Rose (1993). On becoming: the grammar of causality in Pitjantjatjara and English. In: Cultural Dynamics, 6(1-2):42--84. |
[Rosenberg, 1976]![]() |
S. T. Rosenberg (1976). Discourse Structure.. Working Paper Nr. 130. MIT, Artificial Laboratory. |
[Roth and Mattis, 1990]![]() |
Steven F. Roth and Joe Mattis (1990). Data characterization for graphic presentation. In: Proceedings of the Computer-Human Interaction Conference (CHI '90). |
[Roth and Mattis, 1991]![]() |
Steven F. Roth and Joe Mattis (1991). Automating the presentation of information. In: Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on AI Applications. Miami Beach, FL, pp. 90--97. IEEE. |
[Rothery, 1990]![]() |
Joan Rothery (1990). Story writing in primary school: assessing narrative type genres. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. |
[Rothery, 1990]![]() |
Joan Rothery (1990). Story writing in primary school: assessing narrative type genres. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Rothery, 1993]![]() |
Joan Rothery (1993). Literacy in School English. Metropolitan East Region Disadvantage Schools Program (Write it Right), Erskinville, N.S.W. |
[Rothery, 1994]![]() |
Joan Rothery (1994). Exploring literacy in school English. Metropolitan East Disadvantaged Schools Program, Sydney. |
[, 1986]![]() |
(1986). Writing to mean: teaching genres and language across the curriculum. In: Occasional Papers. Applied Linguistics Association of Australia, 9. |
[Rothkegel, 1986]![]() |
Annely Rothkegel (1986). Knowledge representation and text analysis. In: E. Brunet (ed.), Méthodes quantitatives et informatiques dans l'études des textes. pp. 738--745. Nice. |
[Rothkegel, 1993]![]() |
Annely Rothkegel (1993). Textualisieren. Theorie und Computermodell der Textproduktion. Peter Lang Verlag, Frankfurt am Main. |
[Roukens, 1998]![]() |
Jan Roukens (1998). The Multilingual Information Society. In: ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network in Language and Speech, 7(1):1. |
[Rubinoff, 2000]![]() |
Robert Rubinoff (2000). Integrating text planning and linguistic choice without abandoning modularity: the IGEN generator. In: Computational Linguistics, 26(2):107--138. |
[Rubinoff and Lehman, 1994]![]() |
R. Rubinoff and J. Fain Lehman (1994). Real-time natural language generation in NL-SOAR. In: D. McDonald and M. Meteer (eds.), 7th INLG. Kennebunkport, Maine, pp. 199--206. |
[Rude, 1978]![]() |
N. Rude (1978). A continuum of meaning in the copula. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 202--210. |
[Rugaleva, 1983]![]() |
Anelya Rugaleva (1983). On typology of lexical cohesion in discourse. In: John Morreall (ed.), The Ninth LACUS Forum 1982. Hornbeam Press, Columbia, SC. |
[Rumelhart, 1974]![]() |
David Rumelhart (1974). The Room Theory. Center for human interaction processing; The University of California at San Diego. |
[Rumelhart, 1980]![]() |
David E. Rumelhart (1980). On Evaluating Story Grammars. In: Cognitive Science, 4(3):313--316. |
[Russel, 1980]![]() |
James A. Russel (1980). A Circumplex Model of Affect. In: Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39(6):1161--1178. |
[Russell, 1975]![]() |
S. Russell (1975). Disambiguation and Understanding of Metaphor Using a Conceptual Feature System. PhD thesis, Stanford University. |
[Rutledge and Bulterman, 2003]![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge and Dick C. A. Bulterman (2003). SMIL 2.0 - Interactive Multimedia on the Web. Addison-Wesley. to be published. |
[Ryle, 1946]![]() |
Gilbert Ryle (1946). Knowing how and knowing that. In: Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society, 46:1--16. |
[Ryle, 1949]![]() |
Gilbert Ryle (1949). Concept of Mind. Barnes and Noble, New York. |
[Mann, 1980]![]() |
William C. Mann (1980). Toward a Speech Act Theory for Natural Language Processing. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-79-75. USC Information Sciences Institute. |
[Sabatier, 1980]![]() |
P. Sabatier (1980). Dialogues En Francais Avec un Ordinateur. PhD thesis, Aix-Marseille. These de troisieme cycle, Groupe d'Intelligence Artificielle d'Aix-Marseille ll. |
[Salzberg, 1983]![]() |
S. Salzberg (1983). Generating Hypotheses to Explain Prediction Failures. In: Proceedings of the Third National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Washington, DC. |
[Schank et al., 1982]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and G. C. Collins and E. Davis and P. N. Johnson and S. Lytinen and B. J. Reiser (1982). What's the Point. In: Cognitive Science, 6(3):255--276. |
[Selfridge, 1980]![]() |
M. Selfridge (1980). A Process Model of Language Acquisition. Technical Report Nr. 172. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Searle, 1969]![]() |
J. R. Searle (1969). Speech Acts: An Essay in the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Spiro, 1980]![]() |
R. J. Spiro (1980). Prior Knowledge and Story Processing: Integration, Selection and Variation. In: Poetics, 9(1 - 3):313--328. |
[(ed.), 1978]![]() |
Walker, D. E. (ed.) (1978). Understanding Spoken Language. Elsevier North-Holland, NY. |
[Walker, 1980]![]() |
D. E. Walker (1980). SRI Research on Speech Understanding. In: W. A. Lea (ed.), Trends in Speech Recognition. 13. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. |
[Sternberg, 1983]![]() |
R. J. Sternberg (1983). Handbook of Human Intelligence. Cambridge University Press, 32 east 57-th street. |
[IEEE, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
IEEE (2001). The IEEE Standard Upper Ontology Working Group (P1600.1). |
[Swinney, 1981]![]() |
D. Swinney (1981). The Process of Language Comprehension; An Approach to Examining Issues in Cognition and Language. In: Cognition, 10:307--312. |
[Sacerdoti, 1973]![]() |
Earl Sacerdoti (1973). Planning in a Hierarchy of Abstraction Spaces. In: Proceedings of IJCAI III. pp. 412--422. International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Sacerdoti, 1977]![]() |
Earl Sacerdoti (1977). A Structure for Plans and Behavior. Elsevier North-Holland, Amsterdam and New York. |
[Sachs, 1967]![]() |
J Sachs (1967). Recognition memory for syntactic and semantic aspects of connected discourse. In: Perception and Psychophysics, 2:437--442. |
[Sacks et al., 1974]![]() |
H. Sacks and E. Schegloff and G. Jefferson (1974). A simplest systematics for the organisation of turn-taking for conversation. In: Language, 50:696--735. |
[Sadler and Arnold, 1992]![]() |
Louise Sadler and Doug Arnold (1992). A constraint-based approach to translating anaphoric dependencies. In: Proceedings of COLING-92. Volume II. Nantes, France, pp. 728--734. |
[Sag and Pollard, 1991]![]() |
Ivan A. Sag and Carl Pollard (1991). An integrated theory of complement control. In: Language, 67(1):63--113. |
[Sager, 1994]![]() |
J. C. Sager (1994). Language Engineering and Translation: Consequences of automation. Volume 1 of Benjamins Translation Library. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Saint-Dizier, 1993]![]() |
P. Saint-Dizier (1993). A generative lexicon perspective for adjectival modification. In: COLING-98. Montréal, pp. 1143--1149. |
[Saint-Dizier and Viegas, 1995]![]() |
Patrick Saint-Dizier and Evelyn Viegas (1995). Computational lexical semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Salton and McGill, 1983]![]() |
G. Salton and M. J. McGill (1983). Introduction to Modern Information Retrieval. McGraw Hill, New York. |
[Samlowski, 1976]![]() |
W. Samlowski (1976). Case Grammar. In: Eugene Charniak and Yorick Wilks (eds.), Computational Semantics. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Sampson, 1980]![]() |
Geoffrey Sampson (1980). Schools of Linguistics. Stanford University Press, Stanford. |
[Sampson, 1995]![]() |
Geoffrey Sampson (1995). English for the computer. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Samraj, 1989]![]() |
Betty T. R. Samraj (1989). Exploring current issues in genre theory. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Sanders et al., 1992]![]() |
Ted J. M. Sanders and Wilbert P. M. Spooren and Leo G. M. Noordman (1992). Towards a Taxonomy of Coherence Relations. In: Discourse Processes, 15(1):1--36. |
[Sanders, 1992]![]() |
Ted Sanders (1992). Discourse Structure and Coherence; Aspects of a cognitive theory of discourse representation. Nevelland, Landegem, Belgium. |
[Sanders, 1997]![]() |
Ted Sanders (1997). Semantic and pragmatic sources of coherence: on the categorization of coherence relations in context. In: Discourse Processes, 24(1):119--148. |
[Sandig and Püschel, 1992]![]() |
B. Sandig and U. Püschel (1992). Stilistik III: Argumentationsstile. de Gruyter, Berlin, New York. |
[Sanfilippo, 1991]![]() |
Antonio Sanfilippo (1991). Thematic and aspectual information in verb semantics. In: Belgian Journal of Linguistics, 6:87--114. |
[Sanford and Garrod, 1981]![]() |
Anthony J. Sanford and Simon C. Garrod (1981). Understanding Written Language. Wiley, Chicester. |
[Sankoff and Brown, 1976]![]() |
G. Sankoff and P. Brown (1976). Origins of syntax in discourse. In: Language, 52. |
[Sapir, 1921]![]() |
Edward Sapir (1921). Language. An introduction to the study of speech. Harcourt, Brace and Cy, New York. |
[Sapir, 1929]![]() |
Edward Sapir (1929). The status of linguistics as a science. In: Language, 5(2):207--214. |
[Sasse, 1991]![]() |
Hans-Jürgen Sasse (1991). Predication and sentence constitution in universal perspective. In: D. Zaefferer (ed.), Semantic universals and universal semantics. pp. 75--95. Foris, Berlin. |
[de Saussure, 1959/1915]![]() |
Ferdinand de Saussure (1959/1915). Course in General Linguistics. Peter Owen Ltd., London. (translated by W.Baskin). |
[Scarella and Brunak, 1981]![]() |
Robin Scarella and Joanna Brunak (1981). On speaking politely in a second language. In: International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 27:59--75. |
[Schacht, 1972]![]() |
R. Schacht (1972). Husserlian and Heideggerian Phenomenology. In: Philosophical Studies, 23:293--314. |
[Schachter, 1973]![]() |
Paul Schachter (1973). Focus and Relativisation. In: Language, 49:19--46. |
[Schachter, 19761976]![]() |
Paul Schachter (19761976). Subject in Phillipine languages. In: Charles Li (ed.), Subject and Topic. Academic Press, New York. |
[Schachter, 1980]![]() |
Paul Schachter (1980). Daughter-Dependency Grammar. In: E. A. Moravcsik and J. R. Wirth (eds.), Syntax and Semantics. Volume 13. pp. 267--299. Academic Press. |
[Schachter, 1981]![]() |
P. Schachter (1981). Explaining Auxiliary Order. Indiana University Linguistics Club, Bloomington. |
[Schank et al., 1975]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Niel Goldman and Christopher K. Reiger (1975). Inference and paraphrase by computer. In: Journal of the ACM, 22(3):309--328. |
[Schank, 1975]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1975). Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Schank, 1975]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1975). Conceptual Information Processing. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Schank, 1981]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1981). Failure Driven Memory. In: Cognition and Brain Theory, 4:41--60. |
[Schank, 1982]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1982). Dynamic Memory: a Theory of Reminding and Learning in Computers and People. Cambridge University Press, New York. |
[Schank and Abelson, 1977]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and R. P. Abelson (1977). Scripts, Plans, Goals and Understanding. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Schank and Colby, 1973]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and K. M. Colby (1973). Computer Models of Thought and Language. W. H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco. |
[Scheffer, 1975]![]() |
J. Scheffer (1975). The Progressive in English. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Schegloff et al., 1977]![]() |
E. A. Schegloff and G. Jefferson and H. Sacks (1977). The preference for self-correction in the organisation of repair in conversation. In: Language, 53:361--383. |
[Schegloff, 1968]![]() |
E. A. Schegloff (1968). Sequencing in conversational openings. In: American Anthropologist, 70:1075--1095. |
[Schegloff, 1972]![]() |
E. A. Schegloff (1972). Notes on a conversational practice: formulating place. In: D. Sudnow (ed.), Studies in Social Interaction. pp. 75--119. The Free Press, New York. |
[Schegloff, 1978]![]() |
E. A. Schegloff (1978). On some questions and ambiguities in conversation. In: W. U. Dressler (ed.), Current Trends in Textlinguistics. pp. 81--102. de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Schegloff and Sacks, 1973]![]() |
E. A. Schegloff and H. Sacks (1973). Opening up closings. In: Semiotica, 8:289--327. |
[Schenkein, 1979]![]() |
J. Schenkein (1979). Studies in the Organisation of Conversational Interaction. Academic Press, New York. |
[Scheurweghs, ]![]() |
G Scheurweghs (). Present-day English Syntax. Longman, London. |
[Schibsbye, 1965]![]() |
K. Schibsbye (1965). A Modern English Grammar. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Schiffer, 1972]![]() |
S. R. Schiffer (1972). Meaning. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Schiffrin, 1987]![]() |
Deborah Schiffrin (1987). Discourse Markers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Schlegel, 1808]![]() |
Friedrich Von Schlegel (1808). Über die Sprache und Weisheit der Indier. Mohr and Zimmer, Heidelberg. |
[Schlesinger, 1977]![]() |
I. M. Schlesinger (1977). Production and Comprehension of Utterances. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
[Schlesinger, 1988]![]() |
I. Schlesinger (1988). Generating Multimodal Output - Conditions, Advantages and Problems. In: COLING-88. |
[Schlesinger, 1999]![]() |
Philip Schlesinger (1999). Putting `reality' together: BBC News (Excerpt). In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 121--133. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Schlessinger, 1977]![]() |
I. M. Schlessinger (1977). Production and comprehension of utterances. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale NJ. |
[Schlessinger, 1979]![]() |
I. M. Schlessinger (1979). Cognitive structures and semantic deep structures: the case of the instrumental. In: Journal of Linguistics, 15:307--324. |
[Schlessinger, 1989]![]() |
I. M. Schlessinger (1989). Instruments as agents: on the nature of semantic relations. In: Journal of Linguistics, 25(1):189--210. |
[Schmerling, 1974]![]() |
S. F. Schmerling (1974). A re-examination of Normal Stress. In: Language, 50:66--73. |
[Schmid, 2000]![]() |
Monika S. Schmid (2000). Translating the elusive: marked word order and subjectivity in English-German translation. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Schmolze and Brachman, 1982]![]() |
James G. Schmolze and Ronald J. Brachman (1982). Proceedings of the 1981 KL-ONE Workshop. Technical Report Nr. 618. Fairchild Corporation. |
[Schneider, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Luc Schneider (2003). How to Build a Foundational Ontology. The Object-Centered High-level Reference Ontology OCHRE. In: KI 2003 -- 26th German Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Schober, 1993]![]() |
Michael F. Schober (1993). Spatial perspective taking in conversation. In: Cognition, 47:1--24. |
[Schriefers, 1990]![]() |
Heribert Schriefers (1990). Lexical and conceptual factors in the naming of relations. In: Cognitive Psychology, 22:111--142. |
[Schriffin, 1987]![]() |
Deborah Schriffin (1987). Discourse Markers. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Schriffrin, 1981]![]() |
D. Schriffrin (1981). Tense variation in narrative. In: Language, 57(1):45--62. |
[Schiffrin, 1994]![]() |
D. Schiffrin (1994). Approaches to Discourse. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Schriver, 1997]![]() |
Karen A. Schriver (1997). Dynamics in document design: creating texts for readers. John Wiley and Sons, New York. |
[Schütz, 1996]![]() |
Jörg Schütz (1996). Intelligent web-based information services. In: C. D. Spyropoulos (ed.), Proceedings of the MULSAIC'96 Workshop at ECAI'96. Budapest, Hungary. |
[Schütz, 1996]![]() |
Jörg Schütz (1996). European Research and Development in Machine Translation. In: MT News International, 15:8--11. (Newsletter of the International Association for Machine Translation). |
[Schuster, 1982]![]() |
Ethel Schuster (1982). Explaining and Expounding.. Technical Report Nr. Technical Report MS-CIS-82-49. University of Pennsylvania. |
[Huddleston et al., 1968]![]() |
R. D. Huddleston and R. A. Hudson and A. Henrici O. E. Winter (1968). Sentence and clause in scientific English. Technical Report. London University College. |
[Scollon, 1976]![]() |
R. Scollon (1976). Conversations with a one year old: A case study of the developmental foundation of syntax. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, Hawaii. |
[Scott and Evans, 1998]![]() |
Donia Scott and Roger Evans (1998). Multilingual Document Management without Translation. In: ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network in Language and Speech, 7(1):2--3. |
[Scragg, 1976]![]() |
Gregory W. Scragg (1976). Semantic Nets as Memory Models. In: Eugene Charniak and Yorick Wilks (eds.), Computational Semantics. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Searle, 1969]![]() |
J. Searle (1969). Speech Acts: An Essay in the Philosophy of Language. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Searle, 1975]![]() |
J. R. Searle (1975). Indirect speech acts. In: P. Cole and J. L. Morgan (eds.), Speech Acts. Volume 3 of Syntax and Semantics. pp. 59--82. Academic Press. |
[Searle, 1975]![]() |
J. R. Searle (1975). A taxonomy of illocutionary acts. In: K. Gunderson (ed.), Language, Mind and Knowledge. pp. 344--369. University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis. |
[Searle, 1976]![]() |
John R. Searle (1976). A classification of illocutionary acts. In: Language in Society, 5:1--23. |
[Searle, 1979]![]() |
John R. Searle (1979). What Is an Intentional State? In: Mind, 88:72--94. |
[Searle, 1980]![]() |
John R. Searle (1980). Minds, Brains, and Programs. In: Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 3:417--424. Reprinted in Haugeland, John (ed.)(1981) \em Mind Design, pp282-306. |
[Searle, 1980]![]() |
John R. Searle (1980). The Intentionality of Intention and Action. In: Cognitive Science, 4:47--70. |
[Searle, 1991]![]() |
J. Searle (1991). Searle's reply to Habermas. In: E. Lepore and R. Van Gulick (eds.), John Searle and his Critics. pp. 89--96. Blackwell, Cambridge, MA. |
[Searle, 1995]![]() |
John R. Searle (1995). The construction of social reality. The Free Press, New York. |
[Searle and Vanderveken, 1984]![]() |
John R. Searle and Daniel Vanderveken (1984). Foundations of Illocutionary Logic. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Seboek, 1960]![]() |
T. A. Seboek (ed.) (1960). Style in Language. MIT Press, Cambridge. |
[Seiter, 1978]![]() |
W. J. Seiter (1978). Subject/Direct object raising in Niuean. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 211--222. |
[Seiter, 1979]![]() |
W. J. Seiter (1979). Instrumental Advancement in Niuean. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 10. |
[Self, 1975]![]() |
J. Self (1975). Computer Generation of Sentences by Systemic Grammar. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, . |
[Seligman, 1991]![]() |
Mark Seligman (1991). Generating Discourses from Networks Using an Inheritance-based Grammar. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of California at Berkeley. |
[Selkirk, 1980]![]() |
E. O. Selkirk (1980). The role of prosodic categories in English word stress. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 11. |
[Selkirk, 1984]![]() |
Elisabeth Selkirk (1984). Phonology and Syntax. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Sells, 1985]![]() |
Peter Sells (1985). Lectures on contemporary syntactic theories. Center of the Study of Language and Information, Stanford. CSLI Lecture Notes. |
[Whitney, 1988]![]() |
Richard Whitney (1988). Semantic Transformations for Natural Language Production. Technical Report Nr. ISI/RR-88-192. USC/Information Sciences Institute, Marina del Rey, CA. |
[Nack, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
F. Nack (2000). About the influence of computer semiotics on communal Intelligence. In: Workshop on Computational Semiotics for New Media. University of Surrey, Guildford, Surrey, UK. |
[Seneff, 1992]![]() |
Stephanie Seneff (1992). TINA: a natural language system for spoken language applications. In: Computational Linguistics, 18(1):61--86. |
[Seuren, 1998]![]() |
Pieter A. M. Seuren (1998). Western Linguistics: an historical introduction. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[Sgall et al., 1986]![]() |
Petr Sgall and Eva Hajiɩová and J. Panevová (1986). The Meaning of the Sentence in Its Semantic and Pragmatic Aspects. Reidel Publishing Company, Dordrecht. |
[Shafto, 1973]![]() |
M. Shafto (1973). The Space for Case. In: Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 15:551--562. |
[Shankland, 1981]![]() |
Mary Ellen Shankland (1981). Factivity from a discourse perspective. In: Linguistic Notes from La Jolla, (10):20--32. |
[Shannon, 1979]![]() |
B. Shannon (1979). Where Questions. In: Proceedings of the ACL-79. Association of Computational Linguistics. |
[Shapiro, 1977]![]() |
Stuart C. Shapiro (1977). Representing and locating deduction rules in a semantic network. In: SIGART Newsletter, 63:14--18. |
[Shapiro, 1982]![]() |
S. Shapiro (1982). Generalized Augmented Transition Network Grammars for Generation from Semantic Networks. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 8(1). |
[Shatz, 1975]![]() |
M. Shatz (1975). How Young Children Respond to Language: Procedure for Answering. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, Palo Alto, Ca: Stanford University. |
[Richer, 1986]![]() |
Mark H. Richer (1986). An Evaluation of Expert System Development Tools. Technical Report Nr. KSL 85-19. Computer Science Department, Stanford University. |
[Sheremetyeva, 1999]![]() |
S. Sheremetyeva (1999). A Flexible Approach to Multi-Lingual Knowledge Acquisition for NLG,. In: P. St. Dizier (ed.), 7th EWNLG. Toulouse, pp. 106--115. |
[Sheremetyeva and Nirenburg, 1996]![]() |
S. Sheremetyeva and S. Nirenburg (1996). Knowledge Elicitation for Authoring Patent Claims. In: IEEE Computer, :57--63. |
[Shibatani, 1976]![]() |
Masoyoshi Shibatani (1976). Syntax and Semantics 5: Japanese Generative Grammar. In: M. Shibatani (ed.). pp. 239--294. Academic Press, New York. |
[Shibatani, 1977]![]() |
Masoyoshi Shibatani (1977). Grammatical relations and surface cases. In: Language, 53(4):789--809. |
[Shieber et al., 1990]![]() |
S. M. Shieber and G. van Noord and F. C. N. Pereira and R. C. Moore (1990). Semantic Head-driven Generation. In: Computational Linguistics, 16(1):30--42. |
[Shieber, 1985]![]() |
Stuart Shieber (1985). Evidence against the context-freeness of natural language. In: Linguistics and Philosophy, 8:333--343. |
[Shieber, 1992]![]() |
Stuart M. Shieber (1992). Constraint-based grammar formalisms. MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Shieber, 1993]![]() |
Stuart M. Shieber (1993). The problem of logical-form equivalence. In: Computational Linguistics, 19(1):179--190. |
[Shieber and Schabes, 1991]![]() |
Stuart M. Shieber and Yves Schabes (1991). Generation and Synchronous Tree-Adjoining Grammars. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4):220--228. |
[Shields, 1984]![]() |
Stephanie A. Shields (1984). Distinguishing Between Emotions and Nonemotion: Judgements About Experience. In: Motivation and Emotion, 8(4):355--369. |
[Shijin, 1985]![]() |
Qiu Shijin (1985). Early language development in Chinese children. M.A. Hons thesis, Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Shijin, 1985]![]() |
Qiu Shijin (1985). Transition period in Chinese language development. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 8(1):31--49. |
[Shimuzu, 1975]![]() |
M. Shimuzu (1975). Relational grammar and promotional rules in Japanese. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 11. |
[Shopen, 1985]![]() |
Timothy Shopen (ed.) (1985). Language Typology and Syntactic Description. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Shore, 1992]![]() |
Susanna Shore (1992). Aspects of a systemic functional grammar of Finnish. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[Shum et al., 2001]![]() |
Bernhard Shum and Brad Myers and Alex Waibel (2001). Multimodal error correction for speech user interfaces. In: ACM transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 8(1):60--98. |
[Sibun, 1992]![]() |
Penelope Sibun (1992). Generating text without trees.. In: Computational Intelligence, 8(1):102--122. Special Issue on Natural Language Generation. |
[Sidner, 1981]![]() |
Candace L. Sidner (1981). Focusing for interpretation of pronouns. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 7(4):217--231. |
[Sidner, 1985]![]() |
Candace L. Sidner (1985). Plan Parsing for Intended Response Recognition in Discourse. In: Computational Intelligence, 1(1):1--10. |
[Sigal, 1999]![]() |
Leon V. Sigal (1999). Reports and officials: the organization and politics of newsmaking (excerpt). In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 224--234. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Sigurd, 1983]![]() |
Bengt Sigurd (1983). Commentator: a computer model of verbal production. In: Linguistics, 20. |
[Sigurd, 1984]![]() |
Bengt Sigurd (1984). Computer simulation of spontaneous speech production. In: Tenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-84). |
[SilvaCorvalan, 1978]![]() |
C. SilvaCorvalan (1978). The Ilokano causative in Universal Grammar. In: Berkeley Linguistics Society. Volume 4. pp. 223--237. |
[Silver, 1983]![]() |
B. Silver (1983). Learning Equation Solving Methods from Worked Examples. In: Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop. Champaign-Urbana, Illinois. |
[Simmons, 1950]![]() |
George E. Simmons (1950). The communist conspiracy case: views of 72 daily newspapers. In: Journalism Quarterly, 27(1):3--11. |
[Simmons and Slocum, 1972]![]() |
R. Simmons and J. Slocum (1972). Generating English discourse from semantic networks. In: Communications of the ACM, 15(10):891--905. |
[Simmons and Slocum, 1972]![]() |
Robert Simmons and J. Slocum (1972). Generating English discourse from semantic nets. In: Communications of the Association for Computing Machinery, 15(10):891--905. |
[Simon, 1969]![]() |
H. Simon (1969). The Sciences of the Artificial. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Simon, 1980]![]() |
H. A. Simon (1980). Cognitive science: the newest science of the artificial. In: Cognitive Science, 4:33--46. |
[Simonin, 1987]![]() |
N. Simonin (1987). An Approach for Creating Structured Text.. In: M. Zock and G. Sabah (eds.), First European Workshop of Natural Language Generation. Royaumont. |
[Simpkins et al., 1993]![]() |
N. K. Simpkins and G. Cruickshank and P.E International (1993). ALEP-0 Virtual Machine extensions. Technical Report. CEC. |
[Simpson, 1990]![]() |
P. Simpson (1990). Modality in literary-critical discourse. In: W. Nash (ed.), The writing scholar: studies in academic discourse. pp. 63--117. Sage, London. |
[al., 1970]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair \em et al. (1970). English Lexical Studies. Final Report of O.S.T.I. Programme C/LP/08.. Department of English, University of Birmingham. |
[Sinclair, 1966]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1966). Beginning the study of lexis. In: C. Bazell et al (ed.), In Memory of J.R. Firth. pp. 410--430. Longman, London. |
[Sinclair, 1966]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1966). Taking a poem to pieces. In: Roger Fowler (ed.), Essays on Language and Style. Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. |
[Sinclair, 1972]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1972). A course in spoken English: grammar. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Sinclair, 1982]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1982). Lines about 'Lines'. In: Ronald Carter (ed.), Language and Literature: an introductory reader in stylistics. Allen and Unwin, London. |
[Sinclair, 1988]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1988). Sense and structure in lexis. In: M. Cummings and W. Greaves and J. Benson (eds.), Linguistics in a Systemic perspective. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Sinclair, 1991]![]() |
John M. Sinclair (1991). Corpus, Concordance, Collocation. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Sinclair, 1992]![]() |
John McH. Sinclair (1992). Trust the text. In: Martin Davies and Louise Ravelli (eds.), Advances in systemic linguistics: recent theory and practice. pp. 5--19. Pinter, London. |
[Sinclair and Coulthard, 1975]![]() |
John Sinclair and R. Malcolm Coulthard (1975). Towards an Analysis of Discourse: the English used by teachers and pupils. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Sinclair, 1987]![]() |
John M. Sinclair (ed.) (1987). Looking up: an account of the COBUILD Project in lexical computing. Collins, London and Glasgow. |
[Sitter and Stein, 1990]![]() |
Stefan Sitter and Adelheit Stein (1990). Modeling the illocutionary aspects of information-seeking dialogues. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt. |
[Sitter and Stein, 1992]![]() |
Stefan Sitter and Adelheit Stein (1992). Modeling the Illocutionary Aspects of Information-Seeking Dialogues. In: Information Processing and Management, 28(2):165--180. |
[Slade, 1995]![]() |
Diana M. Slade (1995). Gossip: two complementary perspectives on the analysis of casual conversation in English. In: ARAL, :47--83. |
[Slade, 1996]![]() |
Diana M. Slade (1996). The texture of casual conversation in English. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Sagle et al., 1986]![]() |
J. R. Sagle and M. R. Wick and M. O. Poliac (1986). AGNESS: A Generalized Network-based Expert System Shell (with appendices). Technical Report. The University of Minnesota. |
[Slagle and Wick, 1987]![]() |
J. R. Slagle and M. R. Wick (1987). A Journalistic Explanation Facility for an Expert System Shell. In: Proceedings of the ACM Computer Science Conference. pp. 380. |
[Slagle and Wick, 1988]![]() |
J. R. Slagle and M. R. Wick (1988). A Method for the Evaluation of Candidate Expert System Applications. In: AI Magazine, . forthcoming. |
[Sleeman and Hendley, 1979]![]() |
D. J. Sleeman and R. J. Hendley (1979). ACE: A system which analyses complex explanations. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies II, :125--144. |
[Sleeman, 1982]![]() |
D. Sleeman (1982). Inferring Mal Rules From Pupil's Protocols.. In: Proceedings of ECAI-82. Orsay, France. European Conference ? of Artificial Intelligence. |
[Sleeman, 1985]![]() |
D. Sleeman (1985). UMFE: A User Modelling Front-End Subsystem. In: International Journal of Man-machine Studies, 23:pages 71--88. |
[Slocum, 1975]![]() |
J. Slocum (1975). Speech generation from semantic nets. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, Fiche 33. |
[Slocum, 1985]![]() |
Jonathon Slocum (1985). A survey of machine translation: its history, current status, and future prospects. In: Computational Linguistics, 11(1). |
[Smadja, 1991]![]() |
Frank Smadja (1991). Retrieving Collocational Knowledge from Textual Corpora. An Application: Text Generation. PhD thesis, Computer Science Department, University of Columbia. |
[Smith, forthcoming]![]() |
Barry Smith (forthcoming). Ontology and Information Systems. In: Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. |
[Smith, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith (2001). Fiat Objects. In: Topoi, 20(2):131--148. |
[Smith, 1978]![]() |
Brian C. Smith (1978). Levels, Layers, and Plans. Masters thesis, MIT, Cambridge, MA. |
[Smith, 1982]![]() |
N. V. Smith (ed.) (1982). Mutual Knowledge. Academic Press, London. |
[Smith, 1982]![]() |
N. V. Smith (ed.) (1982). Mutual Knowledge. Academic Press, London. |
[Smith, 1991]![]() |
George W. Smith (1991). Computers and Natural Language. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Smith, 1996]![]() |
Barry Smith (1996). Mereotopology: a theory of parts and boundaries. In: Data and knowledge engineering, 20:287--303. |
[Smith and Brogaard, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith and Berit Brogaard (2003). A Unified Theory of Truth and Reference. In: Loqique et Analyse, 43:169--170. |
[Smith and Brogaard, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith and Berit Brogaard (2002). Quantum Mereotopology. In: Annals of Mathematics and Artificial Intelligence, 35(1-2):153--175. |
[Smith and Ceusters, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith and Werner Ceusters (2003). Towards Industrial-Strength Philosophy. In: Interdisciplinary Science Reviews, 28(2):106--111. |
[Smith and Grenon, forthcoming]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith and Pierre Grenon (forthcoming). The Cornucopia of Formal-Ontological Relations. In: Dialectica, . |
[Smith and Hipp, 1994]![]() |
R. W. Smith and D. R. Hipp (1994). Spoken natural language dialogue systems: a practical approach. Oxford University Press. |
[Smith and Mark, 2001]![]() |
Barry Smith and David M. Mark (2001). Geographical categories: an ontological investigation. In: International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):591--612. |
[Smith and Mark, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Barry Smith and David M. Mark (2003). Do Mountains Exist? Towards an Ontology of Landforms. In: Environment and Planning B (Planning and Design), 30(3):411--427. |
[Smith and Varzi, 2000]![]() |
Barry Smith and Achille C. Varzi (2000). Fiat and Bona Fide Boundaries. In: Philosophy and phenomenological research, 60(2):401--420. |
[Smolka and A\"it-Kaci, 1989]![]() |
Gert Smolka and Hassan A\"it-Kaci (1989). Inheritance hierarchies: semantics and unification. In: Journal of symbolic computation, 7:343--370. |
[Snell-Hornby, 1988]![]() |
Mary Snell-Hornby (1988). Translation Studies - An Integrated Approach. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Snider and Uraniwitz, 1978]![]() |
M. Snider and S. W. Uraniwitz (1978). Reconstructing the Past: Some Cognitive Consequences of Person Perception. In: Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36. |
[Solomon and Brown, 1992]![]() |
N. Solomon and K. Brown (1992). Plain English. NLLIA Centre for Workplace Communication and Culture, James Cook University of North Qld, Townsville, Qld. |
[Soloway, 1977]![]() |
Eliot Soloway (1977). Knowledge-Directed Learning. Technical Report COINS Technical Report Nr. 77-6. University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ma.. |
[Sommerfeldt and Schreiber, 1983]![]() |
Karl-Ernst Sommerfeldt and Herbert Schreiber (1983). Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution der Substantive. VEB Bibliographisches Institut, Leipzig. |
[Sondheimer et al., 1984]![]() |
Norman K. Sondheimer and Ralph M. Weischedel and R. J. Bobrow (1984). Semantic interpretation using KL-ONE. In: Proceedings of COLING-84. pp. 101--107. |
[Sowa, 2000]![]() |
John Sowa (2000). Knowledge Representation. Brooks/Cole, Pacific Grove, CA. |
[Sowa, 1983]![]() |
John Sowa (1983). Generating Language from Conceptual Graphs. In: Computers and Mathematics with Applications, 9(1):29--43. |
[Sowa, 1983]![]() |
John Sowa (1983). Conceptual Structures. Addison-Wesley, Menlo Park. |
[Kittredge, 1992]![]() |
Richard Kittredge (ed.) (1992). Machine Translation (Special Issue on Text Generation). Volume 7(4). |
[Spencer and Gregory., 1964]![]() |
John Spencer and Michael J. Gregory. (1964). An approach to the study of style. In: John Spencer (ed.), Linguistics and style. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Sperberg-McQueen and Burnard, 1994]![]() |
C. M. Sperberg-McQueen and Lou Burnard (eds.) (1994). Guidelines for text encoding and interchange (P3). Text Encoding Initiative, Chicago and Oxford. |
[Sperberg-McQueen and Huitfeldt, 2001]![]() |
C. M. Sperberg-McQueen and C. Huitfeldt (2001). GODDAG: a data structure for overlapping hierarchies. In: Proceedings of PODDP'00 and DDEP'00. New York. |
[Spiro et al., 1980]![]() |
R. Spiro and B. Bruce and W. Brewer (eds.) (1980). Theoretical Issues in Reading Comprehension. Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale NJ. |
[Spooren, 1997]![]() |
Wilbert Spooren (1997). The processing of underspecified coherence relations. In: Discourse Processes, 24(1):149--168. |
[Sproat et al., 1997]![]() |
Richard Sproat and Paul Taylor and Michael Tannenblatt and Amy Isard (1997). A markup language for text-to-speech synthesis. In: Processings of EUROSPEECH 97. Rhodes, Greece. |
[Somayajulu et al., 2001]![]() |
Sripada Somayajulu and Ehud Reiter and Jim Hunter and Jin Yu (2001). A Two-Stage Model for Content Determination. In: Proceedings of ENLGW-2001. pp. 3--10. |
[Augustine, 398]![]() |
St. Augustine (398). Confessions. Penguin. Translated by Pine-Coffin, R.S., 1961. |
[Stalnaker, 1978]![]() |
Robert C. Stalnaker (1978). Assertion. In: P. Cole (ed.), Pragmatics. Volume 9 of Syntax and Semantics. pp. 315--332. Academic Press, New York. |
[Stalnaker, 1972]![]() |
R. C. Stalnaker (1972). Pragmatics. Semantics of Natural Language. In: D. Davidson and G. Harman (eds.). pp. 380--397. Reidel, Dordrecht. |
[Starke, 1989]![]() |
Ingrid Starke (1989). Untersuchungen zur syntaktisch-semantischen Leistung von Funktionsverbgefügen. Volume XXX of Studia Grammatica. Akademie Verlag, Berlin. |
[Stassen, 1997]![]() |
Leon Stassen (1997). Intransitive Predication. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Stede, 1992]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1992). The search for robustness in natural language understanding. In: Artificial Intelligence Review, 6(4):384--414. |
[Stede, 1993]![]() |
M. Stede (1993). Lexical choice criteria in language generation. In: EACL. Utrecht. |
[Stede, 1995]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1995). Lexicalization in Natural Language Generation: a survey. In: Artificial Intelligence Review, 8:309--336. |
[Stede, 1996]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1996). A generative perspective on verbs and their readings. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 141--150. |
[Stede, 1996]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1996). Lexical semantics and knowledge representation in multilingual sentence generation. PhD dissertation, university of Toronto. |
[Stede, 1998]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1998). A generative perspective on verb alternations. In: Computational Linguistics, 24(3):401--430. |
[Stede, 1999]![]() |
Manfred Stede (1999). Lexical semantics and knowledge representation in multilingual text generation. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht. |
[Stede and Umbach, 1998]![]() |
M. Stede and C. Umbach (1998). DiMlex: a lexicon of discourse markers for text generation and understanding. In: Coling-ACL '98. Montréal, pp. 1238--1242. |
[Steedman, 2000]![]() |
Mark J. Steedman (2000). The syntactic process. MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. |
[Steedman, 1991]![]() |
Mark J. Steedman (1991). Structure and Intonation. In: Language, 68:260--296. |
[Steedman, 1993]![]() |
Mark J. Steedman (1993). Categorial Grammar. In: Lingua, 90:221--258. |
[Jr., 1990]![]() |
Guy L. Steele Jr. (1990). Common Lisp: the language. Digital Press, (2nd. Edition) edition. |
[Steele and Threadgold, 1987]![]() |
Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold (eds.) (1987). Language Topics: Essays in Honour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia. |
[Steiner et al., 1988]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner and Paul Schmidt and Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt (1988). From Syntax to Semantics: insights from Machine Translation. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Steiner et al., 1988]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner and Paul Schmidt and Cornelia Zelinksy-Wibbelt (eds.) (1988). From Syntax to Semantics: insights from Machine Translation. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Steiner, 1998]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1998). A register-based translation evaluation: An advertisement as a case in point. In: Target: International Journal of Translation Studies, 10(2):291--318. |
[Steiner, 1983]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1983). Die Entwicklung des Britischen Kontextualismus. Groos, Heidelberg. |
[Steiner, 1985]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1985). From action through cognition to language - some proposals for the integration of an analysis of activity with linguistic analysis. L.A.U.D.T., Duisburg. |
[Steiner, 1986]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1986). Generating semantic structures in EUROTRA-D. In: Proceedings COLING. University of Bonn. |
[Steiner, 1987]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1987). Grundprinzipien und Vorschläge für eine semantische Beschreibung von Argumentstrukturen. In: LDV-Forum, 5(1). |
[Steiner, 1987]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1987). The application of systemic-functional grammar to machine translation in Eurotra-D. In: L.A.U.T. Series B., 159. |
[Steiner, 1988]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1988). Focus and diathesis. Commission of the European Communities, Luxembourg. |
[Steiner, 1989]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1989). Argument structure: grammatical issues. In: The EUROTRA reference manual. Commission of the European Communities, Luxembourg. IAI Working Paper 13. |
[Steiner, 1990]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1990). Language, action, and interpretation. Mouton and de Gruyter, Berlin and New York. |
[Steiner, 1990]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1990). Notes on lexical selection in KOMET. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Steiner, 1991]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner (1991). A model of goal-directed-action as a structuring principle for the context of situation in systemic linguistics. Mouton and de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[Steiner, 1992]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1992). Some remarks on a functional level for machine translation. In: Language Sciences, 14(4):623--659. |
[Steiner, 1993]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1993). Producers - Users - Customers. In: Machine Translation, 7(4):281--284. |
[Steiner, 1993]![]() |
Erich Steiner (1993). Some Representational Issues in a Fragmentary Systemic Grammar of German. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 7:115--166. |
[Steiner and Ramm, 1995]![]() |
Erich Steiner and Wiebke Ramm (1995). On theme as a grammatical notion for German. In: Functions of Language, 1(2):57--93. |
[Steiner and Reuther, 1989]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner and Ursula Reuther (1989). Semantic Relations. EUROTRA reference manual, Version 6. (Commission of the European Community). |
[Steiner and Veltman, 1988]![]() |
Erich Steiner and R. Veltman (eds.) (1988). Pragmatics, discourse and text: explorations in Systemic Semantics. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Steiner and Winter, 1988]![]() |
Erich H. Steiner and Jutta Winter (1988). On the semantics of focus phenomena in \sc eurotra. In: Proceedings of COLING-86. Bonn. |
[Steiner and Yallop, 2000]![]() |
Erich Steiner and Colin Yallop (eds.) (2000). Exploring Translation and Multilingual Text Production: beyond content. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin and New York. |
[Stene, 1937]![]() |
E. O. Stene (1937). Newspapers in the campaign. In: Social Science, 12(2):213--215. |
[Stevens et al., 1979]![]() |
A. Stevens and A. Collins and S. E. Goldin (1979). Misconceptions in Student's Understanding.. In: International Journal of Man-machine Studies, 11:pages 145--156. |
[Stich, 1973]![]() |
A. Stich (1973). Persuasive style: its relation to technical and artistic styles. In: Journal of literary semantics, 2:65--77. |
[Stierlin, 1994]![]() |
Henri Stierlin (1994). Encyclopedia of World Architecture. Benedikt Taschen Verlag GmbH, Cologne. |
[Stiff, 1993]![]() |
Paul Stiff (1993). Graphic design, meta-design and information design. In: Information Design Journal, 7(1):41--46. |
[Stiff, 1996]![]() |
Paul Stiff (1996). Information design: just do it. In: Information Design Journal, 8(3):283--285. (Conference report: Vision Plus 2). |
[Stillar, 1991]![]() |
Glenn Stillar (1991). Discerning the discerning traveller: phasal analysis and ideology. In: Social Semiotics, 1(2):112--122. |
[Stillar, 1992]![]() |
Glenn Stillar (1992). Phasal analysis and multiple-inheritance: an appeal for charity. In: Carleton Papers in Applied Language Studies, 9:104--128. |
[Stillar, 1996]![]() |
Glenn Stillar (1996). Structuration in texts and contexts. In: Interface, 10(1):11--26. |
[Stock, 1989]![]() |
Oliviero Stock (1989). Parsing with Flexibility, Dynamic Strategies, and Idioms in Mind. In: Computational Linguistics, 15(1):1--17. |
[Stockwell, 1980]![]() |
R. P. Stockwell (1980). Summation and Assessment of Theories. In: Syntax and Semantics 13: Current Approaches to Syntax. Academic Press. |
[Stockwell et al., 1973]![]() |
R. P. Stockwell and P. M. Schachter and B. Partee (1973). The Major Syntactic Structures of English. Holt, Rinehart and Winston Inc.. |
[Stolz, ms]![]() |
Thomas Stolz (ms). Race and language: glimpses of German and Austrian linguistic typology in the nineteenth century. paper presented in Ames, Iowa. |
[Stone and Doran, 1996]![]() |
M. Stone and C. Doran (1996). Paying heed to collocations. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 91--100. |
[Strang, 1970]![]() |
B. Strang (1970). A History of English. Methuen, London. |
[Stra\ssner, 2000]![]() |
Erich Stra\ssner (2000). Journalistische Texte. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Stratton, 1971]![]() |
C. R. Stratton (1971). Linguistics, Rhetoric, and Discourse Structure. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin. |
[Strawson, 1964]![]() |
P. F. Strawson (1964). Intention and convention in speech acts. In: Philosophical Revue, 73:439--460. |
[Strawson, 1945]![]() |
P. F. Strawson (1945). On referring. In: Mind, 54. |
[Strawson, 1964]![]() |
P. F. Strawson (1964). Identifying Reference and Truth Values. In: Theoria, 30:75--95. (Reprinted in Strawson, P. (1971) \em Logico-linguistic papers London: Methuen). |
[Strawson, 1971]![]() |
P. F. Strawson (1971). Logico-linguistic papers. Methuen, London. |
[Strevens, 1987]![]() |
Peter Strevens (1987). 'The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching' revisited. In: Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold (eds.), Language topics. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Strzalkowski, 1994]![]() |
Tomek Strzalkowski (ed.) (1994). Reversible Grammar in Natural Language Processing. Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
[Stubbs, 1986]![]() |
Michael Stubbs (1986). A matter of prolonged fieldwork: towards a modal grammar of English. In: Applied Linguistics, 7:1--25. |
[Stubbs, 1996]![]() |
Michael Stubbs (1996). Text and corpus analysis: computer-assisted studies of language and culture. Blackwell, London. |
[(editor), 1976]![]() |
Li, Charles (editor) (1976). Subject and Topic: Proceedings of a Symposium at University of California, Santa Barbara, March, 1975.. Academic Press. |
[Suchman, 1985]![]() |
Lucy C. Suchman (1985). Plans and situated actions: the problem of human-machine communication. PhD thesis, Xerox PARC. |
[Suchman, 1987]![]() |
Lucy A. Suchman (1987). Plans and situated actions: the problem of human-machine communication. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England. |
[Suchman, 1994]![]() |
Lucy Suchman (1994). Do Categories have Politics? The Language/Action Perspective Reconsidered. In: Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW), 2:177--190. |
[Sugimura, 1986]![]() |
R. Sugimura (1986). Japanese Honorifics and Situation Semantics. In: Proceedings of COLING-86. pp. 507--510. |
[Sullivan, 1987]![]() |
Peter Sullivan (1987). Newspaper graphics. IFRA, Darmstadt. |
[Sussman, 1975]![]() |
G. J. Sussman (1975). A Computer Model of Skill Acquisition. American Elsevier, New York. |
[Sutcliffe and Faraday, 1994]![]() |
A. Sutcliffe and P. Faraday (1994). Systematic design for task-related multimedia interfaces. In: Information Software Technology, 36(4):225--234. |
[Sutherland, 1963]![]() |
I. E. Sutherland (1963). SKETCHPAD: A Man-Machine Graphical Communications System. Technical Report Nr. 296. MIT, Lincoln Laboratory. |
[Suthers, 1988]![]() |
Dan Suthers (1988). Providing Multiple Views of Reasoning for Explanations. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI Workshop on Explanations. |
[Suthers, 1991]![]() |
Daniel D. Suthers (1991). A task-appropriate hybrid architecture for explanation. In: Computational Intelligence, 7(4):315--333. |
[Swales, 1990]![]() |
John M. Swales (1990). Genre Analysis: English in academic and research settings. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Swartout, 1983]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1983). The GIST behavior explainer. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence, AAAI. Washington D.C.. |
[Swartout, 1981]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1981). Explaining and Justifying Expert Consulting Programs. In: Proceedings of the Seventh IJCAI. IJCAI. |
[Swartout, 1983]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1983). XPLAIN: A system for creating and explaining expert consulting systems. In: Artificial Intelligence, 21(3):285--325. Also available as ISI/RS-83-4. |
[Swartout, 1981]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1981). Producing Explanations and Justifications of Expert Consulting Programs. Technical Report Nr. MIT/LCS/TR-251. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. |
[Swerts and Gelujkens, 1993]![]() |
M. Swerts and R. Gelujkens (1993). The prosody of information units in spontaneous monologue. In: Phonetica, 50:189--196. |
[Lerner, 1983]![]() |
Richard A. Lerner (1983). Synthetic Vaccines. In: Scientific American, 248(2). |
[Krieger, 1994]![]() |
Hans-Ulrich Krieger (1994). TDL - A Type Description Language for HPSG. Part 2: User Guide. DFKI, Saarbruecken. Research Report D-94-14. |
[de Beaugrande, 1980]![]() |
Robert de Beaugrande (1980). Text, Discourse, and Process: Toward a Multidisciplinary Science of Texts. Volume IV of Advances in Discourse Processes. Ablex, Norwood, N. J.. |
[Zajac, 1991]![]() |
Remi Zajac (1991). Notes on the Typed Feature System. Project Polygloss, IMS-CL /IfI-AIS. version 4. |
[Thorndyke, 1977]![]() |
P. W. Thorndyke (1977). Cognitive Structures in Comprehension and Memory of Narrative Discourse. In: Cognitive Psychology, 9:77--110. |
[Gerdemann and Goetz, 1994]![]() |
Dale Gerdemann and Thilo Goetz (1994). Troll: Type resolution system, user's guide. University of Tuebingen. |
[Tait, 1985]![]() |
J. Tait (1985). An English Generator for a Case-Labelled Dependency Representation. In: Second Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Talmy, 2000]![]() |
Leonard Talmy (2000). Towards a cognitive semantics. A Bradford Book, M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Talmy, 1976]![]() |
Leonhard Talmy (1976). Semantic Causative Types. In: M. Shibatani (ed.), Syntax and Semantics, Vol 6. Academic Press, New York. |
[Talmy, 1987]![]() |
Leonard Talmy (1987). The relation of grammar to cognition. In: B. Rudzka-Ostyn (ed.), Topics in Cognitive Linguistics. John Benjamins. |
[Talmy, 1987]![]() |
Leonard Talmy (1987). Figure and ground in complex sentences. In: Joseph H. Greenberg (ed.), Universals of human language. pp. 625--649. University of California Press, Stanford. |
[Tanaka-Ishii et al., 1998]![]() |
K Tanaka-Ishii and K. Hasida and I. Noda (1998). Reactive Content Selection in the Generation of Real-time Soccer Commentary. In: Coling-ACL '98. Montréal, pp. 1282--1288. |
[Tannen, 1982]![]() |
Deborah Tannen (ed.) (1982). Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1981 -- Analyzing Discourse: Text and Talk. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.. |
[Tannen, 1983]![]() |
Deborah Tannen (ed.) (1983). Coherence in Spoken and Written Language. Ablex Pub. Corp., Norwood, N.J.. |
[Tannenbaum and Brewer, 1965]![]() |
Percy H. Tannenbaum and Richard K. Brewer (1965). Consistency of syntactic structure as a factor in journalistic style. In: Journalism Quarterly, 42(2):292--302. |
[Tannenbaum and Noah, 1959]![]() |
Percy H. Tannenbaum and James E. Noah (1959). Sportugese: a study of sports page communication. In: Journalism Quarterly, 36(2):163--170. |
[Tanoike, 1976]![]() |
S. Tanoike (1976). The case ordering hypothesis. In: Papers in Japanese Linguistics, 4:191--208. |
[Tappe and Schilder, 1998]![]() |
H. Tappe and F. Schilder (1998). Coherence in spoken discourse. In: 17th Int. COLING. Montréal, pp. 1294--1298. |
[Tatar et al., 1991]![]() |
D. G. Tatar and G. Foster and D. Bobrow (1991). Design for conversation. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34:185--209. |
[Taylor, 1971]![]() |
C. Taylor (1971). Interpretation and the science of man. In: The Review of Metaphysics, 25:3--51. |
[Teich, 1986]![]() |
Elke Teich (1986). Der Übersetzungsablauf bei Pfaff. Technical Report. Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken. |
[Teich, 1989]![]() |
Elke Teich (1989). Systemic Linguistics in Natural Language Processing. Masters thesis, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken, West Germany. (Magisterarbeit). |
[Teich, 1990]![]() |
Elke Teich (1990). Text generation for German --- KOMET. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. gmd-report. |
[Teich, 1991]![]() |
Elke Teich (1991). Documentation of KOMET prototype I --- Grammar. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI, Darmstadt. |
[Teich, 1992]![]() |
Elke Teich (1992). Komet: grammar documentation. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Teich, 1992]![]() |
Elke Teich (1992). Komet: Grammar Documentation. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany. |
[Teich, 1999]![]() |
Elke Teich (1999). Systemic functional grammar in Natural Language Generation: linguistic description and computational representation. Cassell, London. |
[Teich and Wanner, forthcoming]![]() |
Elke Teich and Leo Wanner (forthcoming). area:sfl and MTT at Work Together. In: Leo Wanner (ed.), Current Issues in Meaning-Text Theory. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Tenbrink, 2001]![]() |
Thora Tenbrink (2001). Communicative Aspects of Human-Robot Interaction. In: Proceedings of the International Futuristic Conference on Language Development: Estonian in Europe. |
[Tenbrink, 2002]![]() |
Thora Tenbrink (2002). Why Should Children Adapt, and When? In: Proceedings of the Workshop on First Language Acquisition, 19th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics. |
[Tenbrink, 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Thora Tenbrink (1998). A linguistic perspective on egocentrism and perspective-taking in child-child interaction. Masters Thesis, University of Hamburg. |
[Tenbrink and Schilder, 2001]![]() |
Thora Tenbrink and Frank Schilder (2001). (Non)temporal concepts conveyed by before, after, and then in dialogue. In: Proceedings of BIDIALOG 2001. pp. 228--238. |
[Tench, 1987]![]() |
Paul Tench (1987). The roles of intonation in English discourse. PhD thesis, University of Wales. |
[Tench, 1990]![]() |
Paul Tench (1990). The roles of intonation in English discourse. Peter Lang, Bern. |
[Tench, 1992]![]() |
Paul Tench (ed.) (1992). Studies in systemic phonology. Pinter, London and New York. |
[Tench, 1996]![]() |
Paul Tench (1996). The intonation systems of English. Cassell, London. |
[Tennant, 1979]![]() |
Harry Tennant (1979). Experience with the Evaluation of Natural Language Question Answerers. Working paper Nr. 18. Urbana-Champaign. University of Illinois. |
[Tennant, 1981]![]() |
Harry Tennant (1981). Natural Language Processing. Petrocelli Books, Inc.. |
[Terken, 1984]![]() |
Jacques Terken (1984). The distribution of accents in instructions as a function of discourse structure. In: Language and Speech, 27:269--289. |
[Tesniere, 1959]![]() |
Lucien Tesniere (1959). Elements de syntaxe structurale. Klincksieck, Paris. |
[Tesnière, 1959]![]() |
Lucien Tesnière (1959). Éléments de syntaxe structurale. Klincksieck, Paris. |
[Theune and Klabbers, 1998]![]() |
M. Theune and E. Klabbers (1998). GoalGetter: Generation of spoken soccer reports. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 292--295. software demonstration. |
[Thibault, 1987]![]() |
Paul J. Thibault (1987). An interview with Michael Halliday. In: Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold (eds.), Language topics: Essays in honour of Michael Halliday. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Thibault, 1993]![]() |
Paul J. Thibault (1993). Experiential meaning and the cryptogrammar of subjectivity and agency in English. In: Halliday (ed.). |
[Thibault, 1996]![]() |
Paul Thibault (1996). Re-Reading Saussure: the dynamics of signs in social life. Routledge, London and New York. |
[Thimbleby, 2000]![]() |
Harold Thimbleby (2000). Calculators are needlessly bad. In: International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 52(6):1031--1069. |
[Thomason and Stalnaker, 1973]![]() |
R. H. Thomason and R. C. Stalnaker (1973). A Semantic Theory of Adverbs. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 4:195--220. |
[Thompson, 1977]![]() |
Henry S. Thompson (1977). Strategy and Tactics: A model for language production. In: Proceedings of the 13th Annual Meeting of the Chicago Linguistics Society. pp. 89--95. |
[Thompson, 1980]![]() |
H. S. Thompson (1980). Stress and Salience in English: Theory and Practice. Technical Report Nr. CSL-80-8. Xerox Palo Alto Research Center. |
[Thompson, 1980]![]() |
Henry Thompson (1980). Stress and Salience in English: Theory and Practise. PhD thesis, Xerox PARC. |
[Thompson, 1985]![]() |
Sandra A. Thompson (1985). Grammar and Written Discourse: Initial vs. Final Purpose Clauses. In: Text, 5(1):55--84. |
[Thompson, 1987]![]() |
Sandra A. Thompson (1987). Information Flow and 'Dative shift' in English Discourse. MS. (To appear in a currently secret Festschrift). |
[Thompson, 1987]![]() |
Sandra A. Thompson (1987). The Passive in English: A Discourse Perspective. In: R. Channon and L. Shockey (eds.), In honor of Ilse Lehiste. Foris, Dordrecht. |
[Thompson, 1996]![]() |
Geoff Thompson (1996). Introducing Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Thompson and McKelvie, 1997]![]() |
Henry S. Thompson and D. McKelvie (1997). Hyperlink semantics for standoff markup of read-only documents. In: Proceedings of SGML Europe '97. |
[Thomson, 2002]![]() |
Elizabeth Thomson (2002). Exploring the Textual Metafunction in Japanese: a case study of selected written texts. PhD thesis, Unversity of Wollongong, Sydney, Australia. |
[Thomson, 1998]![]() |
Elizabeth Thomson (1998). Thematic Development in Noruwei no Mori: Arguing the need to account for co-referential ellipsis. In: JAarea:sfl Occasional Papers, 1(1). |
[Thorndyke, 1977]![]() |
P. Thorndyke (1977). Cognitive Structures. In: Cognitive Psychology, 9:77--110. |
[Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
T. Threadgold (1988). Stories of race and gender: an unbounded discourse. In: David Birch and Michael O'Toole (eds.), Functions of Style. pp. 169--204. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Threadgold, 1985]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1985). The semiotics of Volosinov, Halliday and Eco. In: American Journal of Semiotics, . |
[Threadgold, 1986]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1986). Subjectivity, ideology and the feminine in John Donne's poetry. In: T. Threadgold and E. A. Grosz and G. Kress and M. A. K. Halliday (eds.). pp. 297--325. |
[Threadgold, 1987]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1987). The semiotics of Halliday, Voloshinov and Eco. In: American Journal of Semiotics, 4(3):107--142. |
[Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1988). Changing the subject. In: R. Steele and T. Threadgold (eds.), Language Topics: essays in honour of Michael Halliday. pp. 549--597. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1988). Language and gender. In: Australian Feminist Studies, 3:41--70. |
[Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1988). The genre debate. In: Southern Review, 21(3):315--330. |
[Threadgold, 1988]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1988). Review of I. Reid (ed.) "The place of genre in learning: current debates". In: Southern Review, 21(3):315--330. |
[Threadgold and Kress, 1988]![]() |
Terry Threadgold and Gunther Kress (1988). Towards a social theory of genre. In: Southern Review, 21(3):215--243. |
[Threadgold, 1990]![]() |
Terry Threadgold (1990). Introduction to Feminine/masculine and Representation. In: T. Threadgold and A Cranny-Francis (eds.). pp. 1--35. Allen and Unwin, Sydney. |
[Threadgold and Cranny-Francis, 1990]![]() |
Terry Threadgold and Anne Cranny-Francis (eds.) (1990). Feminine/masculine and representation. Allen and Unwin, Sydney. |
[Timpf, 2001]![]() |
S. Timpf (2001). Ontologies of wayfinding: a traveler's perspective. Technical Report Nr. ST1/01. Department of Geography, University of Zurich. |
[Tissen, 1991]![]() |
Anne Tissen (1991). A Case-Based Architecture for a Dialogue Manager for Information-Seeking Processes. In: Procceedings of SIGIR '91, October 13-16, 1991. Chicago, USA. |
[Tomasello, 1998]![]() |
Michael Tomasello (ed.) (1998). The new Psychology of Language: Cognitive and Functional Approaches to Language Structure. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
[Tonoike, 1978]![]() |
S. Tonoike (1978). On the Causative Construction in Japanese. In: J. Hinds and I. Howard (eds.), Problems in Japanese Syntax and Semantics. pp. 3--29. Kaitakusha, Tokyo. |
[Toolan, 1988]![]() |
Michael Toolan (1988). Narrative: a critical linguistic introduction. Routledge (Interface Series), London. |
[Toolan, 1998]![]() |
Michael Toolan (1998). Language in literature. Arnold, London. |
[Torisawa et al., 2000]![]() |
Kentaro Torisawa and Kenji Nishida and Yusuke Miyao and Jun-Ichi Tsujii (2000). An HPSG parser with CFG filtering. In: Natural Language Engineering, 6(1):63--80. |
[Torr, 2000]![]() |
J. Torr (2000). Thinking and saying in the classroom: An exploration of the use of projection by teachers and children. In: Linguistics and Education, 11(2):141--159. |
[Torr, 1993]![]() |
J. Torr (1993). Classroom discourse: children from English-speaking and non-English speaking backgrounds. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 16(1):37--56. |
[Torsello, 1984-92]![]() |
Carol Torsello (1984-92). English in discourse: a course for language specialists. CLEUP (Cooperativa Libraria Editrice Università di Padova), Padua. |
[Tou, 1988]![]() |
Asruddin B. Tou (1988). Relational processes in Bahasa Indonesia. MA Honours thesis, Department of Linguistics. Sydney University. |
[Toulmin, 1959]![]() |
S. Toulmin (1959). The uses of argument. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Trager and Smith, 1951]![]() |
G. L. Trager and H. L. Smith (1951). Outline of English Structure. Battenburg Press, Oklahoma. |
[Traugott et al., 1985]![]() |
Elizabeth Traugott and Alice ter Meulen and Judy Reilly (eds.) (1985). On Conditionals. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Treloar, 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Andrew Treloar (1999). Just another technology? how the dynamics of innovation can help predict the future of the browser. In: Proceedings of AUSWEB99. |
[Trimble, 1985]![]() |
Louis Trimble (1985). English for Science and Technology. A discourse approach. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Trujillo, 1995]![]() |
Arturo Trujillo (1995). Machine translation with the ACQUILEX LKB. Technical Report. Computer Laboratory, University of Cambridge. |
[Tsui, 1986]![]() |
Amy Tsui (1986). A linguistic description of utterances in conversation. PhD thesis, University of Birmingham. |
[Tsui, 1989]![]() |
Amy B. M. Tsui (1989). Systemic choices and discourse processes. In: Word, 40(1-2):163--188. |
[Tsui, 1994]![]() |
Amie Tsui (1994). English Conversation. Oxford University Press, London. |
[Tsujii, 1986]![]() |
Jun-ichi Tsujii (1986). Future directions of Machine Translation. In: Proceedings of COLING 86. pp. 655--668. 11th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics; Bonn, August. |
[Tucker, 1998]![]() |
Gordon H. Tucker (1998). The Lexicogrammar of Adjectives: a systemic functional approach to lexis. Functional Descriptions of Language Series. Cassell, London and New York. |
[Tulving and Donaldson, 1972]![]() |
E. Tulving and W. Donaldson (1972). Organization of Memory. Academic Press, New York. |
[Tumber, 1999]![]() |
Howard Tumber (ed.) (1999). News: a reader. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Tunstall, 1996]![]() |
Jeremy Tunstall (1996). Newspaper power: the national press in Britain. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[Turner, 1976]![]() |
R. Turner (1976). Utterance positioning as an interactional resource. In: Semiotica, 17:233--254. |
[Turner, 1987]![]() |
Geoffrey J. Turner (1987). Sociosemantic networks and discourse structure. In: Halliday and Fawcett (eds.), New developments in Systemic Lingustics. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Turner, 1994]![]() |
Scott T. Turner (1994). The creative process: A computer model of storytelling and creativity. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, NJ. |
[Turner and Pickvance, 1971]![]() |
Geoffrey J. Turner and R. Pickvance (1971). Social class differences in the expression of uncertainty in five-year-old children. In: Language and Speech, 14. |
[Tversky et al., 1999]![]() |
Barbara Tversky and Paul Lee and Scott Mainwaring (1999). Why do speakers mix perspectives? In: Spatial cognition and computation, 1:399--412. |
[Tversky, 1977]![]() |
A. Tversky (1977). Features of Similarity. In: Psychological Review, 84(4):327--352. |
[Tversky, 1996]![]() |
B. Tversky (1996). Spatial Perspective in Descriptions. In: P. Bloom and M. A. Peterson and L. Nadel and M. F. Garrett (eds.), Language and Space. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Twyman, 1982]![]() |
Michael Twyman (1982). The graphic presentation of language. In: Information Design Journal, 3:2--22. |
[Tyler, 1979]![]() |
S. Tyler (1979). The said and the unsaid. Academic Press, New York. |
[Ullman, 1980]![]() |
J. D. Ullman (1980). Principles of Database Systems. Computer Science Press, Rockville, Maryland. |
[Ultan, 1978]![]() |
R. Ultan (1978). The Nature of Future Tenses. In: Joseph Greenberg and Edith Moravscik and Charles Ferguson (eds.), Universals of Human Language. Stanford University Press, Stanford. |
[Unger, 1996]![]() |
C. Unger (1996). The scope of discourse connectives: implications for discourse organization. In: Journal of Linguistics, 32(2):403--438. |
[Ungerer, 2000]![]() |
Friedrich Ungerer (ed.) (2000). English Media Texts past and present: language and textual structure. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Unsworth, 1993]![]() |
L. Unsworth (1993). Multiple semiotic sources as scaffolding for young children's emergent reading of picture-story books. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 16(2):1--14. |
[Unsworth, 1995]![]() |
Len Unsworth (1995). How and Why: recontextualizing science explanations in school science books. PhD thesis, Department of Linguistics, Sydney University. |
[Ure, 1969]![]() |
Jean Ure (1969). Practical registers. In: English Language Teaching Journal, 23(2 and 3). |
[Ure, 1971]![]() |
Jean Ure (1971). Lexical density and register differentiation. In: G. Parren and J. Trim (eds.), Applications of Linguistics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Ure, 1969]![]() |
Jean Ure (1969). Practical registers. In: English Language Teaching Journal, 23(2 and 3). |
[Ure and Ellis, 1977]![]() |
Jean N. Ure and Jeffrey Ellis (1977). Register in descriptive linguistics and linguistic sociology. In: Oscar Uribe-Villegas (ed.), Issues in Sociolinguistics. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Ure and Ellis, 1977]![]() |
Jean N. Ure and Jeffrey Ellis (1977). Register in descriptive linguistics and linguistic sociology. In: Oscar Uribe-Villegas (ed.), Issues in Sociolinguistics. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Urmson, 1952]![]() |
J. O. Urmson (1952). Parenthetical Verbs. In: Mind, 61:192--212. |
[Uschold and Gruninger, 1996]![]() |
M. Uschold and M. Gruninger (1996). Ontologies: principles, methods and applications. In: Knowledge Engineering Review, 11:93--15. |
[Vachek, 1966]![]() |
J. Vachek (1966). The linguistic school of Prague. Indiana University press, Bloomington. |
[Vallduví, 1992]![]() |
Enric Vallduví (1992). The Informational Component. Garland, New York. |
[VanWijk and Sanders, 1999]![]() |
C. VanWijk and T. Sanders (1999). Identifying writing strategies through text analysis. In: Written Communication, 16(1):51--75. |
[Vander~Linden, 1994]![]() |
Keith Vander~Linden (1994). Specification of the Extended Sentence Planning Language. EU LRE Project 062-09: GIST Deliverable Nr. TST-0. ITRI, University of Brighton. |
[Vanderslice and Ladefoged, 1972]![]() |
R. Vanderslice and P. Ladefoged (1972). Binary suprasegmental features and transformational word-accentuation rules. In: Language, 48:819--838. |
[Vankuppevelt, 1995]![]() |
J. Vankuppevelt (1995). Main structure and side structure in discourse. In: Linguistics, 33(4):809--833. |
[Vatnsdal, 1987]![]() |
A. O. Vatnsdal (1987). Register analysis -- the language of air-traffic control. In: Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics, 1:43--83. |
[Vauquois, 1968]![]() |
Bernard Vauquois (1968). A survey of formal grammars and algorithms for recognition and transformation in machine translation. In: IFIP Congress-68. Edinburgh, pp. 254--260. |
[Vauquois, 1979]![]() |
B. Vauquois (1979). Aspects of mechanical translation. Technical Report. GETA Report. (Conference for Japan IBM Scientific Program). |
[Vavargard, 2000]![]() |
T. Vavargard (2000). Autotext. In: Preprints 2nd Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Long Beach, CA, pp. 69--71. American Meteorological Society. |
[Veel, 1993]![]() |
Robert Veel (1993). Literacy in School Science. Metropolitan East Region Disadvantaged Schools Program (Write It Right), Erskinville, N.S.W.. |
[Vendler, 1967]![]() |
Z. Vendler (1967). Linguistics in Philosophy. Cornell University Press, Ithaca. |
[Vennemann, 1975]![]() |
Theo Vennemann (1975). An Explanation of Drift. In: Charles Li (ed.), Word Order and Word Order Change. pp. 269--305. University of Texas Press, Austin, Texas. |
[Ventola, 2000]![]() |
Eija Ventola (ed.) (2000). Discourse and community: doing functional linguistics. Language in Performance. Gunter Narr, Tübingen. |
[Ventola, 1978]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1978). The structure of casual conversations in English. In: Journal of Pragmatics, 3. |
[Ventola, 1983]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1983). Contrasting schematic structures in service encounters. In: Applied Linguistics, 4. |
[Ventola, 1984]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1984). The dynamics of genre. In: Nottingham Linguistics Circular, 14. |
[Ventola, 1987]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1987). The Structure of Social Interaction: A Systemic Approach to the Semiotics of Service Encounters. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Ventola, 1989]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1989). Problems of modelling and the applied issues within the framework of genre. In: Word, 40(1-2). |
[Ventola, 1991]![]() |
Eija Ventola (ed.) (1991). Recent Systemic and Other Views on Language. Mouton, Amsterdam. |
[Ventola, 1991]![]() |
Eija Ventola (ed.) (1991). Approaches to the analysis of literary discourse. \AAbo Akad, Turku. |
[Ventola, 1995]![]() |
Eija Ventola (1995). Thematic development and translation. In: M. Ghadessy (ed.), Thematic development in English texts. pp. 85--104. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[Ventola and Mauranen, 1996]![]() |
Eija Ventola and Anna Mauranen (eds.) (1996). Academic writing: intercultural and textual issues. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Verkuyl, 1993]![]() |
H. Verkuyl (1993). A theory of aspectuality. The interaction between temporal and atemporal structure. Cambrige University Press, Cambridge. |
[Vermeulen, 1993]![]() |
C. F. M. Vermeulen (1993). Sequence semantics for dynamic predicate logic. In: Journal of Logic, Language and Information, 2(3):217--254. |
[Verner, 1875]![]() |
Karl A. Verner (1875). Eine Ausnahme der ersten Lautverschiebung. In: Zeitschrift für vergleichende Sprachforschung, 23(2):97--130. |
[Verspoor and Sauter, 2000]![]() |
Marjolijn Verspoor and Kim Sauter (2000). English Sentence Analysis: an introductory course. John Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Vijay-Shanker and Joshi, 1988]![]() |
K. Vijay-Shanker and A. K. Joshi (1988). Feature structure based tree adjoining grammar. In: Proceedings of COLING-88. Budapest, Hungary, pp. 714--719. |
[Vilain, 1984]![]() |
Marc Vilain (1984). KL-TWO, A Hybrid Knowledge Representation System. Technical Report Nr. 5694. Bolt Beranak and Newman. |
[Vinay and Darbelnet, 1958]![]() |
J. P. Vinay and J. Darbelnet (1958). \em Stylistique Comparée du fran\ccais et de l`anglais. Méthode de traduction. Didier, Paris. |
[Vogt, 1984]![]() |
Rüdiger Vogt (1984). Demostranten und Chaoten: Zum Zusammenhang von ideoligischen Einstellungen in Presseberichten. In: Osnabrücker Beiträge zur Sprachtheorie, 29:118--144. |
[Vogt, 1996]![]() |
Frank Vogt (1996). Formale Begriffsanalyse mit C++. Datenstrukturen und Algorithmen. Springer, Berlin, New York. |
[Vorwerg, 2001]![]() |
Constanze Vorwerg (2001). Raumrelationen in Wahrnehmung und Sprache: Kategorisierungsprozesse bei der Benennung visueller Richtungsrelationen. Deutsche Universitätsverlag, Wiesbaden. |
[Vossen, 1995]![]() |
Piek Vossen (1995). Grammatical and conceptual individuation in the lexicon. Volume 15 of Studies in Language and and Language Use. IFOTT, Amsterdam. |
[Vossen, 1998]![]() |
Piek Vossen (ed.) (1998). Euro WordNet: a multilingual database with lexical semantic networks. Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
[Voyles, 1978]![]() |
J. B. Voyles (1978). German as an SOV Language. In: Linguistische Berichte, 54:1--17. |
[Weischedel and Black, 1980]![]() |
R. M. Weischedel and J. E. Black (1980). Responding Intelligently to Unparsable Inputs. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 6(2):97--109. |
[Wilensky, 1983]![]() |
Robert Wilensky (1983). Planning and Understanding. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA. |
[Williams and Hollan, 1981]![]() |
M. D. Williams and J. D. Hollan (1981). The Process of Retrieval from very Long-Term Memory. In: Cognitive Science, 5(2):87--120. |
[Winograd, 1983]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1983). Language as a Cognitive Process, Volume 1: Syntax. Addison Wesley, New York. |
[Mann, 1977]![]() |
William C. Mann (1977). Man-Machine Communication Research. Final Report Nr. RR-77-57. USC/Information Sciences Institute. |
[Wolz, 1985]![]() |
Ursula Wolz (1985). Analyzing User Plans to Produce Informative Responses by a Programmer's Consultant. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Huddleston, 1971]![]() |
R. D. Huddleston (1971). The sentence in written English: a syntactic study based on an analysis of scientific texts. Cambridge University Press, London. |
[Wachtel, 1979]![]() |
T. Wachtel (1979). The demotion analysis of initially unaccusative impersonal passives. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 15. pp. 321--330. |
[Wachtel, 1982]![]() |
T. Wachtel (1982). Some Problems in Tense Theory. In: Linguistic Inquiry, :336--342. |
[Wald, ]![]() |
B. Wald (). The Discourse Unit. Unpublished Manuscript, Department of Linguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, Ca. |
[Wahlster, 1981]![]() |
Wolfgang Wahlster (1981). Implementing Fuzziness in Dialogue Systems. In: B. Rieger (ed.), Empirical semantics. Brockmeyer, Bochum. |
[Walker et al., 1987]![]() |
Donald E. Walker and Antonio Zampolli and Nicoletta Calzolari (1987). Special Issue of the Lexicon. In: Computational Lingusitics, 13(3-4). |
[Wallace, 1977]![]() |
W. D. Wallace (1977). How registers register: a study in the language of news and sports. In: Studies in the linguistic sciences, 7:46--78. |
[Walace, 1982]![]() |
Stephen Walace (1982). Figure and ground. In: P. J. Hopper (ed.), Tense-Aspect: between Semantics and Pragmatics. pp. 201--223. John Benjamins, Amsterdam/Philadelphia. |
[Waller, 1996]![]() |
Robert Waller (1996). The origins of the Information Design Association. In: The 1996 Annual Report of the IDA. Published by Information Design Association. |
[Waltz, 1978]![]() |
D. L. Waltz (1978). An English language question answering system for a large relational database. In: Communications of the ACM, 21(7). |
[Waltz and Goodman, 1977]![]() |
D. L. Waltz and B. A. Goodman (1977). Writing a Natural Language Data Base System. In: Proceedings of IJCAI'77. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Waltz, 1976]![]() |
D. L. Waltz (1976). Natural Language to Large Data Base. Naval Research Reviews XXIX, 1 Jan 1976, 11-25. Reprinted in Computers and People 25, 4 april, 19-26.. |
[Waltz, 1978]![]() |
David L. Waltz (1978). An English Language Question Answering System for a Large Database. In: Communications of the ACM, 21(7). |
[Wang, 1988]![]() |
Zhongyan Wang (1988). London School. In: Encyclopedia Sinica: Language and Writing. pp. 267--268. |
[Wang and Hu, 1988]![]() |
Zhongyan Wang and Zhuanglin Hu (1988). M.A.K. Halliday. In: Encyclopedia Sinica: Language and Writing. pp. 127--128. |
[Wanner, to appear]![]() |
Leo Wanner (to appear). Lexical Choice in Text Generation and Machine Translation. In: Machine Translation, . |
[Wanner, 1991]![]() |
Leo Wanner (1991). Giving the Lexical Choice a real Choice. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, Germany. |
[Wanner, 1996]![]() |
Leo Wanner (1996). Lexical Choice in Text Generation and Machine Translation. In: Machine Translation, . |
[Wanner, 1997]![]() |
Leo Wanner (1997). Exploring lexical resources for text generation in a systemic functional language model. PhD thesis, University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken. |
[Wanner and Hovy, 1996]![]() |
L. Wanner and E. Hovy (1996). The HealthDoc Sentence Planner.. In: INLG'96. Herstmonceux Castle, Sussex, pp. 1--10. |
[Ward, 1992]![]() |
N. Ward (1992). A parallel approach to syntax for generation. In: Artificial Intelligence, 57:183--225. |
[Ward, 1994]![]() |
Nigel Ward (1994). A Connectionist Language Generator. Ablex. |
[Ward and Hirschberg, 1985]![]() |
G. Ward and J. Hirschberg (1985). Implicating Uncertainty: the pragmatics of fall-rise intonation. In: Language, 61(4):747--776. |
[Wasow et al., 1982]![]() |
T. Wasow and I. Sag and G. Nunberg (1982). Idioms: an interim report. Technical Report. Stanford University, Stanford. |
[Wasserman and Lebowitz, 1982]![]() |
Kenneth Wasserman and Michael Lebowitz (1982). Representing Complex Physical Objects in Memory. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Wasserman, 1985]![]() |
Kenneth Wasserman (1985). Unifying Representation and Generalization: Understanding Hierarchically Structured Objects. PhD thesis, Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Waugh, 1976]![]() |
L. R. Waugh (1976). The semantics and paradigmatics of word order. In: Language, 52:82--107. |
[Webber et al., 1981]![]() |
Bonnie L. Webber and Aravind K. Joshi and Ivan A. Sag (eds.) (1981). Cambridge University Press, New York. |
[Webber, 1979]![]() |
Bonnie L. Webber (1979). A formal approach to discourse anaphora. Garland Pub. Inc.. |
[Webber, 1983]![]() |
Bonnie L. Webber (1983). Pragmatics and Database Question Answering.. In: Proceedings of the 8th IJCAI. Karlsruhe. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Inteligence. |
[Webber, 1988]![]() |
Bonnie L. Webber (1988). Discourse deixis: reference to discourse segments. In: Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. pp. 113--122. |
[Webber, 1988]![]() |
Bonnie L. Webber (1988). Computational Linguistics: special edition on tense and aspect. Volume 14(2). MIT Press: Association for Computational Linguistics, Cambridge, MA. |
[Wegener, 1885]![]() |
Philipp Wegener (1885). Untersuchungen über die Grundfragen des Sprachlebens. Niemeyer, Halle. |
[Weigand et al., 1995]![]() |
H. Weigand and E. Verharen and F. Dignum (1995). Integrated Semantics for Information and Communication Systems. In: Procedings of IFIP DS-6 Database Semantics. Stone Mountain. |
[Wein, 1996]![]() |
Michael Wein (1996). Eine parametrisierbare Generierungskomponente mit generischem Backtracking. Masters thesis, Department of Computer Science, University of the Saarland, Saarbrücken. |
[Weiner, 1980]![]() |
J. L. Weiner (1980). BLAH: a System that Explains its Reasoning. In: Artificial Intelligence, 15:19--48. |
[Weinrich, 1993]![]() |
Harald Weinrich (1993). \em Textgrammatik der deutschen Sprache. Dudenverlag, Mannheim. |
[Weis, 1994]![]() |
T. Weis (1994). VIPER: Ein verteilter inkrementeller Dialogplaner für eine Multi-Agenten-Umgebung. Diplomarbeit, Fachbereich Informatik, Universität des Saarlandes, Saarbrücken. |
[Weiß, 1993]![]() |
Uta Weiß (1993). Der Französische Penman. (TECHDOC internal report). Forschungsinstitut für anwendungsorientierte Wissensverarbeitung (FAW), Ulm, Germany. (Praktikumsbericht). |
[Weizenbaum, 1966]![]() |
Joseph Weizenbaum (1966). Eliza - a computer program for the study of natural language communication between man and machine. In: CACM, 9. |
[Weizenbaum, 1976]![]() |
Joseph Weizenbaum (1976). Computer Power and Human Reason. Freeman, San Francisco. |
[Wekker, 1976]![]() |
H. Chr. Wekker (1976). The Expression of Future Time in Contemporary British English. North-Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Christopher, 2001]![]() |
Barry Smith Welty, Christopher (ed.) (2001). Formal Ontology and Information Systems. ACM Press, New York. |
[Werlich, 1983]![]() |
Egon Werlich (1983). A Text grammar of English. Quelle and Meyer, Heidelberg. |
[Werth, 1981]![]() |
Paul Werth (ed.) (1981). Conversation, Speech, and Discourse. Croom Helm, London. |
[Werth, 1981]![]() |
P Werth (1981). The concept of 'relevance' in conversational analysis. In: Paul Werth (ed.), Conversation, Speech, and Discourse. pp. 129--154. Croom Helm, London. |
[Wetherell and Potter, 1992]![]() |
Margaret Wetherell and Jonathan Potter (1992). Mapping the language of racism: discourse and the legitimation of exploitation. Harvester Wheatsheaf, Hemel Hempstead. |
[Wexelblat, 1988]![]() |
R. L. Wexelblat (1988). The Confidence in their Help. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshop on Explanations. |
[Matthiessen, 1984]![]() |
C. M. I. M. Matthiessen (1984). What's in Nigel: 1. In: Network: News, Views and Reviews in Systemic Linguistics and Related Areas, (6):36--44. |
[Wheatley, 1996]![]() |
J. Wheatley (1996). Flowchart representation of genre in professional communication. In: Javnost-Public, 3(4):27--38. |
[Wheeler, ]![]() |
Tony Wheeler (). Sri Lanka, a travel survival kit. Lonely Planet Publications, South Yarra, Victoria, Australia. |
[White, 1974]![]() |
R. White (1974). Communicative competence, registers, and second language. In: International Review of Applied Linguistics, 12(2):127--141. |
[White, 1998]![]() |
Michael White (1998). Designing dynamic hypertext. In: Proceedings of 2nd Workshop on Adaptive Hypertext and Hypermedia. Pittsburgh, USA. Held in conjunction with Hypertext'98. |
[White, 1999]![]() |
David Manning White (1999). The `Gatekeeper': a case study in the selection of news. In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 66--72. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[White and Caldwell, 1998]![]() |
M. White and T. Caldwell (1998). EXEMPLARS: A practical, extensible framework for dynamic text generation. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 266--275. |
[Whitelock, 1992]![]() |
Peter Whitelock (1992). Shake-and-bake translation. In: Proceedings of COLING-92. Volume II. Nantes, France, pp. 784--791. |
[Wick and Slagle, 1988]![]() |
M. R. Wick and J. R. Slagle (1988). An Explanation Facility for Today's Expert Systems. In: IEEE Expert, . forthcoming. |
[Wick and Sagle, 1988]![]() |
M. R. Wick and J. R. Sagle (1988). The Partitioned Support Network for Expert System Justification. In: IEEE Transactions on Systems, Man and Cybernetics, . forthcoming. |
[Wiebe et al., 1996]![]() |
J. M. Wiebe and G. Hirst and D. Horton (1996). Language use in context. In: Communications of the Association of Computing Machinery, 39(1):102--111. |
[Wiebe et al., 1998]![]() |
J. M. Wiebe and T. P. O'Hara and T. Christrom-Sandgren (1998). An empirical approach to temporal reference resolution. In: Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, 9:247--293. |
[Wierzbicka, 1972]![]() |
Anna Wierzbicka (1972). Semantic Primitives. Athenäum Verlag. |
[Wierzbicka, 1982]![]() |
A. Wierzbicka (1982). Why can you have a drink when you can't have an eat? In: Language, 58:753--789. |
[Wierzbicka, 1985]![]() |
Anna Wierzbicka (1985). Lexicography and Conceptual Analysis. Karama, Ann Arbor, Michigan. |
[Wierzbicka, 1987]![]() |
Anna Wierzbicka (1987). English Speech Act Verbs. Academic Press, Marrickville, NSW, Australia. |
[Wierzbicka, 1988]![]() |
Anna Wierzbicka (1988). The semantics of grammar. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam/Philadelphia. Studies in Language Companion Series 18. |
[Wilcox, 1960]![]() |
Walter Wilcox (1960). The press of the radical right: an exploratory analysis. In: Journalism Quarterly, 39(2):152--160. |
[Wilensky, 1976]![]() |
Robert Wilensky (1976). Using Plans to Understand Natural Language.. In: Proceedings of the Annual Conference of the ACM. Houston, Texas. ACM. |
[Wilensky et al., 1984]![]() |
Robert Wilensky and Yigal Arens and David N. Chin (1984). Talking to Unix in English: An Overview of UC. In: Communications of the ACM, 27(6). |
[Wilkins, 1668]![]() |
J. Wilkins (1668). An Essay Towards a Real Character and a Philosophical Language. London. |
[Wilkinson, 1995]![]() |
J. Wilkinson (1995). Aggregation in Natural Language Generation: Another Look. Co-op work term report. |
[Willberg and Forssman, 1997]![]() |
Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssman (1997). Lesetypographie. Verlag Hermann Schmidt, Mainz. |
[Wille, 1982]![]() |
Rudolf Wille (1982). Restructuring lattice theory: an approach based on hierarchies of concept. In: I. Rival (ed.), Ordered Sets. pp. 445--470. Reidel, Dordecht/Boston. |
[Williams and Holland, 1981]![]() |
M. D. Williams and J. D. Holland (1981). The Process of Retrieval from Long-Term Memory. In: Cognitive Science, 5:87--120. |
[Williams, 1977]![]() |
E. S. Williams (1977). Discourse and Logical form. In: Linguistic Inquiry, 8:559--584. |
[Williams et al., 1981]![]() |
M. D. Williams and J. Hollan and A. Stevens (1981). Human Reasoning about a Simple Physical System. Draft. |
[Williams, 1988]![]() |
Marion Williams (1988). Language taught for meetings and language used in meetings: is there anything in common? In: Applied Linguistics, 9:45--58. |
[Williams, 1994]![]() |
Geoff Williams (1994). Using systemic grammar in teaching young learners: an introduction. Macmillan Education Australia, South Melbourne. |
[Williams, 1995]![]() |
Geoff Williams (1995). Joint book reading and literacy pedagogy: a socio-semantic examination. PhD thesis, Macquarie University. |
[Williams, 1998]![]() |
G. Williams (1998). Children entering literate worlds: Perspectives from the study of textual practices. In: F. Christie and R. Missan (eds.), Literacy in schooling. Routledge, London. |
[Williams and Lukin, to appear]![]() |
G. Williams and A. Lukin (eds.) (to appear). Language development: Functional perspectives on evolution and phylogenesis. Continuum, London. |
[Williams and Reiter, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
S. Williams and E. Reiter (2003). A corpus analysis of discourse relations for Natural Language Generation. In: Proceedings of Corpus Linguistics. |
[Williamson, 1979]![]() |
J. Williamson (1979). Patient marking in Lakhota and the unaccusative hypothesis. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 15. pp. 353--365. |
[Wilson, 1975]![]() |
Dierdre Wilson (1975). Presuppositions and Non-Truth=Conditional Semantics. Academic Press, London. |
[Wilss, 1975]![]() |
Wolfram Wilss (1975). Übersetzen. In: H. Stammerjohann (ed.), Handbuch der Linguistik. Allgemeine und angewandte Sprachwissenschaft. Nymphenburger Verlagshandlung, Munich. |
[Wilss, 1982]![]() |
Wolfram Wilss (1982). The science of translation. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tübingen. |
[Wilss, 1993]![]() |
Wolfram Wilss (1993). Towards a multi-facet concept of translation behaviour. In: Target, 1(2):129--149. |
[Winograd, 1975]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1975). Representing knowledge: Frames. Oral presentation at the Conference on Theoretical Issues in Natural Language Processing.. |
[Winograd, 1968]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1968). Linguistics and the computer analysis of tonal harmony.. In: Journal of Music Theory, 21. |
[Winograd, 1972]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1972). Understanding Natural Language. Academic Press, New York. |
[Winograd, 1976]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1976). Towards a procedural understanding of semantics. In: Revue Internationale de Philosophie, . |
[Winograd, 1977]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1977). A Framework for Understanding Discourse. In: P. A. Carpenter and M. A. Just (eds.), Cognitive processes in comprehension. Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N. J.. |
[Winograd, 1980]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1980). What does it mean to understand language? In: Cognitive Science, 4:209--241. |
[Winograd, 1983]![]() |
Terry Winograd (1983). Language as a Cognitive Process, Volume 1: Syntax. 6: Feature and function grammars, pp. 272--310. Addison Wesley, New York. |
[Winograd, 1994]![]() |
T. Winograd (1994). Categories, Disciplines, and Social Coordination. In: Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW), 2:191--197. |
[Winograd and Flores, 1986]![]() |
Terry Winograd and Fernando Flores (1986). Understanding computers and cognition: a new foundation for design. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey. |
[Winston et al., 1987]![]() |
M. E. Winston and R. Chaffin and D. J. Herrman (1987). A Taxonomy of Part-Whole Relations. In: Cognitive Science, 11(4):417--444. |
[Winston, 1972]![]() |
Patrick H. Winston (1972). Learning Structural Descriptions from Examples. In: P. H. Winston (ed.), The Psychology of Computer Vision. McGraw-Hill, New York. |
[Winston, 1977]![]() |
Patrick H. Winston (1977). Artificial Intelligence. Addison Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, Mass.. |
[Winston, 1980]![]() |
Patrick H. Winston (1980). Learning and Reasoning by Analogy. In: Comm. of the ACM, 23:689--702. |
[Winter, 2001]![]() |
Stephan Winter (2001). Ontology: buzzword or paradigm shift in GI science? In: International Journal of Geographical Information Science, 15(7):587--590. |
[Winter, 1982]![]() |
Eugene Winter (1982). Towards a Contextual Grammar of English. George Allen and Unwin, London. |
[Witten and Madams, 1977]![]() |
L. Witten and P. Madams (1977). The telephone inquiry service: a man-machine system using synthetic speech. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 9:449--464. |
[Woisetschlaeger, 1977]![]() |
E. Woisetschlaeger (1977). A Semantic Theory of the English Auxiliary System. Indiana Linguistics Circle, Bloomington. |
[Wong, 1975]![]() |
H. K. T. Wong (1975). Generating English Sentences from Semantic Structures. Technical Report Nr. 84. University of Toronto, Department of Computer Science. |
[Wood and Kroger, 1991]![]() |
Linda A. Wood and Rolf O. Kroger (1991). Politeness and forms of address. In: Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 10(3):145--168. |
[Woods, 1970]![]() |
William A. Woods (1970). Transition Network Grammars for Natural Language Analysis. In: Communications of the Assocation for Computing Machinery, 13. |
[Woods, 1973]![]() |
W. Woods (1973). An Experimental Parsing System for Transition Network Grammars. In: R. Rustin (ed.), Natural Language Processing. Algorithmics Press, New York. |
[Wootton, 1975]![]() |
A. Wootton (1975). Dilemmas of Discourse. George Allen and Unwin Ltd., London. |
[Wunderlich, 1971]![]() |
D. Wunderlich (1971). Pragmatik, Sprechsituation und Deixis. In: Beitrage zur Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik. Bad Homburg. |
[Wunderlich, 1988]![]() |
D. Wunderlich (1988). Der Ton macht die Melodie -- Zur Phonologie der Intonation des Deutschen. In: H. Altmann (ed.), Intonationsforschungen. pp. 1--40. Niemeyer, Tübingen. |
[Wundt, 1901]![]() |
Wilhelm Wundt (1901). Sprachgeschichte und Sprachpsychologie. Mit Rücksicht auf B. Delbrücks "Grundfragen der Sprachforschung". Engelmann, Leipzig. |
[Wundt, 1880]![]() |
Wilhelm Wundt (1880). Logik. Eine Untersuchung der Prinzipien der Erkenntnis und der Methoden Wissenschaftlicher Forschung. Enke, Stuttgart. |
[Xiaoqing, 1986]![]() |
Ouyang Xiaoqing (1986). Clause Complex in Chinese. M.A. Thesis in Applied Linguistics. |
[Xiaoqing, 1986]![]() |
Ouyang Xiaoqing (1986). Clause complex in Chinese. M.A. thesis (Applied Linguistics), Department of Linguistics, University of Sydney. |
[Xu, 1982]![]() |
Liwo Xu (1982). On substitution in English. In: Foreign Language Teaching and Reserarch, 1:10--5. |
[Xu, 1982]![]() |
Shenghuan Xu (1982). On substitution in English. In: Foreign Language Teaching and Reserarch, 1:1--9. |
[Xu, 1985]![]() |
Shenghuan Xu (1985). Theme and Rheme revisited. In: Foreign Language Teaching and Research, 4. |
[Xu, 1987]![]() |
Shenghuan Xu (1987). On discourse Focus. In: Foreign Language Teaching and Research, 2:22--30. |
[Yang, 1991]![]() |
G. Yang (1991). Realization for English sentences made in an implementation of a systemic grammar.. In: Third European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Judenstein , Austria. |
[Yang, 1998]![]() |
G. Yang (1998). Chinese Sentence generation in a systemic functional grammar. In: Proc. of 98 Int. Conference on Chinese Information Processing. Bejing. |
[Yao et al., 1998]![]() |
T. Yao and D. Zhang and Q. Wang (1998). MLWFA: Multilingual weather forecasting system. In: 9th INLG. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario, pp. 296--299. software demonstration. |
[Yngve, 1960]![]() |
Victor H. A. Yngve (1960). A model and a hypothesis for language structure. In: Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Volume 104. pp. 444--466. |
[Yngve, 1970]![]() |
Victor H. Yngve (1970). On getting a word in edgewise. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 6. |
[Yongsheng, 1985]![]() |
Zhu Yongsheng (1985). Modality and modulation in English and Chinese. MA Honours thesis, Department of Linguistics. Sydney University. |
[You and Rada, 1994]![]() |
G. N. You and R. Rada (1994). A systematic approach to outline manipulation. In: International Journal of Human Computer Studies, 41(3):283--308. |
[Young, 1980]![]() |
David J. Young (1980). The Structure of English Clauses. Hutchinson, London. |
[Young, 1987]![]() |
David J. Young (1987). Continuative and inceptive adjuncts in English. In: Halliday and Fawcett (eds.), New developments in Systemic Linguistics. Frances Pinter, London. |
[Young, 1987]![]() |
Lynne Weiss Young (1987). Language as behaviour, language as code: a study of Academic English. PhD thesis, Catholic University of Leuven. |
[Young, 1990]![]() |
Lynn Young (1990). Language as behaviour, language as code: a study of academic English. Benjamins, Amsterdam. |
[Yule, 1979]![]() |
George Yule (1979). Pragmatically controlled anaphora. In: Lingua, 49. |
[Yule, 1981]![]() |
George Yule (1981). Aspects of the information structure of spoken discourse. PhD thesis, University of Edinburgh. |
[Yule, 1996]![]() |
George Yule (1996). The study of language. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2nd. edition edition. |
[Zadeh, 1979]![]() |
L. A. Zadeh (1979). A Theory of Approximate Reasoning. In: D. Michie and J. E. Hayes and L. I. Mikulich (eds.), Machine Intelligence 9. Ellis Horwood Limited, Chichester, England. |
[Zadrozny and Jensen, 1991]![]() |
Wlodek Zadrozny and Karen Jensen (1991). Semantics of paragraphs. In: Computational Linguistics, 17(2):171--210. |
[Zajac, 1992]![]() |
Rémi Zajac (1992). Inheritance and constraint-based grammar formalisms. In: Computational Linguistics, 18(2):159--182. (Special issue on inheritance: 1). |
[Zajac, 1992]![]() |
Rémi Zajac (1992). Towards computer-aided linguistic engineering. In: Proceedings of COLING-92. Volume II. Nantes, France, pp. 828--834. |
[Zaliznjak, 1977]![]() |
A. A. Zaliznjak (1977). Grammatical Dictionary of the Russian Language. Russkij Jazyk, Moscow. (in Russian). |
[Zammuner, 1987]![]() |
Vanda Lucia Zammuner (1987). For or against: the expression of attitudes in discourse. In: Text, 7:410--434. |
[Zandvoort, 1972]![]() |
R. W. Zandvoort (1972). A Handbook of English Grammar. Longman. |
[Zeevat, 1991]![]() |
Henk Zeevat (1991). Aspects of Discourse Semantics and Unification Grammar. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam. |
[Zelinsky-Wibbelt, 1986]![]() |
Cornelia Zelinsky-Wibbelt (1986). An Empirically Based Approach towards a System of Semantic Features. In: COLING-86. |
[Zelizer, 1999]![]() |
Barbie Zelizer (1999). CNN, the Gulf War, and Journalistic Practise. In: Howard Tumber (ed.), News: a reader. pp. 340--354. Oxford University Press, Oxford. |
[Zeng, 1992]![]() |
Licheng Zeng (1992). ML-Penman: implementation notes. Technical Report. GMD/IPSI and University of Sydney. |
[Zeng, 1996]![]() |
Licheng Zeng (1996). Planning text in an integrated multilingual meaning space: theory and implementation. PhD thesis, Sydney University, Sydney, Australia. |
[Zhu, 1985]![]() |
Yongsheng Zhu (1985). Notes on modality in English. In: College English Education and Research, 1:50--7. |
[Zhu, 1986]![]() |
Yongsheng Zhu (1986). On information structure in English. In: Modern Foreign Languages, 4:17--22. |
[Zhu, 1993]![]() |
Yongsheng Zhu (ed.) (1993). Language, text and context: proceedings of the 1991 Suzhou 2nd National Seminar on Systemic-Functional Linguistics. Peking University Press, Beijing. |
[Zimmerman and West, 1980]![]() |
D. Zimmerman and C. West (eds.) (1980). Studies in Language and Social Interaction. |
[Zock, 1996]![]() |
Michael Zock (1996). The Power of Words in Message Planning. In: 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics. Copenhagen, pp. 990--995. |
[Zock and Sabeh, 1988]![]() |
Michael Zock and Gérard Sabeh (eds.) (1988). Advances in Natural Language Generation: An interdisciplinary perspective; Volume 2. Pinter Publishers, London. |
[olkovskij, 1970]![]() |
A. K. olkovskij (1970). Materials for a Russian-Somali Dictionary. In: Mashinnij perevod i prikladnaja lingvistika, 13:35--63. |
[olkovskij and Mel'ɩuk, 1965]![]() |
Alexander K. olkovskij and Igor A. Mel'ɩuk (1965). O vozmonom metode i instrumentax semantiɩeskogo sinteza. In: Nauɩno-texniɩeskaja informacija, (6). |
[olkovskij and Mel'ɩuk, 1967]![]() |
Alexander K. olkovskij and Igor A. Mel'ɩuk (1967). O semantiɩeskom sinteze. In: Problemy kibernetiki, 19(?):177--238. |
[Zoltan-Ford, 1991]![]() |
E. Zoltan-Ford (1991). How to get people to say and type what computers can understand. In: International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 34:527--547. |
[Zubin, 1978]![]() |
D. Zubin (1978). Discourse function of morphology. In: Syntax and Semantics 12: Discourse and syntax. pp. 469--504. |
[Zubov, 1984]![]() |
A. V. Zubov (1984). Machine Translation viewed as Generation of Text with a pre-defined Contents. In: International Forum on Information and Documentation, 9(2):36--38. |
[Zue, 1994]![]() |
V. Zue (1994). Toward systems that understand spoken language. In: IEEE Expert, 9(1):51--59. |
[Zuegner, 1956]![]() |
Charles W. Zuegner (1956). A study of political news in two major dailies. In: Journalism Quarterly, 33(2):222--224. |
[Zwicky, 1985]![]() |
Arnold M. Zwicky (1985). Heads. In: Journal of Linguistics, 21:1--30. |
[, 1993]![]() |
(ed.) (1993). Proceedings of the 11th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-93). Washington, DC. |
[Swartout, 1986]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1986). Beyond XPLAIN: toward more explainable expert systems. In: Proceedings of the Congress of the American Association of Medical Systems and Informatics. |
[Abelson, 1981]![]() |
R. P. Abelson (1981). Constraint, Construal and Cognitive Science. In: Proceedings of the Third Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. Berkeley, California, pp. 1--9. |
[, 1992]![]() |
(ed.) (1992). Proceedings of the 30th Annual Meeting of the ACL. University of Delaware. The Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Mann and Moore, 1981]![]() |
William C. Mann and James A. Moore (1981). Computer generation of multiparagraph English text. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 7(1). |
[Hardman et al., 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lynda Hardman and Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lloyd Rutledge and Dick C. A. Bulterman (1999). Hypermedia: The Link with Time. In: ACM Computing Surveys, . |
[Heidolph et al., 1980]![]() |
K. E. Heidolph and W. Flämig and W. Motsch (1980). Grundzüge einer deutschen Grammatik. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin. |
[Alexa, 1993]![]() |
Melpomeni Alexa (1993). Corpus-based Sublanguage Analysis for a Multilingual Generation System. Technical Report. University of Manchester, UMIST. PhD Thesis. |
[Mann, 1985]![]() |
William C. Mann (1985). The Anatomy of a Systemic Choice. In: Discourse Processes, 8(1):53--74. Also available as ISI/RR-82-104. |
[, 1992]![]() |
(ed.) (1992). Proceedings of the Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing. Trento, Italy. The Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[, 1994]![]() |
(ed.) (1994). Proceedings of the Fourth Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing. Stuttgart, Germany. The Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[, 1997]![]() |
(ed.) (1997). Proceedings of the Fifth Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing. Washington, DC. The Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Bennett, 1982]![]() |
W. S. Bennett (1982). The linguistic component of METAL. Working Paper LRC-92-2, Linguistic Research Center, University of Texas at Austin. |
[Bienkowski, 1986]![]() |
Marie A. Bienkowski (1986). A Computational Model for Extemporaneous Elaborations. Technical Report Nr. CSL 1. Cognitive Science Laboratory, Princeton University. |
[Bohnet et al., ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Bernd Bohnet and Andreas Langjahr and Leo Wanner (). A Development Environment for an MTT-Based Sentence Generator. |
[, 1972]![]() |
(1972). The Way Things Work. Simon and Schuster, New York, N.Y.. |
[Project, ]![]() |
The RAGS Project (). Re-implementation of the CGS system within the RAGS architecture. Unpublished manuscript, available at http://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/cgs-mapping.ps. |
[Corporation, 1978]![]() |
General Motors Corporation (1978). Chevrolet Service Manual. Detroit, Michigan. |
[Cui, 1985]![]() |
Songren Cui (1985). Comparing Structures of Essays in Chinese and English. Masters thesis, UCLA. |
[, 1990]![]() |
(ed.) (1990). Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-90). Helsinki. ICCL. |
[, 1994]![]() |
(ed.) (1994). Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING'94). Kyoto. ICCL. |
[, 1996]![]() |
(ed.) (1996). Proceedings of the 16th International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING'96). Copenhagen. ICCL. |
[Kobsa and Wahlster, 1988]![]() |
Alfred Kobsa and Wolfgang Wahlster (1988). Computational Linguistics: Special issue on User Modeling. Volume 14. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. number 3. |
[Smith, 1980]![]() |
David E. Smith (1980). A Storage and File Management System for Knowledge Bases. Memo HPP-80-8, Working Paper. |
[Kolodner, 1984]![]() |
Janet L. Kolodner (1984). Retrieval and Organizational Strategies in Conceptual Memory: A Computer Model. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[de Beaugrande, 1980]![]() |
R. de Beaugrande (1980). Text, discourse, and process. Ablex Pub. Corp., Norwood, New Jersey. |
[de Beaugrande, 1984]![]() |
Robert de Beaugrande (1984). Text Production. Toward a Science of Composition. Ablex, Norwood, New Jersey. |
[de Beaugrande and Dressler, 1981]![]() |
R. de Beaugrande and W. U. Dressler (1981). Introduction to Text Linguistics. Longmans, London. |
[de Joia and Stenton, 1980]![]() |
Alex de Joia and Adrian Stenton (1980). Terms in Systemic Linguistics. A Guide to Halliday. Batsford, London. |
[de Beaugrande, 2000]![]() |
Robert de Beaugrande (2000). Interpreting the discourse of H.G. Widdowson: a corpus-based critical discourse analysis. In: Applied Linguistics, 21. |
[de Carolis et al., 1999]![]() |
B. de Carolis and F. de Rosis and D. Berry and I. Michas (1999). Evaluating Plan-Based Hypermedia Generation. In: P. St. Dizier (ed.), 7th EWNLG. Toulouse, pp. 126--134. |
[de Kleer and Brown, 1981]![]() |
J. de Kleer and J. Brown (1981). Mental Models of Physical Systems and their Acquisition. In: Anderson (ed.), Cognitive Skills and Their Acquisition. Erlbaum. |
[de Pijper, 1983]![]() |
J. R. de Pijper (1983). Modelling British English Intonation. Foris Publications, Dordrecht. |
[de Roeck and Lowden, 1986]![]() |
A. de Roeck and B. Lowden (1986). Generating English Paraphrases from Formal Relational Calculus Expressions. In: 11th COLING. Bonn. |
[de Rosis et al., 1999]![]() |
Fiorella de Rosis and Floriana Grasso and Dianne C. Berry (1999). Refining instructional text generation after evaluation. In: Artificial Intelligence in Medicine, 11. |
[de Rosis and Grasso, 1994]![]() |
F. de Rosis and F. Grasso (1994). Mediating between hearer's and speaker's views in the generation of adaptive explanations. In: Expert Systems with Applications. |
[de Silva Joyce and Burns, 2001]![]() |
Helen de Silva Joyce and Anne Burns (2001). Focus on grammar. NCELTR, Macquarie University. |
[Mann, 1982]![]() |
William C. Mann (1982). Generating Text: The Grammar's Demands. Issued as `Inquiry Semantics--A Functional Semantics of Natural Language Grammar'. |
[Robinson, l982]![]() |
Jane J. Robinson (l982). Diagram: A Grammar for Dialogues. In: Communications of the ACM, 25(1):27--47. |
[Nack and Lindley, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
F. Nack and C. Lindley (2000). Arbeitsumgebungen für die Entwicklung interaktiver Geschichten. In: Workshop "Digital Storytelling" DISTEL 2000. ZGDV Darmstadt, Germany. |
[DuBois, 1980]![]() |
Jack W. DuBois (1980). Beyond definiteness: the trace of identity in discourse. In: Wallace L. Chafe (ed.), The Pear Stories. pp. 203--274. Ablex Publishing Corps., New Jersey. |
[Dyer and Lehnert, 1980]![]() |
Michael G. Dyer and Wendy G. Lehnert (1980). Organization and Search Processes for Narratives. Technical Report Nr. 175. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[, 1997]![]() |
(ed.) (1997). Proceedings of the 8th Conference of the European Chapter of the Association for Computational Linguistics (EACL'97). Madrid. The Association for Computational Linguistics. |
[Baker et al., 1957]![]() |
D. L. Baker and R. B. Brownlee and Fuller R. W (1957). Elements of Physics. Allyn and Bacon, Inc., Newton, Mass.. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). Systemic encounters with computation. In: Network: News, Views and Reviews in Systemic Linguistics and Related Areas, (5):27--33. |
[, 1991]![]() |
(ed.) (1991). Proceedings of the Third European Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Judenstein, Austria. |
[Evans, 1968]![]() |
T. G. Evans (1968). A Heuristic Program to Solve Geometric Analogy Problems. In: M. Minsky (ed.), Semantic Information Processing. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[, 1999]![]() |
(ed.) (1999). Proceedings of the Seventh European Natural Language Generation Workshop. Toulouse, France. |
[Reichlis and Lemon, 1952]![]() |
?. Reichlis and ?. Lemon (1952). Exploring Physics. Harcourt, Brace and Company. Inc.. |
[Finin, 1982]![]() |
Timothy W. Finin (1982). The Interpretation of Nominal Compounds in Discourse. Technical Report Nr. MS-CIS-82-3. Moore School of Engineering, University of Pennsylvania. |
[Fodor et al., 1974]![]() |
J. A. Fodor and T. G. Bever and M. F. Garrett (1974). The Psychology of Language. McGraw Hill, New York. |
[Foster, ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Mary Ellen Foster (). Automatically generating text to accompany information graphics. |
[Gershman, 1977]![]() |
A. V. Gershman (1977). Analyzing English Noun Groups for their Conceptual Content. Technical Report Nr. 110. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Gershman, 1979]![]() |
A. V. Gershman (1979). Knowledge-Based Parsing. Technical Report Nr. 156. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Swartout, 1983]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1983). The Gist behavior explainer. (Submitted to AAAI-83.). |
[Swartout, 1982]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1982). Gist English generator. In: Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. pp. 404--409. AAAI. |
[Goodman, 1965]![]() |
N. Goodman (1965). Fact, Fiction, and Forecast. The Bobbs Merrill Company, Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.. |
[Teich, 1992]![]() |
Elke Teich (1992). Komet: grammar documentation. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Teich, 1989]![]() |
Elke Teich (1989). Komet grammar documentation part I. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Teich, 1990]![]() |
Elke Teich (1990). Komet grammar documentation part II. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Teich, 1991]![]() |
Elke Teich (1991). Komet grammar documentation part III. Technical Report. GMD/Institut für Integrierte Publikations- und Informationssysteme, Darmstadt, West Germany. |
[Green, ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Stephen Green (). Using lexical chains to build hypertext links in newspaper articles. |
[Grosz, 1977]![]() |
Barbara J. Grosz (1977). The Representation and Use of Focus in Dialogue Understanding. Technical Report Nr. Technical note 151. Stanford Research Institute. |
[van Ossenbruggen and Hardman, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman (2002). Hypermedia Presentation Generation on the Semantic Web. In: Ercim News, 51:36. |
[Harris, 1978]![]() |
L. R. Harris (1978). Natural Language Processing Applied to Data Base Query. In: Proceedings of the 1978 ACM Annual Conference. Washington, D. C.. Association for Computer Machinery. |
[Blackwood et al., 1951]![]() |
O. H. Blackwood and W. B. Herron and W. C. Kelly (1951). The High School Physics. Ginn and Company. |
[Wignall and Martin, 1987]![]() |
Peter Wignall and J. R. Martin (1987). The discourse of history: distancing the recoverable past. In: University of Sydney Working Papers in Linguistics, 5:66--116. |
[Halliday, 1985]![]() |
Michael A. K. Halliday (1985). An Introduction to Functional Grammar. Edward Arnold, London. |
[Sire, 2001]![]() |
Stéphane Sire (2001). TEd: a Treemap based Editor widget. Rejected by IHM-HCI 2001. |
[, 1994]![]() |
(ed.) (1994). Proceedings of the Seventh International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Kennebunkport, Maine. |
[, 1996]![]() |
(ed.) (1996). Proceedings of the Eighth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Herstmonceux, Sussex, UK. |
[, 1998]![]() |
(ed.) (1998). Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Niagara-on-the-Lake, Ontario. |
[Rutledge et al., 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge and Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman and Dick C. A. Bulterman (1997). A Framework for Generating Adaptable Hypermedia Documents. pp. 121--130. |
[Bulterman, 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Dick C. A. Bulterman (1998). User-Centered Abstractions for Adaptive Hypermedia Presentations. In: Proceedings of ACM Multimedia. pp. 145--150. Published by ACM Press. |
[Hardman and van Ossenbruggen, ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lynda Hardman and Jacco van Ossenbruggen (). Device Independent Multimedia Authoring. |
[Geurts, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Joost Geurts (2002). Constraints for Multimedia Presentation Generation. Masters thesis, University of Amsterdam. |
[van Ossenbruggen and Rutledge, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lynda Hardman Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lloyd Rutledge (2002). Hypermedia and the Semantic Web: A Research Agenda. In: Journal of Digital Information, 3(1). |
[van Ossenbruggen and Hardman, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jacco van Ossenbruggen and Lynda Hardman (2002). Smart Style on the Semantic Web. In: Semantic Web Workshop, WWW2002. |
[Rutledge, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge (2002). SMIL 2.0 Implementation Overview. In: interChange -- Newsletter of the International SGML/XML Users' Group, 8(1). |
[van Ossenbruggen, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jacco van Ossenbruggen (2001). Processing Structured Hypermedia --- A Matter of Style. PhD thesis, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands. |
[Kintsch, 1977]![]() |
Walter Kintsch (1977). Memory and Cognition. John Wiley and Sons, New York. |
[Kintsch, 1980]![]() |
Walter Kintsch (1980). Learning from Text, Levels of Comprehension, or: Why Anyone Would Read a Story Anyway. In: Poetics, 9(1 - 3):87--98. |
[Panel, 1993]![]() |
EUROTRA Final Review Panel (1993). EUROTRA Final Review Panel Report. Logica Cambridge Limited, London. |
[Swartout, 1985]![]() |
William R. Swartout (1985). Knowledge needed for Expert System Explanation. In: AFIPS Conference Proceedings. Volume 54. pp. 93--98. National Computer Conference. |
[Kolodner, 1983]![]() |
Janet L. Kolodner (1983). Maintaining Organization in a Dynamic Long-Term Memory. In: Cognitive Science, 7(4):243--280. |
[Kolodner, 1983]![]() |
Janet L. Kolodner (1983). Reconstructive Memory: A Computer Model. In: Cognitive Science, 7(4):281--328. |
[Kumpf, 1986]![]() |
Lorraine Kumpf (1986). Structuring Narratives in a Second Language: a Description of Rhetoric and Grammar. PhD thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). Cancelled Due to Lack of Interest. In: Proceedings of the Seventh International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Vancouver, Canada. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). Organizing Memory for Use in Understanding. In: Proceedings of the Workshop on Human Computer Interaction. Atlanta. |
[Lebowitz, 1981]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1981). ``Abstract'' Understanding: The Relation Between Language and Memory. in press. |
[Lebowitz, 1982]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1982). Correcting Erroneous Generalizations. In: Cognition and Brain Theory, 5(4):367--381. |
[Lebowitz, 1982]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1982). Understanding Technical Texts. In: Proceedings of the ACM-CSC 82 Computer Science Conference. Indianapolis, Indiana. |
[Lebowitz, 1982]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1982). Limited Parallel Parsing. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). RESEARCHER: An Overview. In: Proceedings of the Third National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Washington, DC. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Creating a Story-Telling Universe. In: Proceedings of the Eighth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. Karlsruhe, West Germany. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Concept Learning in a Rich Input Domain. In: Proceedings of the 1983 International Machine Learning Workshop. Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, pp. 177--182. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Classifying Numeric Information. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science Technical Report. |
[Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1983). Implementing Descriptions Using Non-Von Neumann Parallelism. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lebowitz, 1984]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1984). Creating Characters in a Story-Telling Universe. In: Poetics, 13:171--194. |
[Lebowitz, 1984]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1984). The Use of Memory in Text Processing. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lebowitz, 1985]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1985). Classifying Numeric Information for Generalization. In: Cognitive Science, . in press. |
[Lebowitz, 1985]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1985). Integrated Learning: Controlling Explanation. In: Cognitive Science, . to appear. |
[Lebowitz, 1985]![]() |
Michael Lebowitz (1985). Generating Plot Outlines. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Lehnert, 1978]![]() |
Wendy G. Lehnert (1978). Representing Physical Objects in Memory. Technical Report Nr. 131. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Levi, 1978]![]() |
Judith N. Levi (1978). The Syntax and Semantics of Complex Nominals. Academic Press, New York. |
[Evens et al., 1980]![]() |
M. W. Evens and B. Litowitz and J. Markowitz and R. Smith and O. Werner (1980). Lexical-Semantic Relations: A Comparative Survey. Linguistic Research, Inc., Edmonton, Alberta. |
[Hardman, 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lynda Hardman (1998). Modelling and Authoring Hypermedia Documents. PhD thesis, University of Amsterdam. ISBN: 90-74795-93-5, also available at http://www.cwi.nl/$\sim$lynda/thesis/. |
[Mann, 1983]![]() |
William C. Mann (1983). Multiparagraph Text Generation. In: William R. Swartout (ed.), Workshop on Automated Explanation Production. Volume No. 85. ACM. |
[McDermott, 1981]![]() |
D. V. McDermott (1981). Artificial Intelligence Meets Natural Stupidity. In: J. Haugeland (ed.), Mind Design. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Nack, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Frank Nack (2001). Play the Game. In: IEEE Multimedia, :8--10. edited by Frank Nack. |
[Rutledge, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge (2001). Multimedia Standards: Building Blocks of the Web. In: IEEE Multimedia, :13--15. edited by Frank Nack. |
[Rutledge and Hardman, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge and Lynda Hardman (2001). The Rise and Fall of Multimedia Authoring. In: Proceedings International Conference on Media Futures. Florence, Italy, pp. 17--20. |
[Jordan, 1987]![]() |
Michael P. Jordan (1987). Relational Propositions Within the Clause. In: Proceedings of the 14th LACUS Conference. Queen's University. |
[Green, ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Stephen Green (). Automatically generating hypertext in newspaper articles by computing semantic relatedness. |
[Rutledge et al., 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
L. Rutledge and L. Hardman and J. van Ossenbruggen (1999). Evaluating SMIL: Three User Case Studies. In: Proceedings of ACM Multimedia. Orlando, Florida, USA. Poster Paper. |
[Nack, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
F. Nack (2000). All content counts - the future in digital media computing is meta. In: IEEE MultiMedia, 7(3):10--13. |
[J. and F., 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Dittmann J. and Nack F. (2000). Copyright - Copywrong. In: IEEE MultiMedia, 2(4). |
[Bulterman, 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Dick C. A. Bulterman (1997). Models, Media and Motion: Using the Web to Support Multimedia Documents. In: Multimedia Modelling. pp. 227--246. |
[Janice and Robinson, 1983]![]() |
Moulton Janice and G. M. Robinson (1983). The Organization of Language. Cambridge University Press. |
[Nack, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
F. Nack (2000). Catch me, said the meaning, and turned out to be a hydra. In: Workshop on Narrative and Interactive Learning Environments. Edinburgh, Scotland. |
[, ]![]() |
(). Network: news, views and reviews in systemic linguistics and related areas. |
[Nivre and al, ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Joakim Nivre and et al (). An Integrated Approach to Multilingual Hypertext Generation. |
[, 1990]![]() |
(ed.) (1990). Proceedings of the Fifth International Natural Language Generation Workshop. Dawson, PA. |
[, 1988]![]() |
(1988). Fourth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. Catalina, California, USA. Organized by Dr. William C. Mann, Dr. Cécile L. Paris and Dr. William R. Swartout. |
[Norman and Bobrow, 1979]![]() |
D. A. Norman and D. G. Bobrow (1979). Descriptions: An Intermediate Stage in Memory Retrieval. In: Cognitive Psychology, 11:107--123. |
[Jacobs, 1985]![]() |
Paul S. Jacobs (1985). PHRED: A generator for natural language interfaces. Technical Report Nr. UCB/CSD 85/198. UC Berkeley. |
[Verwiebe et al., 1962]![]() |
F. L. Verwiebe and G. R. Van Hooft and Suchy R. R (1962). Physics; A Basic Science. D. van Nostrand Company, Inc., Princeton, New Jersey. |
[al., ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
H. L. Hardman et al. (). Semi-automatic Hypermedia Presentation Generation. See http://www.cwi.nl/$\sim$media/Dynamo/sion99.html for a project description. |
[Hardman et al., ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
L. Hardman and M. Kersten and G. J. Houben and P. De Bra and W. ten Kate and E. Aarts (). Semi-automatic Hypermedia Presentation Generation. NWO Research proposal. |
[van den Herik et al., ]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Jaap van den Herik et al. (). ToKeN2000 ("Toegankelijkheid en Kennisontsluiting"). Dutch research project. |
[Pereira et al., 1978]![]() |
L. Pereira and F. Pereira and D. Warren (1978). Users Guide to DECsystem-10 PROLOG. Technical Report Nr. 03/13/5570. Laboratorio Nacional De Engenharia Civil, Lisbon. |
[Landerman, 1978]![]() |
P. Landerman (1978). The Proto-Quechua First Person Marker and the Classification of Quechua Dialects. Manuscript. |
[Quillian, 1978]![]() |
M. R. Quillian (1978). Semantic Memory. In: M. Minsky (ed.), Semantic Information Processing. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. |
[Project, ]![]() ![]() |
The RAGS Project (). Re-implementation of the CGS system within the RAGS architecture. Unpublished manuscript, available at \tt http://www.itri.brighton.ac.uk/projects/rags/cgs-mapping.ps. |
[van Dijk and Kintsch, 1978]![]() |
T. van Dijk and W. Kintsch (1978). Cognitive Psychology and Discourse: recalling and summarizing stories. In: Current Trends in Text Linguistics. de Groyler, New York. |
[Greiner, 1980]![]() |
Russell Greiner (1980). A Representation Language Language. HPP-80-9, Working Paper. |
[Greiner and Lenat, 1980]![]() |
Russell Greiner and Douglas B. Lenat (1980). Details of RLL-1. HPP-80-23, Working Paper. |
[Rutherford, 1970]![]() |
William E. Rutherford (1970). Some Observations Concerning Subordinate Clauses in English. In: Language, 46(1):97--115. |
[Schank and Project, 1975]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and the Yale A.I. Project (1975). SAM--a story understander. Technical Report Nr. 43. Yale University, Dept. of Computer Science. |
[Schank and Lebowitz, 1980]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Michael Lebowitz (1980). Levels of Understanding in Computers and People. In: Poetics, 9(1 - 3):251--274. |
[Schank and Riesbeck, 1981]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Christopher K. Riesbeck (1981). Inside Computer Understanding. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[Schank, 1969]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1969). A Conceptual Dependency Representation for a Computer-Oriented Semantics. PhD thesis, University of Texas, Austin. |
[Schank, 1972]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1972). Conceptual Dependency: A Theory of Natural Language Understanding. In: Cognitive Psychology, 3(4):532--631. |
[Schank, 1973]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1973). Causality and Reasoning. Technical Report Nr. 1. Instituto per gli Studi Semantici e Cognitivi, Castagnola, Switzerland. |
[Schank, 1979]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1979). Interestingness: Controlling Inference. In: Artificial Intelligence, 12(3):273--297. |
[Schank and Lebowitz, 1979]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Michael Lebowitz (1979). Does a Hippie Own a Hairdrier? Technical Report Nr. 144. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Schank, 1980]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1980). Language and Memory. In: Cognitive Science, 4(3):243--284. |
[Schank et al., 1980]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Michael Lebowitz and Lawrence Birnbaum (1980). An Integrated Understander. In: American Journal of Computational Linguistics, 6(1):13--30. |
[Schank et al., 1980]![]() |
Roger C. Schank and Janet L. Kolodner and Gerry F. DeJong (1980). Conceptual Information Retrieval. Technical Report Nr. 190. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Schank, 1984]![]() |
Roger C. Schank (1984). The Explanation Game. Technical Report Nr. 307. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Mann, 1981]![]() |
William C. Mann (1981). Selective Planning of Interface Evaluations. In: The 19th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Sperry Univac. |
[Bryan, 1988]![]() |
Martin Bryan (1988). SGML: An author's guide to the Standard Generalized Markup Language. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. |
[Shepherd, 1926]![]() |
H. R. Shepherd (1926). The Fine Art of Writing. Macmillan Co., New York, N.Y.. |
[Shortliffe, 1983]![]() |
Edward H. Shortliffe (1983). Explanatory Power for Medical Expert Systems. In: William R. Swartout (ed.), Workshop on Automated Explanation Production. ACM. to appear in ACM SIGART.. |
[Rutledge, 1999]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge (1999). SMIL - Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language: Moving to the beat. In: iX: Magazin für professionelle Informationstechnik, (10). |
[, 1997]![]() |
(1997). Special Section on `Speak!'. In: John A. Bateman (ed.), Speech Communication. Volume 21. pp. 35--134. North Holland, Amsterdam. |
[Rutledge, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Lloyd Rutledge (2001). SMIL 2.0: XML For Web Multimedia. In: IEEE Internet Computing, :78--84. |
[Stewart, 1987]![]() |
Anne Stewart (1987). Clause Combining in Conchucos Quechua Discourse. PhD thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. |
[Baker, 1976]![]() |
Sheridan Baker (1976). The Complete Stylist and Handbook. Thomas Y. Crowell, New York. |
[Sager, 1975]![]() |
Naomi Sager (1975). Sublanguage Grammers in Science Information Processing. In: American Society of Information Sciences, 26(1):10--16. |
[Weber, 1976]![]() |
D. Weber (1976). Suffix-as-Operator Analysis and the Gramar of Successive Encoding in Llacon (Huanaco) Quechua. SIL, Peru. |
[Lehiste, 1970]![]() |
I. Lehiste (1970). Suprasegmentals. The M.I.T. Press. |
[Bulterman and van Liere, 1992]![]() |
D. C. A. Bulterman and R. van Liere (1992). Multimedia Synchronization and Unix. In: CWI Internal Communication, . Amsterdam. |
[t'Hart and Cohen, 1973]![]() |
J. t'Hart and A. Cohen (1973). Intonation by rule: a perceptual quest. In: Journal of Phonetics, 1:309--327. |
[Meehan, 1977]![]() |
J. R. Meehan (1977). TALE-SPIN, an interactive program that writes stories. In: Proceedings of the Fifth International Joint Conference on Artificial Intelligence. |
[Tanner and Josephson, 1988]![]() |
Michael C. Tanner and John R. Josephson (1988). Justifying Diagnostic Conclusions. Saint Paul, Minessota. Presented at the AAAI-88 Workshop on Explanations. |
[Hacken, 1998]![]() |
Pius ten Hacken (1998). Word formation in electonic dictionaries. In: Dictionaries, 19:158--187. |
[Coleman, 1911]![]() |
S. E. Coleman (1911). A Text-Book of Physics. D.C. Heath and Company, Boston, New York, Chicago. |
[van Dijk, 1972]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1972). Some aspects of text grammars. Mouton, The Hague. |
[Hart et al., 1990]![]() |
J. 't Hart and R. Collier and A. Cohen (1990). A preceptual study of intonation. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
[Traum and Hinkelman, 1992]![]() |
D. Traum and E. Hinkelman (1992). Conversation Acts in Task-Oriented Spoken Dialogue. In: Computational Intelligence, 8(3):575--599. |
[Mann, 1981]![]() |
William C. Mann (1981). Two discourse generators. In: The Nineteenth Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. Sperry Univac. |
[van Dijk, 1977]![]() |
T. van Dijk (1977). Text and Context: Explorations in the Semantics and Pragmatics of Discourse. Longman, New York. |
[van Dijk, 1980]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1980). The semantics and pragmatics of functional coherence in discourse. In: Versus, (26/27):49--65. |
[van Dijk, 1981]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1981). Studies in the pragmatics of discourse. Mouton, The Hague. |
[van Dijk, 1985]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1985). Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Academic Press, London. |
[van Heijst et al., forthcoming]![]() |
G. van Heijst and A. Th. Schreiber and B. J. Wielinga (forthcoming). Using explicit ontologies in KBS development. In: Human-Computer Interaction, . |
[van Dijk, 1977]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1977). Text and Context. Longman, London. |
[van Dijk, 1980]![]() |
T. A. van Dijk (1980). The semantics and pragmatics of functional coherence in discourse. In: Versus, 26/27:49--65. |
[van Dijk, 1980]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1980). Macrostructures. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[van Dijk, 1985]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1985). Semantic Discourse Analysis. Volume 2. pp. 103--136. Academic Press,. |
[van Dijk, 1985]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (ed.) (1985). Discourse and communication: new approaches to the analysis of mass media discourse and communication. Walter de Gruyter, Berlin. |
[van Dijk, 1988]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1988). News Analysis: case studies of international and national news in the press. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[van Dijk, 1988]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1988). News as discourse. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. |
[van Dijk, 1991]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (ed.) (1991). Racism and the Press: critical studies in racism and migration. Routledge, London. |
[van Dijk, 1994]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1994). An interview with Teun A. van Dijk. URL: http://people.a2000.nl/aalan/soz/vandijk.html. |
[van Dijk, 1998]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1998). Opinions and ideologies in the press. In: Allan Bell and Peter Garrett (eds.), Approaches to Media Discourse. pp. 21--63. Blackwell, Oxford. |
[van Dijk, 1998]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk (1998). Categories for the critical analysis of Parliamentary debates about immigration. URL: http://www.hum.uva.nl/teun/categor2.htm. |
[van Dijk and Kintsch, 1983]![]() |
Teun A. van Dijk and Walter Kintsch (1983). Strategies of Discourse Comprehension. Academic Press Inc.. |
[Eynde, 1988]![]() |
F. Van Eynde (1988). The analysis of tense and aspect in Eurotra. In: 12th. International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING-88). Volume 2. Budapest, pp. 699--704. |
[Eynde, 1989]![]() |
F. Van Eynde (1989). Tense and Aspect --- Pragmatics. In: The EUROTRA Reference Manual. Commission of the European Community. |
[van Harmelen et al., 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Frank van Harmelen and Peter F. Patel-Schneider and Ian Horrocks (2001). Reference Description of the DAML+OIL (March 2001) ontology markup language. Technical Report. W3C. |
[Leeuwen, 2001]![]() |
Theo Van Leeuwen (2001). Semiotics and iconography. In: Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (eds.), Handbook of visual analysis. 5, pp. 92--118. Sage, London. |
[van Leeuwen, 1982]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1982). Professional speech: accentual and junctural style in radio announcing. M.A. Hons thesis, School of English and Linguistics, Macquarie University. |
[van Leeuwen, 1987]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1987). Generic stages in press journalism. In: Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 10(2):199--221. |
[van Leeuwen, 1991]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1991). Conjunctive structure in documentary film and television. In: Continuum, 5(1). |
[van Leeuwen, 1991]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1991). The sociosemiotics of easy listening music. In: Social Semiotics, 1(1). |
[van Leeuwen, 1992]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1992). The schoolbook as a multimodal text. In: Internationale Schulbuchforschung, 14(1):35--38. |
[van Leeuwen, 1993]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen (1993). Genre and field in critical discoure analysis: a synopsis. In: Discourse and Society, 4(2):193--225. |
[Leeuwen and Jewitt, 2001]![]() |
Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (eds.) (2001). Handbook of visual analysis. Sage, London. |
[Leeuwen and Jewitt, 2001]![]() |
Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (2001). Introduction. In: Theo Van Leeuwen and Carey Jewitt (eds.), Handbook of visual analysis. 1, pp. 1--9. Sage, London. |
[van Leeuwen and Kress, 1995]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen and Gunther Kress (1995). Critical layout analysis. In: Internationale Schulbuchforschung, 17(3):25--43. |
[van Leeuwen and Wodak, 1999]![]() |
Theo van Leeuwen and Ruth Wodak (1999). Legitimizing immigration control: a discourse-historical analysis. In: Discourse Studies, 1(1):83--119. |
[van Noord et al., 1999]![]() |
Gertjan van Noord and G. Borna and R. Koeling and M.-J. Nederhof (1999). Robust grammatical analysis for spoken dialogue systems. In: Journal of Natural Language Engineering, . |
[van Oosten, 1977]![]() |
J. van Oosten (1977). Subjects and agenthood in English. In: Chicago Linguistic Society. Volume 13. pp. 459--471. |
[van Straaten, 1980]![]() |
Z. van Straaten (ed.) (1980). Philosophical Subjects: Essays presented to P.F. Strawson. Clarendon Press, Oxford. |
[van der Eijk, 1998]![]() |
Pim van der Eijk (1998). Controlled languages in technical documentation. In: ELSNEWS: The newsletter of the European Network in Language and Speech, 7(1):4--5. |
[Worring et al., 1996]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Marcel Worring and Carel van den Berg and Lynda Hardman (1996). System Design for Structured Hypermedia Generation. In: Visual Information Systems '96. Melbourne, pp. 254--261. |
[von Wolff, 2001]![]() |
Annette von Wolff (2001). Transformation und Inspektion mentaler Umraumrepräsentationen. GeoInfo Series, Vienna. |
[der Gabalentz, 1869]![]() |
H. Georg C. Von der Gabalentz (1869). Ideen zu einer vergleichenden Syntax. Wort- und Satzstellung. In: Zeitschrift für Völkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft, 6:376--384. |
[von Stechow, 1978]![]() |
A. von Stechow (1978). Presupposition and Context. In: Pragmatics Microfiche, 3.6, A2. |
[von Wachter, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Daniel von Wachter (2003). How a Philosophical Theory of Causation may help in Ontological Engineering. In: Comparative and Functional Genomics, (4):111--114. |
[von, 2000]![]() |
A. Wolff von (2000). Ego-reorientation on mental representations of rooms. In: Cognitive Processing, International Quarterly of Cognitive Science, 1. Special issue. |
[Warren, ]![]() |
D. H. D. Warren (). WARPLAN: A System for Generating Plans. DCL memo 76, Dept of Artificial Intelligence, Scotland, 1974. |
[Warren, 1976]![]() |
D. H. D. Warren (1976). Generating Conditional Plans and Programs. In: AISB Summer Conference. AISB. Edinburgh, Scotland, july 1976. |
[Wasserman and Lebowitz, 1983]![]() |
Kenneth Wasserman and Michael Lebowitz (1983). Representing Complex Physical Objects. In: Cognition and Brain Theory, 6(3):333--352. |
[Wasserman, 1984]![]() |
Kenneth Wasserman (1984). Understanding Hierarchically Structured Objects. Technical Report. Columbia University Department of Computer Science. |
[Whorf, 1956]![]() |
Benjamin Whorf (1956). Whorf: Language, Thought, and Reality: selected writings. The M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, MA. (Edited by John Carrol). |
[, 1988]![]() |
(1988). Workshop on Explanation. St Paul, Minnesota, USA. Sponsored by AAAI; Organized by Michael Wick, Dr. Cécile L. Paris, Dr. W. Thompson, and Dr. William R. Swartout. |
[Wilensky, 1978]![]() |
Robert Wilensky (1978). Understanding Goal-Based Stories. Technical Report Nr. 140. Yale University Department of Computer Science. |
[Weissler and Weissler, 1973]![]() |
A. Weissler and P. Weissler (1973). A woman's guide to fixing the car. Walker and Company, New York. |
[Woods, 1968]![]() |
W. A. Woods (1968). Procedural Semantics for Question-Answering Machine. In: Proceedings of the Fall Joint Computer Conference. Montvale, N.J.. Published by AFIPS Press. |
[Consortium, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
World Wide Web Consortium (2000). Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Second edition) -- W3C Recommendation. Available at http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/WD-xml-2e-20000814. |
[Consortium, 1997]![]() ![]() ![]() |
World Wide Web Consortium (1997). Extensible Markup Language (XML). Available at http://www.w3.org/TR/PR-xml.html. |
[Consortium, 2000]![]() ![]() ![]() |
World Wide Web Consortium (2000). XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0 -- W3C Recommendation. Available at http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath.html. |
[Consortium, 2001]![]() ![]() ![]() |
World Wide Web Consortium (2001). XQuery: The W3C query language for XML -- W3C working draft. Available at http://www.w3.org/TR/xquery/. |
[Wilks and T., in press]![]() |
Y. Wilks and By T. (in press). Protocols for Reference Sharing in a Belief Ascription Model of Communication. In: Cognitive Science, . |
[Smith, 1998]![]() |
Barry Smith (1998). Basic concepts of formal Ontology. In: N. Guarino (ed.), Formal Ontology in Information Systems. pp. 19--28. IOS Press, Amsterdam. |
[Guarino, 1998]![]() |
N. Guarino (1998). Formal ontology and information systems. In: N. Guarino (ed.), Formal Ontology in Information Systems. pp. 3--18. IOS Press, Amsterdam. |
[Buitelaar, 1998]![]() |
P. Buitelaar (1998). \sc CoreLex: an ontology of systematic polysemous classes. In: N. Guarino (ed.), Formal Ontology in Information Systems. pp. 221--235. IOS Press, Amsterdam. |
[Pustejovsky, 1998]![]() |
James Pustejovsky (1998). Lexical semantics and formal ontologies. In: N. Guarino (ed.), Formal Ontology in Information Systems. pp. 328--336. IOS Press, Amsterdam. |
[West, 2002]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Matthew West (2002). Information Modelling: An analysis of the uses and meanings of associations. Technical Report. Shell Information Technology International Ltd, UK. |
[Kent, 2003]![]() ![]() ![]() |
Robert E. Kent (2003). Semantic Integration in the IFF. In: Proceedings of the Semantic Integration Workshop (SI 2003) of the 2nd International Semantic Web Conference (ISWC 2003). |